Home

Time Guardian Pro v3.7

1. 6 00 7 00 p 10 00 100p 430p 5 30 p x x x xX lt gt 3h 4h Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Zone Window Examples Zone Schedule Within Qualify Example al y Type Zone Qualified Zane 4 Fix Time Hours to Qualify i Worked Hours Condition Schedule Within 03 00 02 00 Paycode Not Qualified Zone 2 Schedule Start First IN Punch Compare Value Percentage schedule hours Zone hours Hours 9h 13h 69 2 7 00 p 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 6 00 9h lt 10 00 1 00 p 1 30 p 5 30 p x x x x 3h 4h To qualify for the the zone window 6 00 to 7 00p the employee must be scheduled for greater than 70 of the window 6 00 7 00p will be set to zone code 2 hours within the zone window including all paycodes and labor In the example the employee was scheduled for 69 2 of the hours within the zone window and therefore does not qualify for the zone The hours in the zone Fix Time 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 7 00 p 10 00 1 00 p 1 30 p 5 30 p x x x amp 3h 4 h i i 1 Ml coe dy ee bee pee Tas Maz E Zone 2 E z Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Zone Window Examples 17 17 Labor Connector 7O AA A A A A A A oo0o0 2 2 19 00 Fix Time tar 00 00 Zone Schedule Start Before Qualify Example Type Conditi
2. Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Zone Window Examples gt Worked Hours gt Worked Hours Zone Work Before Qualify Example Type Condition Paycode Compare Connector Zone Work Before gt Qualified Zone 4 Not Qudified Zone 2 Percentage Hours Before Zone window Total Hours E Fix Time 00 00 03 00 Schedule Start First IN Punch 4 5h 17h 64 3 First IN Punch em Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 3 00p 5 00 p 3h 15h 100p 430p Hours to Qualify To qualify for the the zone window 3 00p to 5 00p the employee must work greater than 50 of the hours before the zone window including all paycodes and labor In the example the employee worked 64 3 of the hours before the zone window and therefore qualifies for the zone The hours in the zone window 3 00p 5 00p will be set to zone code 4 First IN Punch em Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 3 00p 5 00 p 5 30 p x x x x aiaa Zone Work Within Qualify Example Type Condition Paycode Compare Connector zone Work Within gt Qualified Zone 4 Not Qualified Zone 2 Percentage Hours Within Zone window Total Hours E Fix Time 00 00 03 00 Schedule Start i First IN Punch 2h 7h 28 6 First IN Punch em Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 3 00p 500p 2h 100p 430p Hours to Qualify To qualify for the the zone window 3 00p to 5 00p the employee must work greate
3. E Fix Time 00 00 03 00 Schedule Start B First IN Punch First IN Punch 8 00 Schedule 1 00 p Hours to Qualify lt gt Worked Hours 1 30 p Connector 5 00 p Zone Window 3 00p im p 2h To qualify for the the zone window 3 00p to 5 00p the employee must work greater than 1 00 hour within the zone window including all paycodes and labor In the example the employee work 2 0 hours within the zone window and therefore qualifies for the zone The hours in the zone window 3 00p 5 00p will be set to zone code 4 First IN Punch ep Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 3 00p 5 00 p 5 30 p ve wa Zone Work After Qualify Example 17 10 Hours to Qualify lt gt Worked Hours Type Condition Paycode Compare Value Labor Connector Zone Work After gt 1 00 Qualified Zone 4 Not Qudified Zone 2 Fix Time 6 0 00 00 03 00 Schedule Start First IN Punch First IN Punch 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 3 00p ann p 5h 1 00 p 1 30 p To qualify for the the zone window 3 00p to 5 00p the employee must work greater than 1 00 hour after the zone window including all paycodes and labor In the example the employee work 5 hours after the zone window and therefore does not qualify for the zone The hours in the zone window 3 00p 5 00p will be set to zone code 2 First IN Punch 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 3 90p 5 00 p
4. Consecutive O Non Consecutive Number of Owertime 4 Minimum Worked Hours ookoo P BAR 3 Enter a name for the overtime template in the name field required field 4 Enter a description of the overtime template in the Description field 5 Click on the Consecutive 1 tab gt Consecutive Overtime AE a a y q General Consecutive 1 Consecutive 2 Consecutive 3 Consecutive 4 Count To Base 09 00 Schedule leveli 11 00 REG Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 6 Enter the threshold limits and assign a Paycode to each level 7 Repeat Steps 5 and 6 for Consecutive 2 thru 4 If applicable 8 Click on the Count tab Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 77 35 Consecutive Overtime E mx m oo General Consecutive 1 Level 3 Level ECEE EE osooooooe JOR OOobo rara Spbbbo0Doook OK z 9 Inthe Count table check the Paycodes in each column that you want to be combined to achieve each level s threshold For example if you checked REG and HOL in the Level column then the hours for REG and HOL paycodes will be combined to reach Level1 s threshold value Note You can select all the Paycodes in a given column by clicking on the column heading You can also deselec
5. Rate 15 8 Effective Date 8 7 2006 4ssign Rate Table Date Operation Assiogn Rate Increase Benefit Global Apply If selected the Benefit window for the Global Apply Wizard see the following figure will be the 8 to appear This corresponds to the Benefit tab found on the Employees screen see Benefit Tab 4 Global Apply Benefit Override Paycode Date Amount Reset Add WAC 12131200212 aooo 4 1212 40 00 Remove SEK 1213 From this window the user can choose to apply a benefit setting to the selected employee s In this example the user choose to add Vacation and Sick benefit time to the employee s The user choose not to Override the existing settings but add instead When the Global Apply Wizard is completed all these settings will be applied to all the employee s selected on the list Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Employee Administration 5 25 Web Access Global Apply If selected the Web Access window for the Global Apply Wizard see the following figure will be the 9 to appear This corresponds to the Web Access tab found on the Employees screen see Web Access Tab A Global Apply Web Access Assign Password v Override Password Confirm Password Available Modules Module Punch Previous Punch Time Sheet Adjustments From this window the user can choose to apply Web Access sett
6. eee ee a AUC 155 Cost Center 55 Department JOBCLASS LEVEL4 General Date Range Title Page Footer Sort Paycodes E vailable Selected REG sek OT Add VAC DT PER TT Add All AAA Er NJ REG Banos BRY Remove All k Move Up Move Down e o add a Paycode to the report highlight the desired Paycode in the Available list and click on the Add button e To add all Paycodes to the report click on the Add All button 12 6 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Output e To remove a Paycode from the report highlight the desired Paycode in the Selected list and click on the Remove button e o remove all selected Paycodes click on the Remove All button e Click on the Move Up or Move Down buttons to move an item up or down in the sort Selected column to change the priority 24 Click on the Audit Class tab See the following illustration for an example B Reports EJa led o r g gy LEVEL LEVEL2 LEVELS LEVELS LEVELS Employee Exception Payee General Date Range Title Page Footer Sort Excep ycode Audit Class Available Selected Add Hours Punch Employee Company Initial Hours Adjustment Add All Remove an Move Down e To add a Class activity type to the report highlight the desired Class in the Available list and click on the Add button e To add all Classes to
7. 123469 Paxton Jeffrey Payclass L Caan KJA Lo Loo DP 10 rows viewing 10 rows rows 1 to 10 page 1 of 1 2 Click on the button alongside the selected employee to view edit the employee s Timecard grid The appropriate Timecard window will appear showing punches overrides and adjustments see the following figure Punches Tab Web 1 Click on the Punches tab to view and or edit an employee s punches in the Timecard grid Time Guardian f Gob Cady Activities Gutpet Preta Wakara Eta Timecard Sava Carcel Dalia Coy wibgerces WdradaiSced H 4 E M4 11 nh An ria NN IOE m nmin PA Se dep ree FE sb al Pore Cory PT Burt DIT Pures Toe ee ee eee F A E Baa LL 4 A A ee fe peda hr DU Eva DN AE Da NES a elella e ie w m E ki x En k gt La nn me eu AN E E fii anpuaik 13 10 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Interface The Punches Tab in the Timecard grid consists of the following columns that have to be displayed Date that punches schedule belong to IN Punch IN Punch indication of an edited punch with color OUT Punch OUT Punch indication of an edited punch with color Total Hours Total Hours And the following additional user selectable columns that can be displayed Labor Level 6 user defined Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Interface 13 11 Information Indicators Web The Indicator field in the Punches tab displays
8. Employees can be sorted by Employee Number Badge Number Payroll ID Last Name First Name or Comment using the Sort field Employees can be filtered in both the Available and Selected lists by entering data into the Criteria field above each list Only employees matching the data entered will appear in both lists e To select an employee highlight the desired employee in the Available list and click on the button e To select all employees click on the button e o remove an employee from the Selected list highlight the employee in the Selected list and click on the button e o remove all selected employees click on the o kenave all button 9 When you have finished click on the click on the button Assigning Individual Schedules Individual Schedules are template schedules assigned to employees in the Individual Scheduler To launch the Individual Scheduler select an Individual Schedule Profile in the Main View and click on the ge 8 4 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Individual Schedule A Individual Scheduler E a agon Midnight Shift a Home Labor Employee Fri Jul 21 Sat Jul 22 Sun Jul 23 1 Smith Mike 1 es 1 1001 Paxton Jeffrey 1202 Manalo Romwell 1205 Patel Ramesh The Individual Scheduler consists of the following components e Grid One row for each selected employee s and a column for each day in the profile e Template Schedule Thi
9. n Insert Row when a whole row is highlighted or Insert Punch when one Row when a whole row is highlighted or Insert Punch when one al cell is seat rele err err A Authorize a Day Authorize the whole Payperiod EME per Y 7 14 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Timecard Administration Hot Keys Command E eras us rouge nor Move to previous employee Delete Row when a whole row is highlighted or delete Punch when one p cell is a po p Activates PAP Will place current cell into Edit Mode Will undo the changes made in the cell while in Edit Mode Adding Editing and Deleting Employee Punches Adding Punches Punches are added by clicking on the desired IN or OUT punch field and or by clicking the Add Punch button in the toolbar and entering the time in the field Punches can be entered in either military or AM PM format For example 5 o clock PM can be entered as 500p AM PM or 1700 Military When entering in AM PM format AM is the default When 8 is entered it will be taken as 8 00 AM If 8 o clock PM is intended the 8 must be followed by a P or 8P When you have finished click on the Save button in the toolbar to save your changes Editing Punches To edit punches double click on the desired IN or OUT Punch field and enter the desired time When you have finished click on the Save button in the toolbar to save your changes Deleting Punches To delete a punch click on the desired IN or OUT Punch fie
10. The Set Zone Code for all Windows to will apply a zone number to the all hours worked across all zone windows This has the highest priority All other awards for zone numbers will be overidden by this rule E 11 00 Fix Time 11 00 14 00 Fix Time E 18 00 Fix Time Fix Time 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 9 00 11 00 Zone Window 11 00 2 00 p Zone Window 2 00p 6 00 p 10 00 1 00 p 1 30 p 5 30 p gt 3h 4h lt gt Worked Hours After Award Fix Time 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 9 00 11 00 Zone Window 11 00 2 00 p Zone Window 2 00p 6 00 p lt Worked Hours Highest Zone Code Example The Highest Zone Code will apply the Highest Zone Code an employee received from all zone windows to all the hours in the day across all zone windows Highest Zone is Zone number 4 Fix Time 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 9 00 11 00 Zone Window 11 00 2 00 p Zone Window 2 00p 6 00 p gt 5 30 p lt Worked Hours Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Zone Window Examples 17 33 Majority Example The Majority will apply the Zone Code an employee has the most amount of hours for highest percentage from all zone windows to all the hours in the day across all zone windows Majority of hours 9to 11 Zone Window 1h 7h 14 3 11 to 14 Zone Windo 25h 7h 35 7 14 to 18 Zone Window 35hf 7h 50 Fix Time 8 00 Sch
11. and therefore does not qualify for the zone The hours in the zone window 10 00 12 00 will be set to zone code 2 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 10 00 12 00 p Fix Time 10 00 1 00 p 1 30 p 530p 6 00p 6 30p sn A 4h 42h Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Zone Window Examples 17 3 Schedule Work Before Qualify Example 2 Type Condition Paycode Compare Value Labor Connector Schedule Work Before Selected gt 1 30 See below See below Qualified Zone 4 Not Qudified Zone 2 Paycodes REG 12 00 Fix Time 0 08 00 11 00 Schedule Start 05 00 First IN Punch 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 10 00 12 00 p Fix Time gt gt 1h 6 00 70D 1 00p 1 30 p To qualify for the the zone window 10 00 to 12 00 the employee must work greater than 1 30 hours before the Hours to Qualify employee s schedule including REG paycode and the hours must be in All labor lt gt Worked Hours In the example the employee work 8 hours which 1 hours is in REG paycode before schedule 3 hours is in REG elsewhere and 4 hours is in OT1 paycode Therefore since the employee only has 1 hour in the qualified paycodes before the employee s schedule the employee does not qualify for the zone The hours in the zone window 10 00 12 00 will be set to zone code 2 See result below 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 10 00 12 00 p 6 00 7 00 10 00
12. e End Date Displays the date when the tag will expire YY YYMMDD If left blank the tag will never expire e End Time The actual hour 1 23 on the date when the tag will expire HH e Type Tag Options Assigns one of the following functions to the badge or tag a Normal Normal employee b Suspend All access for a particular tag is suspended c Blacklist The tag holder will be denied access to the site d Special Events 1 and 2 Button Tag holders are admitted for specific events such as a meeting or demonstration e APB Override Enables the tag holder to override the APB constraint condition on the doors to which they have access e Report Always When checked all transactions with this will be reported If you wish to assign another tag for the employee click on the Tag 2 thru Tag 4 Tag 8 buttons and follow a similar procedure as performed for Tag 1 When you have finished entering the employee information click on the button to save your settings Global Assign 1 To globally assign settings to a group of employees highlight the desired employees from the list in the Table View and click on the Global Assign EA figure amp Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA File Edit Help o 1 A PA lS Today gt Number 5 setup Mumber Badge Nu Payroll Last Name First Mame HA Company 1002 1123457 108742 Smith John RAA Users 1003 23458 03744 Lee Howard En Paycodes 1004 A E Gbat i
13. e End Date Displays the date when the tag will expire YYYYMMDD If left blank the tag will never expire e End Time The actual hour 1 23 on the date when the tag will expire HH e Miscellaneous Type select from dropdown e Miscellaneous Message select from dropdown e Miscellaneous Usage enter e Reset APB Resets the tag holder to the APB constraint condition on the doors to which they have access e Suspend Enables the tag holder to override the APB constraint condition on the doors to which they have access by suspending it AmanoNet Tab The AmanoNet tab will be active if you selected Access Control for Management Type on the General tab When AmanoNet or Nexus 220 Access Control software connected to an AC or EC controller 4 tags are available while 8 tags or 10 tags will appear when connected to an EC2 controller see the following figure for an example Tagi can be used to assign access levels sites and tag options to the badge or tag number entered in the General tab Tag2 thru Tag8 can be used to add and configure additional tag s or badge s for the employee to use Click on the AmanoNet tab and the following type of screen will appear Note This tab is only visible from the client Windows side of Time Guardian Pro Therefore this tab will not be present if looking at Employees from a Web browser Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Employee Administration 5 17 A Employees For AmanoNet Acces
14. Mom w E Home w Jone Ce Paycode Hours Dollars loe Y REG wv 25 00 Lor RG wy lew REG Zev REG Zee v PEG Y come al in v i Ze VA PER Lor v _ e e e BONUS 2a br JUR lor Y BAV gt UNES lev neo in w REG Ze vi REG Cost Total When you have finished click on the Save button to save your changes The Adjustments Tab in the Timecard grid consists of the following columns that have to be displayed Zone Code assigned user defined for zone differentials Paycode user defined to be assigned to hours And the following additional user selectable columns that can be displayed Day within Payperiod punches hours belong to LEVEL 1 Labor Level 1 user defined Schedule Assigned Schedule user defined LEVEL2 Labor Level 2 user defined Labor Level 3 user defined Labor Level 4 user defined Labor Level 5 user defined Comments Reason Comments Reason for adjustment Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Interface 13 13 Note When making an hour adjustment for an employee for type of hours which require approval the following type of screen will appear Time Guardian PRO Setup Daily Activities Output Preferences Welcome SYSDBA Non Worked Hours Approval The following adjustments would exceed the benefit balance and require your approval Any adjustments not approved will not be saved Date Paycode Hours Approved all es F pa E 3 a See E Sun
15. Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro Non Worked Hours SISOS 5 2 Click on the Add button and the Paycodes window will appear KS KSK K KEKS K KAE KATES 4 23 In the Name field enter in a name for the Paycode Duplicate names are not allowed In the Description field enter in a brief description of the Paycode Enter the Position number A Position number is assigned automatically but can be changed This number is used for display order on reports and the Timecard grid 6 Select the Primary Type how the hours awarded to a specific Paycode will be classified Hours corresponds to worked hours REG OT and non worked hours SIC VAC Dollars corresponds to monetary amounts given to an employee Bonus Tip 7 Select the Hours Type Non worked SIC VAC etc or Worked REG OT In the Cost Multiplier field enter in the cost multiplier for the Paycode For example TT 3 0 in the example shown above 9 Inthe Billable Multiplier field enter in the billable multiplier for the Paycode For example TT 1 0 in the example shown above For example this field could be used to markup the cost of labor charges that are billable for rendered services 10 Check Split Hours if you want the Paycode to be used for Split Hours Split hours allow the system to move hours from one Paycode to another For example if overtime is awarded after 40 hours Day Paycode Split Hours
16. a Name The person to contact in case of an emergency b Phone The telephone number of the person to contact in case of an emergency Employees Assignments Tab Fields Web Click on the Assignments tab and the following screen will appear Soh i maties itput Proferonoes Falcone Sv Sthup Daly Actrvibes 0 E Preto Wiel Sf SEES Employee 12 amp MP 12457 Smith John Save Add Assignments Papas Amana Cuparsie Ag Diiia Lama SM T460 Esctomm ime US Canada Daily Fido Tam Ph Shik Supervised Dy 1009 Wilson Karl Walikan Mane Nan ads Payclass Assigns a Payclass to an employee Payclasses are created in the Payclass group in the desktop Tree View Time Zone Assigns the time zone of the location that the employee works in from dropdown list Daily Rule Assigns a set of Daily Rules to an employee from dropdown list Daily Rules are created in the Daily Rules group in the desktop client side from the desktop Tree View Supervised By Assigns the employee s supervisor from dropdown list defined in General tab Validation Assigns the employee s validation from dropdown list for a specific terminal see Terminal Validation 15 10 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Enabled Employee Administration Employees Schedule Tab Fields Web This tab allows you to assign previously defined schedules to each employee using schedule rotation and or weekly schedules Click on the Schedule tab and
17. 3 Enter a name for the Daily Overtime template in the name field required field 4 Enter a description of the Daily Overtime template in the Description field 5 Click on the Settings tab and the following window will appear Daily Overtime Day of week Holiday s BEET e Level Count From To Base 00 00 08 00 Schedule Level1 08 00 12 00 OT Level2 12 00 DT Level 3 Level 4 6 In the Level tab select the day of the week that this overtime rule will apply to using the Day of the Week Holiday s field The choices are Sunday through Saturday Default or Holiday Group The Default setting will be used for any day s or Holiday s not defined explicitly Enter the threshold limits and assign a Paycode to each level of overtime 7 Click on the Count tab and the following window will appear Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 57 Daily Overtime General Settings Day of week Holiday s Default M Level Count Level2 Level3 Level 4 m lt v m Paycode Base Janmor ARRDORE IRIS OOO DOOR oo opoopoobonoo popa 8 On the Count table check the Paycodes in each column that you want to be combined to achieve each level s threshold For example if you checked REG and HOL in the Level column then the hours for REG and HOL Paycodes will be combined to reach Level1 s
18. Authority Level The choices are None Service Setup Management Enrollment and Special These choices are only utilized for Hand Punch Terminals Reject Threshold The choices are Default and 30 250 Management Type Available when using Access Control The choices are Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Employee Administration a Access Control and Time Attendance The employee will be written to both the access system and the Time Guardian Pro databases b Time Attendance The employee will be written to the Time Guardian Pro database only c Access Control The employee will be written to the access system database only e Employee Type Available when using Access Control and the management Type is set to Access Control and Time Attendance or Access Control The choices are Employee or Visitor Different access rights can be given to employees and visitors e Type There are two options to identify your employees Select either Salary or Hourly e Pay Type Select either Hours or Schedule Note A salaried employee can be paid by hours or by schedule An employee does not have to punch to get credit for hours A salaried employee can either be paid by Hours fixed hours to pay for each schedule s and all un scheduled punches will be grouped and not count as hours no hours Exceptions will be generated when employees punch for meal Meal Penalty overtime and zone processing However exceptions will not be generated
19. If Home Labor box not checked select the desired labor category from the their dropdown list s for all Labor Levels Enter information into the Comments Reason field for all employees fitting the criteria Employee Global Apply Web 1 To globally apply changes to employees click on the Global Apply Global Apply button and the following Global Apply window for General Assignments Scheduling Labor Level Certification Cost rate Billable rate Benefit and Web Access will appear Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Enabled Employee Administration 15 5 a Se PRO Setup Daily Activities Output Preferences Welcome SYSDBA Global Apply Please choose which sections to globally apply General Assignments Scheduling Labor Level Certification Cost rate Billable rate Benefit Web Access E E EEE EE E 2 Select which sections parameters to globally apply by clicking in the box and then click on the Next button and the first selection will appear sections will appear in order See Global Assign for additional information See the following figure for an example of a Global Apply Certification e PRO Setup Daily Activities Output Preferences Welcome SYSDBA Global Apply Certification Y Override Certifications Date Achieved Java Developer 1 1 14 2008 f Add Previous Next Cancel When the Global Apply Wizard is completed all these settings will be applied to all t
20. Indicator symbol displayed to show timecard modified Day IN Punch Day for IN Punch Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Configured Output 16 13 Information Indicators The Indicator field in the Punch tab displays symbols to indicate that certain data in the grid was entered or modified The indicator symbols are as follows Comment Reason exists ca Punches were edited D ah Labor transfer exist for this row Override performed 16 14 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Configured Output Note By putting the mouse over an indicator icon you can see the information that the icon represents as a tool tip Overrides Tab Web The employee Web access Overrides Tab view is read only The following is an example of a Time Sheet grid set on the Overrides tab la Time Guardian PRO Daily Activities Preferences Welcome Smith John Security Disabled For Development Benefit balances Payperiods 9 29 06 10 12 06 v Overrides E Ar Date Day Schedule Cost Center Department JOBCLASS LEVEL4 Zone Code Paycode 9 29 2006 Fri Thu 07 00 AM Fri 04 C CC3 Default Default Default Zonei REG JEE ae 316 ae HE pa y j Sun Pl poa 10 2 2006 Mon Sun 07 00 AM Mon D4 CC3 Default Default Default a REG 10 3 2006 Tue Mon07 00 AM Tue 04 CC3 Default Default Default REG 10 4 2006 Wed Tue 07 00 AM Wed 04 CC3 _ Default Default _ Default Zo REG 10 5 2006 Thu Wed 07 00 AM Thu 04 CC3 D
21. Zone Window 10 00 12 00 p 6 00 7 00 10 00 100p 130p 5 30p x x K x S 7 san 1h i 2h thy Type Condition Paycode Compare Value Labor Connector Schedule Punch After gt 2 00 Qualified Zone 4 Not Qudified Zone 2 Fix Time 0 08 00 11 00 Schedule Start First IN Punch 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 10 00 12 00 p Fix Time 15h 6 00 100p 130p 530p 6 00p 6 30p Hours to Qualify lt Worked Hours To qualify for the the zone window 10 00to 12 00 the employee must Punch OUT greater than 2 00 hours after the employee s schedule including all paycodes and labor In the example the employee Punched OUT 1 5 hours after the schedule and therefore does not qualify for the zone The hours in the zone window 10 00 12 00 will be set to zone code 2 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 10 00 12 00 p Fix Time 6 00 1 00p 1 30 p 5 30 p 600p 630p Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Zone Window Examples 17 7 Schedule Punch Before Qualify Example Type Condition Paycode Compare Value Labor Connector Schedule Punch Before All gt 20 Qualified Zone 4 Not Qudified Zone 2 Percentage 8 00 Fix Time 2h 6 00 Hours to Qualify gt Worked Hours 10 00 Fix Time Schedule Start First IN Punch Schedule Zone Window 12 00 p Punch time Before Schedule Total Hours 2h f 11h 18 2 5 00 p NOTE Total ho
22. 63 Output 2 Click on the button and the Period Overtime window will appear see figure Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 59 Period Overtime General Settings NJ Son 20ff Day shift OT Description NJ Son Zoff Day shift OT MFG personnel Assigned Day Default Fri Period Hours Current Calculated Day Period Length 120 00 Period starts on First In Punch only Time 08 00 AM ED Fe 10 Apply 3 Enter a name for the Period Overtime template in the name field required field Enter a description of the Period Overtime template in the Description field Select Period Hours The choices are Current Calculated Day or Previous Calculated Day of the 1 In Punch Enter the Period Length in HH MM Enter the Time in HH MM for period overtime Click on the check box if you wish the Period to start on the first In Punch only If this setting is not checked a new period will be created for every IN punch When multiple periods are in effect an employee can receive overtime for each period 9 Click on the Settings tab and the following type of screen will appear Period Overtime General Settings E Day of week Holiday s Y 32 e EN Level Count From To Base 00 00 MS 08 00 Schedule Levell 08 00 22 00 OT Level 2 f Level 3 Level 4 10 In the Level tab select the day of the week that this overtime rule will apply to using th
23. Adjustments Date Sep 29 2006 Day Indicator TZ Day IN Pun IN Punch sep 30 2006 03 56 AM Day OUT Punch OUT Punch Fri EDT Fri EDT Total Hours Adjustment Break Hour Exceptions 08 00 LL LO Oct 1 2006 EDT Oct 2 2006 EDT Mon 07 56 AM Mon Oct 3 2006 EDT Tue 07 03 AM Tue 05 00 LI Lo 05 02 PM Oct4 2006 v EDT Wed 08 05 AM Wed oct 5 2006 EDT Thu 07 59 AM Thu 05 05 PM E Category Total Daily Totals Hours Dollars 08 00 Paycode 08 00 08 00 LI LO 08 00 Period Totals Cost Cost Total 126 0 126 0 Category Hours Dollars Cost Cost Total 72 00 1134 0 72 00 1134 0 1134 N v gt The Punches Tab in the Timecard grid consists of the following columns that have to be displayed Date that punches schedule belong to IN Punch IN Punch indication of an edited punch with color OUT Punch OUT Punch indication of an edited punch with color Total Hours Total Hours And the following additional user selectable columns that can be displayed Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Timecard Administration 7 3 Information Indicators The Indicator field in the Punches tab displays symbols to indicate that certain data in the Timecard grid was entered or modified The indicator symbols are as follows Symbols
24. Home 3 CC v Home 1 v Home 1 Home w Zor REG s C 10 4 2006 Wed Home 3 CC Home 1 Home 1 vw Home Zor REG v a WAS a as a a E 15 lt Totals Web The Daily and Payperiod Totals for the employee are shown in the Timecard grid at the bottom of the screen to provide a quick view of the employee s daily and Payperiod totals see figure Cost Total Billable Total or o n Mon Mar 20 Tue Mar 21 Wed Mar 22 Thu Mar 23 Fri Mar 24 Mon Mar 27 Tue Mar 28 Wed Mar 29 Thu Mar 30 Fri Mar 31 BDBBBBDBDDDDDE The timecard total rows can be expanded to show more detail about the hours for the Payperiod or a given day by clicking on the left hand side on the node see illustration below notice the hand pointer and and signs Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Interface 13 15 Welcome SYSDGA TIA PRG Setup Dady Actwibes Output Preferences Timecard J W 4 y PP 123457 Smith John Adjustments Payperiods U18083 13108 Date Day Schechde Cost Center Department 1 10 2008 Pri 1 19 2006 Home 3 CL ow Heme 3 CL v 1 20 2008 1 21 2008 Lj 122 2000 112320008 C 11 24 2008 11 25 2008 C 1ae zoos 11 27 2008 20 2008 O veweoos 1 30 2008 eS Home 3 OC v Heme 3 CC
25. Number of minutes before schedule to round to schedule Number of minutes after schedule to round to schedule 15 If you would like to round the first and last punches differently from other punches answer Yes to the question and select a Unit and Point for each punch When you have finished click on the Next button Rounding Setup Would you like to round the first and last punch of the day differently from the other punches First In Unit and Point Unit Point Early In fi 5 7 7 Late In fi 5 7 Last Out Unit and Point Unit Point Early Out fi 5 v 7 Late Out fi 5 5 7 16 If you would like to round IN and OUT punches other than the first and last answer Yes to the question Select a Unit and Point for both IN and OUT punches Click on the Next button Rounding Setup C No Unit Point All In Punch hs y 7 All Out Punch hs a T 17 If you answered Yes to round breaks and or meals then select the type of rounding that will be used If you selected Hour Rounding the screen will appear as follows 3 6 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Setup Wizard Rounding Setup Would you like to round breaks and or meals Yes No Unit Point Break lis y 7 Meal fis y 7 You must specify the Unit and Point for the Break and Meal If you chose Punch Rounding the screen will appear as follows Rounding Setup would you like to round breaks and or meals Yes C No Uni
26. O C m 24 If you set the Term Type to Hand Punch 1000 2000 3000 or 4000 in the General tab the HP Options tab will also be enabled This allows you to set configuration parameters for Hand Punch terminals Click on the HP Options tab and the following screen will appear 4 120 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro wl Terminal tho HF Options General Options Reject Threshold 3 isg Lock Control ID Length Access Tries Passwords Security Enrollment Management Setup Service Punch Mode Explicit Punch Department Code To configure for an HP 1000 2000 3000 or 4000 Terminal set the following Reject Threshold The sensitivity of the terminal to the user s hand geometry Permitted values are 40 through 200 The default is 125 Lock Control The duration in seconds that the Lock Control output of the terminal will be activated The default is 10 seconds ID Length The User ID number length Permitted values are 1 through 11 with the default being 11 10 digits are the maximum in any case but if 11 are specified the Enter key must be pressed after the 10th digit is entered Access Tries The number of hand reading attempts a user is permitted to try hand readings before being refused The default is 6 Passwords The following fields are used to assign the Command Mode Group passwords for the selected terminal Each password may be up to 10
27. Paycode REG Shift MJ Corporate HQ Standard MFG Shift e Schedule Time Start Day Current Day Start Time End Time Labor Home Labor Cost Center 55 3 CC3 e LEWEL4 0 Standard Rate for MFG MJ Department 11 Default JOBCLASS 6 JOBCLASS Labor Category 6 b Select the Type Paycode and Shift from the fields provided c Inthe Schedule Time boxes enter the Start and End Times and the day that this particular schedule will end The choices for Start Day are 1 days before Current Day or 1 day after The choices for End Day are Current Day 1 days after 2 days after or 3 days after d Inthe Labor box check the Home Labor box to default all labor levels to Home Labor or select the sub categories of each Labor Level you wish to include in the schedule e When you have finished click on the button to save your settings and close the dialog box f Select desired Labor Level subcategory from the Labor list or click on the button The Labor References window will appear U Labor References Cost Center 55 3 cC3 Ela qPQ_ 4 146 0 1 1 Department 4 Department Lab 21 11 11 z g 31 JOBCLASS A Holi ay Shift Ay a 13 4 6 1 1 1 vea 1 Defaut HENO O 24 7 0 1 1 WET g To add a labor category select a subcategory from each of the dropdown lists and click on the Add button The selected labor category will a
28. RE Har eee paelad AL UU TU UA A Loa rey het MIE Amann Carcina loc All grits remand To define colors for miscellaneous columns click on the 2 button on the desired color column and select a color from the Pick A Color palette To restore the default color settings of the listed items click on the button To save new settings for the Miscellaneous Colors click on the button 13 20 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Interface Adding Editing and Deleting Employee Punches Adding Punches Web Punches are added by clicking on the desired IN or OUT punch field in the Timecard grid and entering the time in the field Punches can be entered in either military or AM PM format For example 5 o clock PM can be entered as 500p AM PM or 1700 Military When entering in AM PM format AM is the default When 8 is entered it will be taken as 8 00 AM If 8 o clock PM is intended the 8 must be followed by a P or 8P When you have finished click on the Save button in the toolbar to save your changes and update the Timecard grid screen view Editing Punches Web To edit punches click on the desired IN or OUT Punch field and enter the desired time When you have finished click on the Save button in the toolbar to save your changes Deleting Punches Web To delete a punch click on the desired IN or OUT Punch field highlight the punch right click and select Delete Also you can click to toggle row selection and press the Delete b
29. Select Start Menu Folder D Where should Setup place the program s shortcuts Select the Start Menu Folder in which you would like Setup to create the program s shortcuts then click Next Accent Duo with Translation Accessories Administrative Tools Adobe AmanoNet Computer Associates CorelDRAW Graphics Suite 12 Firebird_1_5 Y Create shortcuts For all users Don t create a Start Menu Folder lt Back Next gt Cancel The Jive Messenger installation will continue Setup Jive Messenger 2 2 1 J Installing Please wait while Setup installs Jive Messenger on your computer Extracting files documentation javadoc orgljivesoftware messenger componentExternalComponentMan SERRE Cancel 22 The Completing the Jive Messenger Setup Wizard screen will appear If you would like to run Jive Messenger click on the box After you have made your selection click on the Finish button Setup Jive Messenger 2 2 1 Je ES Completing the Jive Messenger Setup Wizard Setup has Finished installing Jive Messenger on your computer The application may be launched by selecting the installed icons Click Finish to exit Setup V Run Jive Messenger Finish paa 23 The Jive Messenger screen will appear If you would like to stop Jive messenger click on the Stop button To make administrative selections click on the on the Launch Admin button To cancel the Jive Messen
30. e Change Password Provides command to change the password of the current user administrator if it has expired or is set to change password on Login The following screen will appear 24 Change Password Old Password Password Confirm Password Help Menu Help Help Topics About The Help menu provides several options that will assist in your use of the software Descriptions of the functions are found below e Help Topics Provides access to the on line Help e About Provides the current version of Time Guardian Pro that you are using which This is required when placing a support call Tree View The Tree View lists the desktop components for using Time Guardian Pro They are Setup a Company Add or Edit your company information e Labor Levels Set the number of Labor Levels to be tracked up to 6 and configure each one e Rate Setup e Rate Template e Combined Cost Rates Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Introduction 1 3 e Combined Billable Rates b Users e Groups Paycodes Create and edit existing Paycodes Shifts e Rounding Templates e Exceptions e Meal Templates e Shift Overtime e Outside Shift Overtime e Daily Rules e Daily Overtime e Period Overtime e Zone Differential 1 Zone Codes 2 Qualification Rules 3 Zone Award f Payclass e Weekly Overtime e Consecutive Overtime e Range Overtime e Holiday Group Holiday g Schedule e Template Schedules e Auto Schedules e Schedule
31. of day s and enter the desired amount and then select the desired day in the From field Weekly Range Select Day of the Week and select the desired Day in the Start Day field Range ie Day of week Start Day Mon sr Specific of day s 9 Click on the Payclass tab Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 105 EN Schedule Coverage a af General Payelass Cost Center 55 Department JOBCLASS LEVELS Employee _ Available Selected a ER st shift Amano Corporate Ag Add All Remove Remove Remove all To include employees from a given Payclass in the report highlight the desired Payclass in the Available list and click on the Add button To select all employees in all Payclasses click on the Add All button To remove the employees from a given Payclass from the report highlight the desired Payclass in the Selected list and click on the Remove button To remove all selected Payclasses click on the Remove All button 10 Click on any of the Labor Level tabs EN Schedule Coverage Add All Remove Remove All e To include employees from a given Labor Level in the report highlight the desired Labor Level in the Available list and click on the Add button e To select all employees in all Labor Levels click on the Add All button e o remove the employees from a given Labor Level from the report highli
32. 1 2 4 5 Add Hours Paycode Labor Hours PRM 1 3 4 5 3 hours PRM1 1 2 4 5 4hours Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Zone Window Examples 17 23 Work Hours Award Example 2 Pet wark Mouri tard dl bod gi 15 Moura rbd on Ch d and Setra Or Glebe M Bouri bolhe ar th cam piye bdo pay dode hi r M wi ch 200671 when piai ml b a 6 dupac ad e pre ode Mm p MH vb val EC eer eh piryecodo will be dupicaced to MOTE Al dupki ated hourt vell be done through the add hours table id Be ed Peters Of yune yee Page celeb alte Labor Vales Award Happi Wik Hour Salorted heed Soo boksi Paycode Map OT e PRAMI Sabectod Paycoder Ence Lebor on 10 7 0 3 0 1000 Fix Tire AL O AD gath Sthedule Start D 0200 First IH Punch 600 Schidule 800 p Zona Window 16158 itd p Fx Time 100001 Mp 130p Sap x x w w P EA My 3h ri umr Vibe Hans a fe sy ny q ml S REG Z 7 Lebor 1 3 4 6 gt EEN L Labor 1 2 4 5 ALS Ma After Award 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window Fix Time A 3h 4h An i lt Y Worked Hours Z N vAN ee N pa ma gt REG 3 Z Labor 1 3 4 5 2 N oT1 eS Labor 1 2 4 5 gt HIS wl E gt A Add Hours Paycode Hours PRM1 4 hours Before Schedule Award Example The before schedule amad vall take fhe hows worked before the schedule stat tite and award of duplicate the hours Lo other of the dane de map he u
33. 3 Individual schedule Communications z E Recalculate E Payperiods pen Locations are selected by clicking on the desired row You can select multiple locations by holding down the Ctrl key and clicking on other locations Also you can sort the displayed Locations list by clicking on the dropdown list in the upper left hand corner and selecting on Name Description Term Type TZ Offset Connection IP Port COM Port Baud Rate Modem and Phone Once the location is selected use the following commands to communicate with the terminal s at that location A BB Potatteminas ori secedicctons Poll all terminals of the selected locations E Set the time for all terminals at the selected locations Download validations and settings to all terminals at the selected locations View and communicate with specific terminals of a specific location Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Communications 9 1 To select specific terminals within a location double click on the desired location row and the following Communications dialog will appear e Communications Mame Front Door Description Direct COMI 9600 Terminals Select Number Serial No 10571120057 0371120357 Select terminals in the Terminals list by placing a check in the Select box of each terminal When you have finished making your selections use one the following commands to communicate with
34. Chapter 5 Employee Administration Employee Administration can be accessed from by selecting the Employees node in the Daily Activities module within the Tree View The Employees node can consist of the following tabs General Personal Contact Assignments Scheduling Labor Level Certification Wages Benefit Web Access If installed to integrate with Amano Access Control AmanoNet from 4 to 8 tags could be present The amount of tags depends upon the controller the AmanoNet system is connected to connection to AC or EC controller will have 4 tags while connection to EC2 controller will have 8 or 10 tags Time Guardian Pro can easily accommodate employees with the same first or last name however the Employee Number must be unique since it is the primary sorting key Badge Numbers can be changed or reused should an employee lose the badge or become inactive Each tab also has an Employee List double clicking a selected employee on this list will cause their information to become active in all fields Adding Employees To add Employees 1 Inthe Tree View select the Employees node within the Daily Activities module and the Employees list will appear in the Table View see the following figure amp Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA File Edit Help zea Today Y Number we Sg Setup Number Badge Number Payroll Last Name First Name Middle Name Payclass Daily Activities 1002 1123457 108742 Smith John AW Payclass 11003 12
35. Company Overtime after 40hrs All paycodes Employee recieves OT after 40hrs All UA Users Overtime after 40 and DT after 48 Employee recieves OT after 40hrs and EP aycodes Amano Corporate Hq sy Shifts bP Daily Rules S Payclass us Consecutive Overtime J Range Overtime pon Holiday Group E p Schedule 4 Locations Daily Activities G9 Output General Level Count Name pvertime after 40 and DT after 48 Description Employee recieves OT after 40hrs and DT after 48 hrs All paycodes 4 74 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 3 Enter a name for the weekly OT template in the name field required field 4 Enter a description of the weekly OT template in the Description field 5 Click on the Level tab Weekly Overtime General Level Count From To Base 00 00 40 00 Schedule Level 1 40 00 48 00 OT l Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 6 Enter the threshold limits for each level of weekly overtime and assign a Paycode to each level of weekly overtime 7 Click on the Count tab Ef Weekly Overtime General Level Count El Paycode Base Level 1 Level 2 Level3 Level 4 ppo o o opD BpDOO y E O Siz E By El P pobobbboodae Ooboobbdona boooooodooSs 8 In the Count table check the Paycodes in each column that you want to be co
36. Contact Assignments Schedule Labor Level Certification Wages Benefit and Web Access i Lurgural Setup Daily Actwihes Output Preferences Wolteme SYSDBA Employee A E jon Ma smth 0 i C OO C W First Harve Jahn Hiro Mak Baw 0COCt S E Tre O inactiva O Hourly Salary O Supanviaer Pay Type Authority Level Jerviod Hours Schedule eject Threshold Hours 000 Comment Apply Cancel Note Use the button on the upper left of the General tab screen to upload a jpg formatted employee photo The picture will not appear until after the button has been pressed 3 Enter the employee information in the fields of each tab Fields highlighted in yellow are mandatory and no record can be saved without the proper information being entered The following is an overview of each of these tabs including field names and definitions Employees General Tab Fields Web Note f you are using Access Control terminals you can not enroll new employees through the Web side of Time Guardian Pro e Number Employee Number this must be unique since it is the primary sorting key e Badge The employee badge number Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Enabled Employee Administration 15 7 Note 15 8 Payroll The Payroll ID Number of the employee if applicable Last Name A mandatory field for each employee containing his or her last name Middle Name An optional field containing the
37. EEE EEE 401 A L oo oe oe oe oe oe oe oe O OO i ti 1 ti CCEE TI th Sad 1 J A Pe a a z Sl S User Defined Advanced Schedules must be enabled before use To do so select the row of the desired schedule and check the Active column LEVELI LEWEL2 LEVELS LEVEL4 LEVELS LEVEL User Defined 1 Default 1 Default 1 Default 1 Default 1 Default 1 Default Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Individual Schedule 8 9 To change the Name of a schedule double click on the name field and type in the desired name When finished you must press the Enter key to save the name otherwise the name you just entered will not appear in the Advanced Schedule pop up menu LEVEL LEVEL LEVELS LEVEL4 LEVELS LEVELE m REC 1 Gl 1 Default i Default 1 Defauit 1 Default i Defaut 1 Default The Labor Level Paycode and Zone fields can be modified by double clicking on them and using the dropdown lists to make a selection LEVEL1 Paycode To enter the hours for the schedule double click on the Hours field and enter the desired amount of hours evel IES NECE E Levels LEVELS Faulk 1 Default 1 Default 1 Default 1 Default 1 Default RE sino Check Remainder if you want the hours to be part of the Remainder calculation When you have finished click on the click on the button To assign a User Defined Individual Schedule select a cell in the grid and select the desired schedule name
38. Hours Minutes 60th s 8 hours 30 minutes 8 30 or Hundredths 100th s 8 hours 30 minutes 8 50 Time Format Select either Standard 12 hour 3 00 PM or Military 24 hour 15 00 format 4 2 Access Control a Auto Sync Access Control on Login When checked Time Guardian Pro will synchronize with the installed Amano Access control software Nexus220 or AmanoNet at Login If None was selected as the installed access control software during installation this option will be disabled grayed out Repunch Protection Enter the interval in seconds that will prevent duplicate punches from being recorded If an employee attempts to punch twice at the terminal during the interval set the second punch will not been accepted Once the interval has passed the employee s punch will be accepted This option is only available if used with Amano Access control software Nexus220 or AmanoNet Misc C Close Pay Period When checked data from all previous Payperiods will have to be Closed from the Payperiods module see Payperiods Also Payperiods will always be displayed on the first open Payperiod If the box is not checked then payperiods will always open to the last payperiod with a maximum of the last six 6 open payperiods accessible Auto Poll on Login When checked Time Guardian Pro will poll all connected terminals at Login Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro e IM Settings
39. Karl 1009 Deleting Employees To delete an employee highlight the desired employee record from the list in the Table View and click on the button You will be prompted to confirm your deletion Employees x 2 Are you sure you want to delete the selected row s Click on Yes to delete The employee record will be removed from the list including all historical data Note It is recommended that you make the employee inactive instead of deleting the employee Editing Employees To edit an employee record double click on the desired employee record or highlight it in the list and click on the S button The Employees window will appear with the fields populated with the information of the selected employee Make the desired edits and click on the button when finished Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Employee Administration 5 27 This page intentionally left blank 5 28 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Employee Administration Chapter 6 Access Control Integration Sharing of Employees If Amano s Nexus220 or AmanoNet software is installed on your system with Time Guardian Pro you can load all the employees in the Access Control system to the Time Guardian Pro System using the Synchronize Access Control command see Auto Process Settings tab Any new employee entered into Time Guardian Pro will also automatically be added to the Access Control system using the same command Using Access Control Punches Time Gua
40. Paycode user defined assigned to hours Total Hours for assigned paycode And the following additional user selectable columns that can be displayed 13 14 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Interface Employee Timecard Navigation Web Use the employee dropdown list to quickly navigate between employees from any employee Timecard The First Previous Next and Last 4 4 l arrows can also be used See the following figure manco AA a Setup Daily Activities Output Preferences Welcome SYSDBA Logout First Previous Next and Last arrows Timecard ancel Benefit balances 14 4 123457 Smith John Y payperiods 9 23 06 10 12 06 Y 123450 Wilson Karl E Rue 3123451 Parikh Vijay ts Employee dropdown list O Date 123455 Patel Ramesh itCenter SS Department JOBCLASS LEVEL4 ZoneC Paycode Hours Dollars Comments Reason 123457 Smith John C 9 29 2006 123458 Lee Howard fre 3 CC 8 Home 1 88 Homme 1 AS Horne a Zor BB RES 8 M 123459 Abbate Jon me 3 CC v Home 1 Home t v Home Zor w REG w gg 123462 Romwell Manue 3 0 ome 7 Tema vl ll dome vl Zar REG al 10 1 2006 me 3 CC Y Home 1 w Home 1 w Home Zor REG z Rott 1123468 James William pa I y a v to All ro REG E 10 2 2006 123469 Paxton Jeffrey _ Pe 3 CC S Home 1 08 Home 1 48 Home i Zor ii REG _ i O 10 3 2006 Tue
41. See description in Preferences Punches Columns Tab Hours 1 w Show Column Comments Reason To restore the default settings of the Adjusted Columns click on the Default Settings button Preferences Exception Tab The Exception tab is used to change the colors for Exceptions in the Timecard grid To do so double click on the desired Color column for the Exception and select a color from the Pick A Color palette Ee User Preferences I Overrides Column Adjustment Columns i Exception Period Totals Miscellaneous Punches Columns Exception _Color Early In El Early Out E0 Late In Lh Late Out LO Missing Punch MP Absence ABS Not Scheduled ns Early In Grace EIG Early Out Grace EOG Late In Grace LIG Late Out Grace LOG Early In Break EIB Early Out Break EOB Late In Break LIB Late Out Break LOB Early In Meal fEIM Early Out Meal ECM A 4H Late In Meal LIM ae dh ll pmf Late Out Meal LOM Meal Penalty MPNT S S o g ES A 3 amp a To restore the default color settings of the Exceptions click on the Default Settings button The following is an example of the Timecard grid with colors Fe Timecard 1002 Smith John ll aD D 11002 Smith Joh
42. The following is an example of an employee timecard with exceptions flagged in yellow A Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA File Edit Help gt Today Number 4 4 Setup Number Badge Number Payroll Last Name First Name Middle Name P Daily Activities 1001 1123456 108740 IRyan Robert 4 Employees 1002 1123457 08742 Sr hn Tas 1003 123458 108744 1004 123459 08746 8 Individual Schedule Hie 1006 123462 pe Communications 7 1123455 E Recalculate Payperiods 1123468 5 Output 6 1123469 click on the EZ button to open the employee s timecard with the current exceptions list filter 1 e Meal Penalty exceptions 7 2 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Timecard Administration ES 17 Holiday Holiday 17 Holiday non Punches Overrides Adjustments ndic Day 0N Pu ch Tue 08 00 AM T Wed 08 00 AM Wed 05 00 PM Thu 08 00 AM Thu 05 00 PM Fri 08 00 AM Fri 05 00 PM Daily Totals Period Totais _ Hours Category Timecard Grid Punches Tab From the Timecard node double click on an employee or highlight an employee on the list and click on the Timecard icon to view the Timecard grid screen with the Punches tab as shown Ee Timecard 1002 Smith John E BEBE iw Smith John AA 3123106 onas vOe S jaa e D La Punches Overrides
43. To remove all holidays from the Selected list click on the Remove All button Select how the holidays will be paid the number of hours and the Paycode that will be used for each When you have finished click on the Next button Payclass Setup select the holidays that will be paid to the employee Available selected new years day Thanksgiving Christmas Add All a 24 25 _ Remove RemoveAll All How would you like the holidays paid by Hours Schedule Number of hours 00 00 Please select the holiday paycode REG 43 Enter a name and description for the Payclass you just created in the fields provided and click on the Next button Payclass Setup Please enter name and description for this template Name Description 44 If you would like to create another Payclass select Yes otherwise the Payclass Setup is complete If you are adding another Payclass the wizard will repeat the previous screens Steps 29 through 41 for the next Payclass otherwise the wizard will proceed to the Schedule Setup Click on the Next D button Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Setup Wizard 3 17 Payclass Setup Would you like to create another Payclass C Yes No 45 The Schedule Setup screen will appear Answer the questions that pertain to your company s schedule policy Click on the Next button Schedule Setup Do you schedule your employees Yes No Do Your employees work the same sched
44. Tue 05 00 AM Tue Os w wed 09 00 AM wed e m Thu 090 00 AM Thu L O e Fii OS 00 AM Fri 05 0 w 13 22 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Interface Authorizing Payroll Export To authorize hours for an employee to be included in the payroll export file place a check in the corresponding Hours Auth column see the figure Schedule Hours Auth B Sch Auth 4A Sch Auth U Sch Auth O Mon 05 00 AM Mor i s 0 a j Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Interface 13 23 This page intentionally left blank 13 24 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Interface Chapter 14 Web Enabled Individual Schedule The individual schedule is a schedule that an employee has for a particular date For example employee number 1 will have a schedule setup for 08 00 am to 05 00 pm on 06 25 06 Also this employee may have a different schedule on another date This alternate schedule might be from 09 00 am to 6 00 pm on 6 26 06 The individual schedule is applied to an employee when it qualifies based on the rules setup in Payclass for schedule assignment Creating an Individual Schedule Profile Web To add employees to an Individual Schedule profile 1 Select the Individual Scheduler submenu from the Daily Activities menu and the following screen will appear Time Guardian FO E Setup Output Preferences Welcome SYSDBA S Employees y Certifications Individual Scheduler ______ Name ___ Description 7 Hi 50n 20ff 7am
45. When you have finished click on the Save button in the toolbar to save your changes Schedule Override Overriding a schedule consists of changing an employee s schedule for a given day within another existing schedule To do so click on the schedule cell in the employee Timecard grid for the day that you wish to change A dropdown list will appear with existing schedules Thu 07 00 AM Fri 04 00 PM i Clear Individual Schedule Thu 07 00 AM Fr 04 00 PM Le 7 4 8 5 95 NJ Hex 10hr day Schedule Standard schedule 1257 Tue UOU AM Wed USOU FE Wed 07 00 AM Thu 04 00 F Thu 07 00 AM Fri 04 00 PM Click on the desired template schedule you wish to use as a replacement The selected schedule will appear in the Schedule cell When you have finished click on the Save button in the toolbar to save your changes Note l this schedule does not meet the schedule assignment rules set in the Payclass of the employee the employee will be unscheduled for this shift Note You can also select to Clear Individual Schedule to switch the employee to unscheduled status Overtime Authorization lf overtime authorization was selected in the Overtime Authorization tab of the Payclass module you must place a check in the corresponding overtime column B Sch A Sch or U Sch for the employee to be awarded overtime hours see the figure Schecule Hours Auth a SH pan A Sch Auth U Sch Ath Mon OS 00 AM Mont se
46. Zonet el Labor Settings C Home Labor Cost CenterSS 3 CC3 LEVEL4 1 Default y Department JOBCLASS Comments Reason e Enter Adjustment Settings for Hours enter amount of time i e 08 00 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Timecard Administration 7 19 Paycode select the paycode to credit punch hours to from the dropdown list The choices are REG OT DT TT SCK VAC HOL JURY BRV or user defined ones Zone Code select the zone to credit punch hours to from the dropdown list The choices are user defined e Enter Labor Settings for Check Home Labor box to bypass Labor Levels settings or select desired Labor Level settings e lf desired enter text in the Comments reason field 6 When Add Dollars is selected the following is an example of the General Global Edit window A Global Edit General Edit Type O Add Punch Add Hours Adjustment Settings Dollars 0 00 Paycode BONUS Zone Code Zonel v Labor Settings Home Labor Comments Reason e Enter Adjustment Settings for Dollars enter dollar amount 1 e 1000 00 Paycode select the paycode to credit dollars to from the dropdown list The choices are user defined Zone Code select the zone to credit punch hours to from the dropdown list The choices are user defined e Enter Labor Settings for Check Home Labor box to bypass Labor Levels settings or select desired Labor L
47. amp Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA File Edit Help Ee Today E Setup Description E 4 Daily Activities SOr 2orr Zam 4pr Mon Frid schedule EL Employees SoF 20n schedule MJ Weekend MFG schedule 3 f By catered Holiday Schedule NJ Factory holiday worker schedule H 3 3 Salaried Personnel Schedule NJ Management schedule for Salaried Employees E ES P Individual Schedule 5 Communications e p H Recalculate E Payperiods E 69 Output Individual Schedule J Department JOBCLASS LEWEL4 Employee _ _ Date Range oo Paydass Mame Description 3 Enter a name for the schedule profile in the Name field required field Enter a brief description of the schedule profile in the Description field Click on the Date Range tab Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Individual Schedule 8 1 8 2 Individual Schedule EK Cost Center 55 Department JOBCLASS LEVEL4 Employee General Date Range Payclass Date Selection Date Range From Date O Until 5 Forward pl Backward From the Date Range screen select the following Date Selection Select one of the following choices Today Yesterday Last Open Period Previous Open Period Current Week Previous Week Current Month Previous Month Last 2 Weeks Date Range Current Payperiod or Previous Payperiod From Date Enabled when Date Range is selected as the Date Selection Enter the date that the Date Ra
48. highlight the desired element in the Selected list and click on the Remove button To remove all selected filter elements click on the Remove All button 27 Click on the Employee tab to further filter employees for the reports by Adding Removing employees from Available Selected List s The following is an example of the screen that will appear Time Guardian PPO 3 Setup Daily Activities Output Preferences Welcome SYSDBA Employee Filter A SE Ela J Employee Sort Number jati iteni Fila Cl as Criteria ilter Available Selected J i 1002 Smith John 1003 Lee Howard 1004 Abbate Jon 11006 Romwell Manuel ada 11007 Patel Ramesh 1008 Parikh Vijay Add All 1009 Wilson Karl 1113 James William 1117 Paxton Jeffrey 1133 Watson Matt 16 8 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Configured Output Employees can be sorted by Number Badge Payroll Last Name First Name or Comment using the Sort field Employees can be filtered in both the Available and Selected lists by entering data into the Criteria field above each list Only labor categories matching the data entered will appear in both lists e Highlight the desired employee in the Available list and click on the Add button To add all available employees for the report filter click on the Add All button e To remove an employee from the reports highlight the desired employee in the Selected list and click on the Remove button To remove all se
49. lists in ascending order by using the Sort field dropdown list The choices in this list are employee number badge number payroll number last name first name or comment field Additionally Employee s can be filtered in the Available or Selected lists by entering additional case sensitive characters in dedicated Criteria fields see above illustration The Criteria field located above the Available list filters only that list while the Criteria field above the Selected list filters that list Each list is filtered independently in ascending order 12 When you have finished click on the button to save your settings To generate a Schedule Coverage report select a profile from the list in the Table View and click on the button The report will be generated on screen Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 107 amp Schedule Coverage Legend Gy Template ii Auto lal Individual Mon 12 00 Tue 12 00 Wed 12 00 Thu 12 00 Fri 12 00 Sat 12 00 Sun 12 00 Mon Page Setup Letter Automatically Select v Margins inches Left fi Right fi Top fi Bottom fi The Coverage Report will print to your system s default printer To change the printer click on the Printer button A print dialog similar to the following will appear Printer Name A A Sales Properties Status Error 8 documents waiting Type RICOH Aficio MP C2500 PCL 6 Where Nd
50. lt y lt gt da A 3h 4h xXx ay N V Worked Hours NY A Iv oe gt REG Z Labor 1 3 4 5 gt oT Z A PE Z Labor 1 2 4 5 7 gt 2 Add Hours Paycode PRMZ Yves Hours 8 hours Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Zone Window Examples 17 27 Value Hours Award Example The value award will take value either hours or dollars and award to other or the same paycodes In the award paycode the user will select the paycode where the hours or dollars will be award to NOTE All awarded hours or dollars will be done through the add hours table Source Type Paycode Filter Labor Value Award Paycode Value Hours Home Labor 4 30 PRMVH Homel abor D 10 00 18 00 Fix Time 1 3 4 6 U 00 00 03 00 Schedule Start 05 00 0200 FirstIN Punch 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 10 00 6 00 p Fix Time 1000 v00 p 130 p 530 p x XK x x gt Worked Hours naa Or 3 REG Z 3 Z Z Labor 1 3 4 5 4 2 om ra z Labor 1 2 4 5 II o After Award 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 10 00 6 00 p Fix Time 10 00 1 00 p 1 30 p 5 30 p x x x x de K gt A anh y an WT Aih H lt m Worked Hours NY IAN Ji yw S REG Z We lt Labor 1 3 4 5 gt oT1 e Ss a Labor 1 2 4 5 gt mr z Add Hours Paycode Labor Hours PRMVH 1 3 4 6 4 5 hours Value Dollars Award Example The value award will take value either hours or dollars and award to other or
51. 1 Work Qualify Example 1 Qualification Example Condition All Qualified Zone 4 Zone Window Lo 1210 Fix Time lt gt Worked Hours Paycode Schedule 1 00 p Compare Value Labor Connector gt 3 00 Not Qualified Zone 2 5 00 p 1 30 p To qualify for the the zone window 10 00 to 12 00 the employee must work greater than 3 00 hours in the day including all paycodes and labor In the example the employee work 7 hours and therefore qualifies for the zone The hours in the zone window 10 00 12 00 will be set to zone code 4 Condition Paycode All Qualified Zone 4 Schedule Zone Window 1206p Fix Time i 4 00 p Labor See Below Compare Value Connector gt 3 00 Not Qualified Zone 2 Labor Level 1 2 3 Level2 15 22 44 1 30 p To qualify for the the zone window 10 00 to 12 00 the employee must work greater than 3 00 hours in the day including all paycodes and the hours must be in the following labor Level 1 2 3 lt gt Worked Hours Level2 15 22 44 In the example the employee work 7 hours which 3 hours is in labor level 1 3 and Labor level 2 22 and 4 hours is i labor level 1 3 and Labor level 2 50 Therefore since the employee only has 3 hours in the qualified labor level the employee does not qualify for the zone The hours in the zone window 10 00 12 00 will be set to zone code 2 17 2 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Zon
52. 100p 130p 5 30 p XX Type Condition Paycode Compare Connector Schedule Work Within All gt Qualified Zone 4 Not Qualified Zone 2 Fix Time 0 08 00 11 00 Schedule Start First IN Punch 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 10 00 12 00 p Fix Time 5h i 35h 6 00 1O00p 130p 5 30 p Hours to Qualify lt gt Worked Hours To qualify for the the zone window 10 00 to 12 00 the employee must work greater than 6 00 hours within the employee s schedule including all paycodes and labor In the example the employee work 8 5 hours within the schedule and therefore qualifies for the zone The hours in the zone window 10 00 12 00 will be set to zone code 4 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 10 00 12 00 p Fix Time gt gt 6 00 10 00 1 00 p 1 30 p 5 30 p x i x x x lt Xt e gt 17 4 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Zone Window Examples Schedule Work After Qualify Example Type Condition Paycode Compare Schedule Work After All gt Qualifed Zone 4 Not Qualified Zone 2 Fix Time 0 08 00 11 00 Schedule Start First IN Punch Connector 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 12 00 p Fix Time Ss Sh 5h 6 00 1 00p 130p 530p 600p 6 30p Hours to Qualify fh 4h 5h gt Worked Hours To qualify for the the zone window 10 00 to 12 00 the employee must work greater than 2 00 hours after the employee s schedule including all pa
53. 4 114 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro A Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA File Edit Help Today i 2 Setup Description idatiom DoorS Weekday Blagi Validation Door 5 ay Schedule Locations f Bell Schedules Mame Weekday Bildg1 Validation Door 5 Description Weekday Bldg1 Validation Door 5 3 Inthe Name field enter in a name for the Terminal Validation setting In the Description field enter in a brief description of the Terminal Validation setting 5 Select the other Labor Level tabs to be included in the Terminal Validation Each tab consists of the following commands e To add a Labor Level category to the Terminal Validation highlight the desired item in the Available list and click on the Add button To select all the listed items click on the Add All button e o remove a Labor Level category from the Terminal Validation highlight the desired item in the Selected list and click on the Remove button To remove all the listed items click on the Remove All button 6 Click on Employees tab Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 115 7 To add employees to the Terminal Validation setting click on the 2 2 Termmal Validation ES 150 DOMENICO DAVID 451 Rubble Barney 1158 DRIVER SCHOOLBUS 1159 Bodjona Piniti 160 Parikh Vijay 161 Patel Ramesh 208039279053 Parikh Vijay 208039286229 Brady Robert 208039279895 Ruszala
54. 4 1402 0 Paycode REG 08 00 126 0 i 77 00 1212 9 1212 9 Labor DH S 3 CC 08 00 126 0 i 4 3 C 77 00 1212 9 1212 9 Zo i 07 00 165 5 110 3 ZO 26 0 26 0 03 00 94 5 47 3 D2 00 94 5 JES el Icons Commands The toolbar of the Timecard grid consists of the following Button command Description Saves the currently displayed employee record First Employee Displays the first employee record in the Timecard grid Displays the previous employee record in the Timecard grid E Next Employee ces the next employee record in the Timecard CIS Last Employee Displays the last employee record in the Timecard grid Previous Employee This dropdown list allows you to select employee Ersay Roen gt Robert h Employee records in both the Punches and Adjustments Timecard grids Filter Employee Filters the employees that can be viewed in the Timecard grid by selecting certain criteria This dropdown list allows you to view different Payperiods in the Punches Overrides and Adjustments Timecard grids Previous Payperiods can only be adjusted if they are still open by using the i Punches tab for punches and the Adjustments tab for 911 2104 9 18 04 hours Payperiod 7 8 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Timecard Administration Baton Commana Description Add Punch Adds a punch to the selected row based on schedule Add Row pj a row above the selected row in the Timecard a Delete Row Deletes the selec
55. 4pm Mon Frid schedule mi al SOff 20n schedule NJ Weekend MFG schedule Z i al Holiday Schedule INJ Factory holiday worker schedule y sateriad Personnel Schedule NI Hana schedule for Salaried Employees a a El 5 00PM 1 00AM Shift Late MFG Shift 4 i al Fag HA E Eb oa 5 rows viewing 5 rows rows 1 to 5 page 1 of 1 2 Click on the button and the following Individual Scheduler window will appear ey ey PRO Setup Daily Activities Output Preferences Welcome SYSDBA Individual Scheduler General Date Range Paya Description Cancel AMANO Amano Cincinnati Inc 140 Harrison Ave Roseland NJ 07068 1240 800 526 2559 Copyright 2006 Amano Cincinnati Inc All rights reserved Enter a name for the schedule profile in the Name field required field Enter a brief description of the schedule profile in the Description field 5 Click on the Date Range tab Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Enabled Individual Schedule 14 1 Time Guardian PRO Setup Daily Activities Output Preferences Welcome SYSDBA individual Scheduler Date Range Payclass g Date Selection Date Range From Date 231 2007 i tt E O Until O Forward Backward 1 Day s i Week s Appl Cancel Month s Apply Cancel Year s AMANO Amano Cincinnati Inc 140 Harnson Ave Roseland NJ 07068 1240 800 526 2559 Copyright 2006 Amano Cincinnati Inc All rights reserved
56. 8 5 Fixed 1 days before 08 00 AM Current Day 05 00 PMIshift 9 6 Fi Current Day 09 00 AM Current Day 06 00 PM shift Standard schedule 1257 Fixed Current Day 07 00 AM Current Day 04 00 PM Son 20ff 7am 4pm Eus i b ia y NJ Flex 10hr day Schedule Fixed Current Day 07 00 AM Current Day 07 00 PM shift Add KIKIKI 5 rows viewing 5 rows rows 1 to 5 page 1 of 1 2 Click on the button and the following Template Schedule window will appear F Tarn habe Ade Micro ladera lirei Pie GEO View Ferorbe Tos Pep Que E xj g F parm y ramas E dEl rito TERI 104 1 47 0000bpro empleada Faces Time Guardian ha Setup Cady Acinabes Ouitput Proferences Wind cee SY S04 Tamplate Schedule emo Samt Tne Fad Parondo REG Shite Hess ae Schedule Stari dhede End rdDey Curent Sari Time EIDAM Emi Time OR Apply le ance AMAN maena ld 100 tanmon Asp Roa hi DAA do O A ee png 200 Am Cue Ai nahjy pa 7 3 Enter a name for the template schedule in the Name field In the Type field select either Fixed Open or Off If Open is selected Start and End Times will be disabled Assign a Paycode to the schedule using the dropdown list in the Paycode field Assign a Shift to the schedule using the dropdown list in the Shift field In the Start box select the Day that the schedule will start and the time of the day that the schedule is to begin The choices for Start Day are Current Da
57. A Labor 1 2 4 5 y A NE Add Hours Paycode Hours REG 2 hours REG 4 hours Guaranteed Hours All Shifts Example The Guaranteed Hours aard wil haky the value mings al hours for all shifts and award or duplicate the hours fo other or the same piy Through the peycode filer fhe user con select which peycodes will be wonded or duplicabed la the gend pacote the sar wall select heh peycode the hours wall be duplicated to MOTE AN duplicated hows will be dono through the add hours table In Al schedules All the stefts oe compared together wath the value end mord grang Whours exceed the vale NO AWARD e gra Faod tee Labor PRA el cues A x Firid z i EFG ype ford Piet ce Pe Tame Schedule Start Firg IH Punch 5 00 Schedule 2200p FpSchodulobg p Zone Wirkdow En p Fe Time 101000 10H p x x a i i Ri A sh Aa F e Worked Hours Pa TS pt a REG 7 lt a L E RES a 7 Leber 434 68 k a Labor 12d 5 g PES aa e ara After Award 8 00 Schedule 2 00p 3 00pSchedule5 00 p Zone Window 10 00 6 00 p Fix Time 3 30 p 4 30 p X x K gt gt Pe 3h A S Worked Hours Jx K 1h Eo IAA REG A REG a lt Z Labor 1 3 4 6 2 2 7 gt a Labor 1 2 4 5 EXA Z 3 TITS Add Hours Paycode Hours REG 3 4 1 hours Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Zone Window Examples 17 32 Set Zone Code for All Windows Example
58. AR Kaika ica ia ia TT 1 r lv E IV IV IV Iv Iv 12 The Shift Setup screen will appear Click on the Next button 3 4 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Setup Wizard Shift Setup The Shift describes how to pay the employee for the day It provides the daily rules for calculating the employee s hours worked The Shift can be viewed as the hub in which multiple rules are assigned to the Shift and then the Shift is assign to a schedule The rules or spokes of the hub are put into different categories which are Meals Rounding Exceptions and Shift Overtime Each of these categories can contain multiple rules but only one rule in each category can be assigned to a Shift definition Please press next to begin setting up shift rules 13 The Rounding Setup window will appear If Yes is selected to the question Does your company round the employee time you must select the Rounding Type used Punches will round the punch times and Hours will round the total time or hours for the Payperiod If No rounding will not be used Click on the Next D button Rounding Setup Do you want to round the employee s punches or hours Punches Hours 14 If Hours rounding was selected you must enter the Unit Point and type If Weekly was selected as the type you must specify the Start Day of the workweek Click on the Next D button Proceed to Step 15 Rounding Setup Unit Point 30 Mm 153 Choose the type of
59. Before gt 4 00 Qualified Zone 4 Not Qudified Zone 2 7 Fix Time 00 00 03 00 Schedule Start First IN Punch First IN Punch 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 3 00p 500 p 5h 100p 430p Hours to Qualify lt gt Worked Hours 00p to 5 00p the employee must Punch IN greater than 4 00 hours before the To qualify for the the zone window 3 00p to 5 00p the employee must Punch IN greater than 4 00 hours before th e zone window start including All paycodes and the hours must be in All labor Inthe example the employee worked 7 hours The employee punched in at 10 00 which 5 hours before the start of the zone window Therefore since the employee punched in 5 hours before the zone window start the employee qualifies for the zone The hours in the zone window 3 00p 5 00p will be set to zone code 4 See result below First IN Punch 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 3 00p 5 00 p 17 12 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Zone Window Examples Zone Punch After Qualify Example Type Zone Qualified Zone 4 Condition Punch Before Paycode Mot Qualified Zone 2 3 Fis Time 03 00 Schedule Start First IN Punch First IN Punch 8 00 Hours to Qualify Worked Hours 10 00 Compare Value Labor gt 4 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 3h 3 00p 5 00 p 5h 1 00p 1 30p s 5 30 p x xX x 4h Connector 00p to 5 00p the employe
60. CC1 v Department 4 CC4 w JOBCLASS 6 6 cc6 w 8 8 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Individual Schedule Select the following e Paycode Select the Paycode that the schedule will be in e Zone Code Select the Zone Code that the schedule will be in e Hours Enter the amount of hours for the day e Allocation Select Normal Pay in advance or Remainder If Pay in Advance is selected you must enter the date that the employee will be paid for the schedule using the button The Select Date window will appear Note The Hours for the Pay in Advance will be put into the Payroll Export file on the Pay in Advance date The hours on the Timecard will indicate the date they occur Select Date x Year 2005 El E 13 14 15 i7 182 19 0 1 22 d 25 26 7 8 29 31 When you have finished click on the click on the button e Labor Select the labor category or categories that the Schedule will use When you have finished click on the click on the button The Advanced Schedule you just created will appear in the selected cell Edit User Defined The Edit User Defined command from the submenu enables you to create a custom Advanced Schedule There are 15 User Defined Advanced Schedules to choose from A Individual Schedules esd es Cane SS tE LAS Fayence Tone Hours DERI DAE aval Paras a ay Lape aaa pa Mata aa aa aa la Ma Mad EA iA iA iA AA iA iA a in CCI CC I l
61. Comment Reason exists 7 4 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Timecard Administration Symbols a mos O OOOO oOo 2 a Punches were edited Labor transfer exist for this row Override performed Note By putting the mouse over the icon you can see the information that the icon represents Individual Schedule Click on the Individual Schedule icon on the toolbar only from the Timecard Grid Punches tab to create and or modify an Individual Schedule for the selected employee For more detail on Individual Schedules see Creating an Individual Schedule Profile See the following figure for an example Fe Individual Schedule Date 9 29 2006 Type Fixed amp Paycode REG e Shift NJ Corporate HQ Standard MFG Shift s Schedule Time Start Day 1 days after v End Day Current Day w Start Time 07 00 AM End Time 04 00 PM Cost Center 55 3 CC3 Y LEVEL4 1 Default Department 1 Default v JOBCLASS 1 Default _ v Overrides Tab This function allows overrides for only the existing employee hours and associated paycode For all other Timecard modifications see Punches and Adjustments tabs To perform an employee Timecard override click on the Overrides tab then click on the Hours cell in the grid for the hours that you wish to override see figure When you have finished performing a Timecard override click on the Save I button in the toolbar to save your changes Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Tim
62. Daily Overtime Daily Overtime Overtime is the time an employee works that extends beyond a certain level of time set by the company s policies Daily overtime is based on hours worked and is a way of rewarding the employee for working more hours than a set hour value in one day The hours that exceed the set hour value are normally paid at a higher wage or rate Up to 4 levels of Weekly Overtime can be used Each level can be assigned its own threshold limit that move the hours from one Paycode to another The following table shows an example vera PP Additionally you can set the Paycodes that will count toward daily overtime level To create a Daily Overtime template 1 Click on the Daily Overtime node within the Daily Rules module in the Tree View see figure amp Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA File Edit Help Today Setup Description JE Company s i Corporate Hq Shift UA Users Eu Paycodes me Ey Shifts NJ Daily Rule NJ Daily Rule a E Payclass T bah Schedule Locations 4 Daily Activities 63 Output 4 56 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 2 Click on the button and the following Daily Overtime window will appear ii Daily Overtime General Settings Name Overtime after 10hrs M F Description Employee recieves OT for all hours after 10hrs in a day Monday thru Friday All Paycodes count Assigned Day Remove Tue
63. Dariusz 208039284546 Manalo Romwell 208039279750 Bodjona Pini 208039326428 Kaushal dam T A A T button The Employee Filter window will appear e Employee Filter Ra Pay Class LEVEL1 LEVEL2 Employee Sort Mumber Criteria a Criteria Available Selected 1002 Smith John Add 1003 Lee Howard 1006 Romwell Manuel 1004 Abbate Jon Add All Remove Remove All PF Show Active Employees Only By default all employees are selected You can filter out employees by selecting the Labor Levels they are assigned to in each of the available Labor Level tabs Employees that are assigned to the selected Labor Levels will appear in the Available list Also you can independently filter employees in each list by selecting the box alongside Show Active Employees Only To add an employee to the Terminal Validation highlight the desired employee in the Available list and click on the Add button To select all the listed employees click on the Add All button To remove an employee from the Terminal Validation highlight the desired employee in the Selected list and click on the Remove button To remove all the listed employees click on the Remove All button 8 When you have finished click on the button to save your settings 4 116 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro Terminal Location You must crea
64. Escalation Frequency The number in minutes before the Escalation Server will update messages e Default Paycode Select the default paycode from the dropdown menu user defined paycodes to be used The default paycode will be used for all employees with unscheduled hours e Benefit Tracking Type The choices are None Deaccruals and Import Balances When Deaccruals are selected employee benefit use will be tracked by the system but the system will not accrue benefits Benefits must be entered as values into the system and then the system will keep track of updating available amounts based upon use When Import Balances is selected the system will accept existing benefit values and keep track of their use but it will not allow additional values to be added accrued 5 Click on the button to save your settings Labor Levels Labor levels are used to determine where an employee worked and what an employee worked on Up to 6 main Labor Level categories can be created with an unlimited number of entries per category These multiple levels can be used simultaneously for where an employee worked as well as what an employee worked on Example of Multiple Labor Levels An employee is scheduled to work from 9 00 AM to 6 00 PM From 9 00AM to 11 00AM they work in Building A and in the Production Department While working in Production the employee performed the job of welding parts that were needed for Work Order 100200 and then from
65. FAV ClASS wena EE E ESE 4 90 A 0 Us EANA EVET E N E E eee EN AT EE E E E E T 4 99 Template Schedule isis ai 4 99 Auto Schedule Seeria em a ne eee ee 4 100 Crealing AS credulidad 4 102 Schedule Timeless 4 103 SCMEOUIC GOVETAGC ni ita 4 103 SCM CAUSA Ol all OM naaa 4 109 A A ene eer or 4 113 Bel SCMOQUICS sic ica 4 113 Terminal ala Mi o Oi 4 114 a A o ee a 4 117 Chapter 5 Employee AdministratiON cccoonnnnnccncnnnccnnccccnnnnanocnnnnnannncornnnnnnnnrrrnnanannrrrrnnnanannnns 5 1 Adding EMPIRE tddi 5 1 General Diaria 5 2 A A een ieee aaa ed 5 4 Contact Tania dida 5 5 ASSIONMENES TAD iia nadia 5 6 1 std aust a a hecte chee tons coat ctucsarbetdad 5 7 Laporta 5 10 SA A E 5 11 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Table of Contents Table of Contents Wades Tasca 5 12 DENCIA de A se cd 5 14 WED ACCESS Madras ario 5 14 NOXUS22O aaa 5 16 AManoNel Dr odia 5 17 GIG Dal ASS Ie teasceteecte es cdveste acu dsfoesalansscaneses aa 5 19 Deleting EMPIECES ii AA 5 27 EIN EMPIONCES utorrent pera 5 27 Chapter 6 Access Control Integration cccccssesseeecesseeeceenseeeeceseeeseesseeseoenseeeseonneesssoaes 6 1 Shang Ol EIMPlOV SSS carencias 6 1 WSingACcesSs COMO RUANO e o teeta 6 1 Chapter 7 Timecard Administration scccccsesseeceeenssecesenseeecennseeesennseeeeennsseeneessesensnnsees 7 1 TiMSCard Mtro io 7 3 Punches Tata oa 7 3 A PP AU II E E 7 5 AdU Imene Ta Da a E a ea ade 7 6 O A 7 8 CONS GAMMA o ode ae eer eae 7
66. File Edit Help Today H Set us etup Description HL Daily Activities NJ Bldg 3 2007 export File 3 69 Output 44 Reports 5 Payrolls El Im Profile An Import geal SENS el amp Export f General Name Description File Name 06 Export Options Export Type Employee Export Export Format Comma Separated Value CSV File v Script File Mame In the Name field enter a name for the Export report profile required field Enter a brief description of the Export report profile in the Description field 5 Enter a file name in the File Name field and press the browse button to establish a path of where the file will be placed 6 Select the Export Options by selecting the desired e Export Type select from the dropdown list e Export Format the choices are Comma Separated Value CSV File Tab Separated Value TAB File Quoted Comma Separated Quoted Tab Separated and User Defined 12 26 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Output 7 When you have finished making your selections click on the button to save your settings To Export the file select the file from the export list and click on the Run Export icon An export dialog box will appear as the export file is created see figure Click Ok to complete Export untitled Processing 1 of 1 Exporting records Processing 1 of 2 SE i Cancel pi Auto Process Creating an Auto Proc
67. For Type set to Zone the options include all the above and e Schedule within e Schedule within e Schedule start before e Schedule start before e Schedule start after e Schedule start after e Schedule end before e Schedule end before e Schedule end after e Schedule end after e First In punch after zone start e Last Out punch before zone end Paycode Filter Select either All or Selected If selected is chosen use the button in the Paycode Selection column to select the Paycode hours to count towards the Zone Award Comp This field will compare the value in the Value column to the Condition The options are 4 64 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro e lt Less than e lt Less than or equal to e Equal to e gt Greater than e gt Greater than or equal to e lt gt Not equal to Value and Value Type Enter in the amount of hours or dollars in the Value column and select Hours or Dollars in the Value Type column Labor Level Filter Select either All or Selected If selected use the o button in the Labor Level Selection column to select the Labor Levels to count towards the Zone Award Connector This field is used to connect the next line or rule to the condition The options are AND OR 8 To add another Qualification Rule click on the Add button A new Qualification Rule line will appear beneath the line just created To delete a Qualific
68. Global Apply If selected the Cost and Billable windows for the Global Apply Wizard see the following figures will be the 6 and 7 to appear This corresponds to the Wages tab found on the Employees screen see Wages Tab amp Global Apply Cost rate Assign Rate Template E Assign Rate Table Override Assign Rate Increase 5 24 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Employee Administration Both the Cost Rate and Billable Rate windows allow the user to specify and apply rate settings by clicking on the radio button next to the selection If the radio button is not selected then the selection will not be applied to the employee s The user can choose to Assign Rate Template Assign Rate Table or Assign Rate Increase Note the first two options would replace the existing settings with the new settings while the third option is only applied to employees with a Rate Table Additionally if assigning a Rate Table the user can choose to Override the employee s existing Rate Table with the new settings by clicking on the Override checkbox In this example all selected employees from employee list will be assigned a Rate Table If they already have a Rate Table the specified rate would be added to it When the Global Apply Wizard is completed all these settings will be applied to all the employee s selected on the list amp Global Apply Billable rate Assign Rate Template Template Standard Rate
69. HHI hena Mot Taken MA Mulbnis Haal Mimie Recurement 15 00 Sat Apphe Cancel Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Configured Output 16 5 To add a Exception to the report highlight the desired Exception name in the Available list and click on the Add button To select all Exceptions for the report from the Available list click on the Add All button To remove an Exception from the report highlight the desired Exception in the Selected list and click on the Remove button To remove all selected Exceptions from the Selected list click on the Remove All button To enter a Minute Requirement for a selected Exception in the Selected list enter the value in MM SS and click on the Set button 23 Click on any Labor Level up to six user defined tab and the following is an example of the window that will appear re re PRO 7 Setup Daily Activities Output Preferences Welcome SYSDBA Reports LEVEL4 E Sort Number v A Cisar Criteria Filter Clear Criteria Clear EZ Available Selected 0 Standard Rate for MFG NJ Add Add All Remove N Remove All Apply Cancel Labor categories can be sorted by Number or Name using the Sort field Labor categories can be filtered in both the Available and Selected lists by entering data into the Criteria field above each list Only labor categories matching the data entered will appear in both lists To add a Labor nam
70. Home 3 CL vw Heme 3 CC v l Heme 3 Os rome 3 CC v Home 3 0 v Home 3 cw Heme 3 v Home 3 Home 3 CC v a Home 1 Heme 1 Heme 1 Home Home 1 Home 1 Heme 1 Home 1 teme 1 eme 1 Morne 1 Heme 1 pele pepefa aja LIEI KIKICA JOBCLASS Home 1 v Home 1 v Home 1 ome 1 Home 1 Home 1 Heme 1 v Pome 1 rome 1 v Home 1 Home 1 v Home 1 v Hana 1 home 1 LEVELA Zone Cox More v Zone Home v Zone v Pomat Zore Hor Zone a ome Zone Home w Zone Y Home v Zone y Horne Zone y Home Y Zone v Home Zone iHome w Z Mome v Zone y fore Zone Horno w ome Zone Y Cost Cost Total eu Paycode REG w REG i z gt a D SZAAR la 13 br amp 4 lt 4 lt a 4 4 4 4 E 518 A gt REG REG Y i lt Sdlanir 1260 0 1260 0 1260 9 1260 0 Icons Commands Web The toolbar of the Timecard grid consists of the following 54d 2131 04 A 04 6 7 04 0 0 04 61 4 04 am 504 621 04 Daag 620 04 029 04 9 4 04 39504 941 04 3 2104 34 604 Benefit balances Individual Schedule 13 16 Payperiods Cancel Delete Row Insert Row Benefit Balances Individual Schedule Saves the currently displayed employee record This dropdown list allows you to view different Payperiods i
71. Hours to Award SN hw Na An lt J REG y ori L Z 2 Zone 4 L Zone 4 S gt Not Covered by Rate 25 5000 lt lt Rate 15 0000 7 Zone Window i K j gt PE r le 3 Y e Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Zone Window Examples 17 29 Change Rate Add to Award Example The change rate award will apply a new rate to the hours worked within the zone windows The user has the ability to choose whether a new paycodes rates will be changed rate applies an addition to the existing rate or a percentage increase to the existing rate Through the paycode filter the user can select which Source Type Paycode Filter Labor Value Award Paycode Change Rate Add to All 5 5000 i 09 00 16 00 Fix Time E n 00 00 0300 Schedule Start n 05 00 0200 First IN Punch S Fix Time 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 9 00 nop AA AAA ems 10 00 100p 1 30p 5 30 p i 3h 4h lt gt Worked Hours nyt Y REG lt lt oT1 gt Zone 4 lt Zone 4 Ss A Rate 10 0000 P Rate 15 0000 gt After Award Fix Time 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 9 00 4 00 p 3h 25h 10 00 1 00 p 1 30 p 5 30 p XK K K x lt gt K gt a A i 3h 25h 15h ias N N Hours to Award _ pv a REG sx Ss Zone 4 D nm Z oTa E gt p gt Zone 4 Rate 15 5000 lt amp EZ a Change Rate gt lt Not Covered by gt gt Zone Window Rate 520 5000 lt re ley nie g
72. ITEM Teeter ale alcalde A e Mia altar AMENA Misal ala Insite sy ieeroyisicr Cancel Previous 7 The Choose Install Folder screen will appear The default installation folder will be displayed If you would like to install Time Guardian Pro in another folder click on the Choose button To reset this field click on the Restore Default Folder button After you have made your selection click on the Next button 2 Time Guardian Pro _iot x Where Would You Like to Install c Program Files Time Guardian Pro Restore Default Folder Choose SY Choose a GELUSERIABOL Ad NIE Saab a SR OHGT ee MICOSOTSaliniatinaugt de CHOOSE METEO W Hetlin Siirry dd Access IA IE ae CHOOSE TIRGICET Pe relie da nsialieommEE Isela mona pm EA E Cancel Previous i Time Guardian Pro V3 7 Installation 2 3 8 The Choose Database Option screen will appear Select either Firebird SQL or Microsoft SQL and click on the Next button If you chose Microsoft SQL the Firebird Database Service does not have to be installed Note You must purchase Microsoft SQL separately and have it already installed 9 10 2 4 Time Guardian Pro ie 54 x Choose the database you would like to use with Time Guardian Pro 4 Choose Database Firebird SQL v ae NICSE saanen Mia aa rl Pe HAEE iriri de Access aaa Maa poleas lid aa MERINO TABLE Macilla euiar sip ulzeroyisior Cancel Previous If
73. Inactive All Paycodes Active Fixed Labor Sins All All Working In l Within Schedule Inactive Selected Selected Hame Labar Inactive Inactive All Paycodes Active Fixed Labar All Working In Alter Schedule Inactive E R Selected Home Labar Inactive Inactive All Paycodes Active Fixed Schedule he ia O a Inactivo Inactive Inactive Home Labor All Paycodes All Paycodes_ All Paycodes_ Active Value poe Inactive Inactive Meme Labor Active All Paycodes Inactive Adie Dollars Fixed Labor Hours All All Working In Hour Multiple Dollars Selected Selected Home Labat Active Inactive All Paycodes Active Fixed Change Rate Change Billable PRAN Tag All Add to Inactive Active Inactive Inactive Inactive Rate Percentage Base Secs Selected Change Cost Rate 9 Set All All Home Labor Set Zone Number Set in Window Selected Inactive inactive Inactive Inactive Single Schedule All OB Home Labor Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 67 Creating a Zone Differential 1 Click on the Zone Differential node within the Daily Rules module in the Tree View 2 Click on the button and the Zone Differential window will appear amp Zone Differential SE General Settings Name one Differential NJ Description Zone Differential NJ Assigned Day C Remove 3 Enter a name for the Zone Differential in the Name field required field Enter a description for the Zone Differential in the
74. Lists daily employee punches hours exceptions and MN Sam eLo schedules in a portrait style format Portrait format list of employees with showing employee Employee Report information such as address phone numbers hire date E mail schedule type payclass pay type SS etc i Grouping of hours worked by employees in labor categories ADO ANAYSISREPON from each labor level showing wages and billable rates Lists by employee and date hours that are not authorized to go Unauthorized Hours Report to the payroll export file Shows by day all employees who were present and absent TEREE REREN and at what time they punched in and out Landscape calendar like view of selected exceptions Historical Hours Report generated by an employee and the hours worked by day Exception number with minutes for exceptions are also listed A Repon Lists all employees exceptions by day with IN OUT punches p p Used to make corrections Meal Penalty now included Lists daily employee punches hours exceptions and MIS EN schedules in a landscape style format Audit Report Lists by user and date parameter changes made to the system with old and new values shown A landscape type calendar like grid report that can be grouped Schedule Posting Report by one of the labor levels to post for the employees to see when they are scheduled to work talas Acal A landscape format analysis report of scheduled time with l wages versus actual hours with vari
75. Lp ad pidi Bolbr piu danima chide a angagi for the spiten or uaa thii dealt oF Erie Catasouros Sating A Admin Account Choose Language Czech e 0 Do Deutsch del English fer M Prangais ir Do aederlanak imn D Portugu s Brasileiro pt ER r AN M4 simplified Chinese hc Conlmue JE mm 2 Select English then click continue 3 Change the Domain to the server s IP Address as seen below then click Continue 3 live Messerper Setup Microsoft interimit Exploier fe de Yew Fagrortes ook teh O OD Mia Laem Peros an amp E tetos 127 0 0 19070 setup host sattings Hp Jive Messenger Setup Server Settings Blow aro host settings for this arvor Nota the qugqesind vals fr the daman is hated on the natwork sating of fie machines Doman 192 1683 ej Hortname of 10 address of this sarvar Admn Console Port on Part nusrbar f s the eb bated admin coneste def mi 9090 Secure Admin Cormole Port apar Part number for tha ab bated al J t dela is 9091 SSL Cormechors Enabled S Yes No Enables ov disables sacure 12 18 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Output 4 Inthe Datasource Settings screen select Embedded Database and click Continue 3 live Messenger Setup Microsoft interimit Expioier te dt Yew Farirtes ook Me Q E x 2 en rante Aa amp E teto 127 0 0 90AN etup datasourca setings Hp Jive Messenger Setup Setup Progress Datasource Settings e Log Sul Ch
76. Maxium shift length Max Shift Length is as follows How many punches the shift can have How many hours minuts the shift can have Max Number of Punches 4 Max Shift Length Shown below 4 92 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro If Shift Requirement is AND Punches P1 through P6 qualify OR Punches P1 through P4 qualify Max Number of Punches 6 Max Shift Length Shown below If Shift Requirement is AND Punches P1 through P6 qualify OR Punches P1 through P4 qualify because of shift length 18 Click on the Schedule tab This tab will assign an employee to a schedule based on their start and end times 2 4 Pay Class General Day Change Schedule Rounding Overtime Definition Overtime Execution Overtime Authorization Holiday Benefit Execution Assignment based on schedule start time 30 15 Before scheduled start 30 30 After scheduled start Assign schedule when end of shift overlaps by more than l o1boo daa el Schedule Assignment Based on IN punch 19 In the Before scheduled start field enter the amount of time before schedule that an employee s IN punch must occur in to be assigned to a schedule 20 In the After scheduled start field enter the amount of time after schedule that an employee s IN punch must occur in to be assigned to a schedule Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 93 In Punch must be in this windows
77. Monday Rea y 80 The overtime hours after the Split become Day Paycode Hours Overtime monday REG 80 Tuesday ae 80 Wednesday REG 80 Thursday Rea 80 Friday Re 80 20 If the REG1 hours were not set to Split the overtime hours will be bay Paycode Hours Overtime monday REG 80 11 Check Counts Towards Attendance if you want the Paycode to override the Absence exception or not 4 24 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 12 When you have finished click on the button to save your settings To exit without saving click on the button Shifts All setup rules will fall into 3 categories shift rules daily rules or multiple day rules Shift rules apply to a given shift or schedule They include punch rounding shift rounding punch pair rounding meals exceptions etc These rules are assigned to the shift in the Shifts module see the following figure Daily rules apply to a day and may cover multiple shifts and schedules Daily rules are created in the Daily Rules module Multiple day rules apply to a period that extends greater than one day They include weekly overtime weekly rounding Payperiod rounding etc Multiple day rules are created in the Payclass module A Shift is the set of rules for a given shift or schedule A Shift consists of the following elements e Rounding Template Determines how an employee s punches wil
78. O OD HAD pose Peros San amp ene E teto 27 0 0 1 90 9uysetup host sattings up Jive Messenger Setup Setup Progress Server Settings Lanai Suche br Blow aro host settings for this sarvar Noto the quaqestnd vals fr the daman is O Server Satiihos hated on the natwork settings of e machine Let SY Set Detasounrce Settra omar 192 168 3 216 Mortname of IP address of th admn Actor Admn Console Port aman Part mairbar tor the ab Dated admin c nacia daha ii 9090 Sove Admin Cormole Port apar Part number for the ab bated admin conicla through 0 dela is 9091 SSL Connections Enabled Yes Lo Enables or disables sqture XMBD connections fe de Yew Povertes ook Me O OD HAD Lose Se raras San c Jive Messenger Setup Setup Progress Datasource Settings Langan Saba LAT Chane how you would lke 0 Connect io tie live Mirror database meres TANINOS diasaan ista Standard Database Connection Use an external database with the built Delos SA connection pool Aire Accoun gt Embedded Database Use an embedded database powered by MSQLDS This opten regres no external database configuration and ls an easy way tO get rara quad Moras thie ts rol recommended for large rstallabiora L Contewe Import The Import module provides a way to import employee and schedule data from delimiter files into Time Guardian Pro Creating a Import Profile 1 Click on the Import node within the Outpu
79. Overtime Authorization Holiday Benefit Execution Available Selected New Year s Day Yi 1169 Wizard New Year s Day Martin Luther King Birthday 11173 Wizard Martin Luther King Birtk esident s Day Washington Birthday 11175 Wizard President s Day Washingt 1177 Wizard Memorial Day Independence Day Add All 1179 Wizard Flag Day Columbus Day 11183 Wizard Independence Day Labor Day Remove 11187 Wizard Columbus Day Veterans Day 11189 Wizard Labor Day Thanksgiving Day Remove All 1191 Wizard Veterans Day Day After Thanksgiving Day 11195 Wizard Thanksgiving Day vw Christmas Day LA el Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 97 30 31 To add a Holiday to the Payclass highlight the desired Holiday in the Available list and click on the Add button To add all Holidays to the Payclass click on the Add All button To remove a Holiday from the Payclass highlight the desired Holiday in the Selected list and click on the Remove button To remove all selected Holidays click on the Remove All button Click on the Calendar icon to display a Calendar of Holidays From the Calendar of ae Holidays click on the icon too print a Holiday calendar Click on Benefit Execution tab This tab determines the order in which benefits will be calculated DER General Day Change Schedule Rounding Overtime Definition Overtime Execution Overtime Authorization Holiday Benefit Exec
80. Paycode Compare Value Labor Connector Schedule Work Within All gt 75 Qualified Zone 4 Not Qudified Zone 2 Fix Time 08 00 11 00 Schedule Start First IN Punch Percentage Hours Within Schedule Total Hours 85h Wh 77 3 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p NOTE Total housis all the hours in a day acrossmultplie shifts Zone Window 10 00 12 00 p Fix Time a 5h 1 00 p 1 30 p Hours to Qualify Worked Hours To qualify for the the zone window 10 00 to 12 00 the employee must work greater than 75 of the hours within the employee s schedule including all paycodes and labor In the example the employee work 77 3 of the hours within the schedule and therefore qualifiesdr the zone The hours in the zone window 10 00 12 00 will be set to zone code 4 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 0 12 00 p Fix Time 6 00 1 00 p 1 30 p 5 30 p 4h thy 4h Y Azn Schedule Work After Qualify Example 17 6 Tyee Gai Payin Compra TA Lat CE eet sdh aini Lupak alar fil Cipla Tone 4 Ho Daae Fee Pope oe edurt After Echedule Tobal H sony in Ab 1200 Fis Time il 00 1 00 schedule siat thi Sh a 7 i don RI Piti Punch dl ee 800 Aaa ED p MOTE Taba heures all hno houg in a r dai erect mulbla aol fond Window i ii IFE T i E Fix Time T au an HE E r J l l lt gt Worked Hours To qualify f
81. Pro RealWorld SAGE SageAccPacERP SBT VisionPoint 10 Solomon Specialized Data Systems SunGard Pentamation Timberline and Ultipro 6 Inthe Payroll ID field select Payroll Number Employee Number Social Security Number or Badge Number 7 Inthe Output Path field enter in the directory path of the payroll file or click on the Browse button to set the path An Open dialog will appear Select the path and directory and enter in the filename The filename of the payroll file is usually set by the payroll company you are using e o ll Specific Payroll Settings 8 Click on the Specific Payroll Settings button to see the Payroll Settings window which are payroll company specific The following are examples for QuickBooks General and Paycodes Settings Configure the general and paycodes settings Y button as per the payroll company and click on the Payroll Settings General Paycodes QuickBooks Settings Version Release 1 1 Company Amano Create Time 60 Separate Records By Day 12 10 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Output Payroll Settings General Paycodes Paycode TOT DT TT SCK NAC PER HOL BONUS JURY BRY NJ REG 45 Payrolls EER General Date Range Breaks Payclass Cost Center 55 Department JOBCLASS LEVEL4 Employee m Date Selection Date Range From Date 10 16 2006 C Until O Forward Backward 1 M
82. Range Overtime module screen click on the Browse J button within the Settings column and the following type of screen will appear EOE Level Count Base 00 00 08 00 Schedule Level1 O8 00 10 00 or l Level 2 10 00 12 00 DT pe Level3 12 00 le Level 4 10 From the Level tab up to 4 levels of Range Overtime can be created with each level assigned its own threshold limit to move the hours from one Paycode to another See the following table for a settings example Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 81 Range Overtime From To Payeode aer e G 11 Click on the Count tab and the following type of screen will appear Range Overtime g Level Count Paycode Base Level3 Level4 REG OT DT TT SCK VAC PER HOL JURY BRY NJ REG Ooosoooooos Ooosooooors OOOsOoOooNss OoosooossES looooooooooo 12 On the Count table check the Paycodes in each column that you want to be combined to achieve each level s threshold For example if you checked REG and HOL in the Level 1 column then the hours for REG and HOL paycodes will be combined to reach Level 1 s threshold value Note You can select all the Paycodes in a given column by clicking on the column heading You can also deselect any checked Paycodes in a column by clicking on the column heading To select all Paycodes in the grid click on
83. Remove All vato 1 Move Down Select either Cost Rate or Billable Rate Order in the Type field To add a selection highlight the desired item in the Available list and click on the Add button To select all the listed items click on the Add All button To remove an item highlight the desired item in the Selected list and click on the Remove button To remove all the listed items click on the Remove All button 7 Click on the Combined tab Rate Setup i AAA AAA General Standard Combined Type Cost Rate Order Cost Rate Order E Gillable Rate order Selected Employee Pai Department Add LEVEL4 JOBCLASS Add All Remove All Select either Cost Rate or Billable Rate Order in the Type field To add a selection highlight the desired item in the Available list and click on the Add button To select all the listed items click on the Add All button To remove an item highlight the desired item in the Selected list and click on the Remove button To remove all the listed items click on the Remove All button 10 Click on the button to save your settings 4 8 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro Combined Cost Rates This module enables you to create Combined Cost Rates and is enabled when at least one item is assigned to the Cost Rate Order in the Combined tab of the Rate Setup window and at least one employee has been added in the Employees
84. Sales Comment Ricoh C2500 PCLE I Print to file Print range Copies le All Number of copies h H C Pages from f1 to 9999 c Cancel Make your selection and click OK to print the Coverage Report To close the report on the button 4 108 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro Schedule Rotation Schedule Rotation is used to setup repeating schedule patterns For example some workers work a 7 day rotation of 4 days on and 3 days off schedule Rotating schedules are assigned to employees in the Assignments tab of the Employees module Creating a Rotating Schedule Template To create a Rotating Schedule Template 1 Click on the Schedule Rotation node within the Schedule module in the Tree View see the following figure A Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA DOS File Edit Help _ Today Setup Name Description Relative Start Date i m Company Som 20ff Son 20fF weekly schedule for 8am 5pm Dec 4 2006 A Users NJ Flex 4on 30ff new NJ Flex 10hr day Dec 17 2007 gd Paycodes Ej Shifts ee Daily Rules D Payclass bi Schedule 18 Template Schedules Has ial Auto Schedules B Schedule Coverage po Schedule Rotation 7 4 3 1 6 0 1 1 Name NJ Roseland Plant Engineering Schedule Description NJ Roseland Plant Engineering Schedule Pattern Sun Mon 9 25 Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Mon 07 00 Tue 07 00 Wed 07 00 Thu 07 00 Fri 07 00 Mon 04 00 Tue PAVAN tr 04 00
85. Select the following Date Selection The choices are Today Yesterday Last Open Period Previous Open Period Current Week Previous Week Current Month Previous Month Last 2 Weeks Date Range Current Payperiod or Previous Payperiod From Date Enabled when Date Range is selected in the Date Selection field Enter the date that the Date Range will begin or click on the E button to select a date and the following Select Date dialog box will appear March 2006 Wk Sun Mon Tue Wed 3 10 11 13 12 20 13 af 29 Today is Wed 29 Mar 2006 Until Enabled when Date Range is selected in the Date Selection field Enter the date that the Date Range will end or click on the E button to select a date and the Select Date dialog box will appear Forward and Backward Enabled when Date Range is selected in the Date Selection field and Forward or Backward Is selected in the From Date field Allows the option of going forward or backward as many days weeks months or years as desired from the date Click on the Payclass tab This tab allows the selection of employees that belong to particular Payclasses By default all Payclasses are selected The following screen will appear 14 2 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Enabled Individual Schedule RR Rae PRO Setup Daily Activities Output Preferences Welcome SYSDBA Individual Scheduler ip Qe a Y Z PA Parar CO T ae ate mar A ok SOS E Payclass A A SO Avail
86. The Please select your desired system configuration destination window will appear Select Company and then click on the Next arrow button You can also define Labor Levels and or Paycodes by selecting them from this window Please select your desired system configuration destination Company Labor Levels O Labor Level 1 Labor Level 2 Labor Level 3 Paycodes 3 2 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Setup Wizard 5 The Company Setup window will appear Enter the Name Address City State Zip Code Country and Telephone Number of your company and then click on the Next button Company Setup Name Amano Cincinnati Inc Address 140 Harrison St Roseland Zip 07068 1239 Country UNITED STATES Telephone 973 403 1900 6 The Company Setup for Startup Preferences screen will appear Answer the question to automatically poll clocks on login by selecting Yes or No If you selected the Access Control option during installation you will also be asked to synchronize with the Access Control Nexus220 or AmanoNet at login Click on the Next gt button Company Setup Startup Preferences Automatically poll clocks on login Yes No 7 The Close Payperiods Preference option will appear If you wish to close Read only Payperiods once they have been submitted to the payroll export file click Yes If not click No Click on the N
87. The employee s education level Elementary High School Some College No Degree Associate Bachelor Masters or Doctorate Default is None Specified e IM Password Enter the password that will be used for instant messaging service The password will be masked Different password than Web Access password e Confirm IM Password Re enter the password that will be used for instant messaging service The password will be masked Employees Contact Tab Fields Web Click on the Contact tab and the following screen will appear Time Guardian E Sabu Daily mitin put fue 165 Output Preferences MA E THE Ema John 4 Save Asa E il Cont ra Address Eher 0 Vel Placa City Sime USA DIS EA 47 00 1962 E Emergency Contact Drane Sarih Piere Fisna 001 1107 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Enabled Employee Administration 15 9 e Address a Street The employee s home street address b City The city or town where the employee resides c State The state or province where the employee resides d Country The country where the employee resides e Zip The zip code or postal code of the town where the employee resides e Telephone a Home The employee s home telephone number b Work The employee s work telephone number c Ext The employee s work extension number d Cell The employee s cellular telephone number e E mail The employees e mail address e Emergency Contact
88. This will display the last 20 punches for the employee to review See the following example Time Guardian gt Preferences Daily Activitees ton Joffrey Previous Punches Cost Date Time Location Terminal Center Department JOBCLASS s Punch Type 11 40 AM 173469 Ms ir AM 3 11 00 AM 133469 10 3 06 10 46 AM 123469 10 3 06 10 44 AM 123469 10 3 06 10144 AM 123469 W3 06 10 AM 12346 10 3 06 10 33 AM 123469 10 3 06 0 30 AM 123469 0 3 06 10 30 A 10 3 06 10 14 AM 123469 06 10 15 AM 123469 The Previous Punches screen with display the following information for employee review Date Displays the date of the punch Time Displays the time of the punch Location Displays the badge or the location of where punch was recorded from Terminal Displays the IP address or the terminal number of where punch was recorded from Punch Type Displays if the punch was standard transfer coffee break break or meal Labor level Displays the labor selection for labor level 1 Labor level 2 Displays the labor selection for labor level 2 Labor level 3 Displays the labor selection for labor level 3 Labor level 4 Displays the labor selection for labor level 4 Labor level 5 Displays the labor selection for labor level 5 Labor level 6 Displays the labor selection for labor level 6 16 12 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Configured Output Time Sheet Web The Time Sheet menu selection within the Daily Activities menu allows employees
89. Weekly Start is selected then you must select the day of the week the reset begins on Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday and Saturday e lf the user chooses Pay Period Day of Week Start then the overtime starts on the day of the week that the pay period actually stated on Note the overtime reset date is configured in the Overtime Definition tab of the Payclass e Ifthe user chooses Pay Period then the start date of each Pay Period is the start date for the overtime and the overtime will continue for the entire pay period The overtime reset date is configured in the Overtime Definition tab of the Payclass 26 For Range Overtime select the range template created previously 27 Click on Overtime Execution tab This tab determines the order in which overtime will be calculated o EER ding Overtime Definition Overtime Execution Overtime Authorization Holiday Benefit Execution Action A Sto HES le Dm tinue tinue tinue tinue Cor Con Con Con Stop ol Execute Zone Calculation before 4 96 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro Order Priority of Overtime The execution order P of overtime can be set by selecting the desired overtime type riorit and clicking on the up or down arrows to move the overtime up or down the list Execution of Priority The list is calculated in order as they occur provided that the word Continue is in the Actio
90. Wizard 3 13 Payclass Setup Does an employee s IN punch have to be within a certain amount of time before or after his scheduled time to be assigned to the schedule Enter the amount of time an employee can punch before their 00 00 scheduled time and still be assigned to it Enter the amount of time an employee can punch after their scheduled OO time and still be assigned to it gt Before schedule Schedule TU y In Punch must be in this Windows 10 E schedule 35 If you wish an employee to be assigned a schedule based on how much the employee s Shift overlaps the schedule answer Yes to the question Enter the amount of time that an employee s Shift must overlap the schedule for a schedule to be assigned to the employee Click on the Next button Payclass Setup Do you want the system to assign a schedule based on how much the employee s shift overlaps the schedule Enter the minimum amount of time the employee s shift must overlap the schedule to assign it Overdap OA Opm Uncreduled Sa vedule 9 DOr 00m 36 If you want employees to receive overtime after a certain number of hours in the week or Payperiod answer Yes to the question You must specify if the overtime is weekly or for the Payperiod If weekly you must select the day of the week the overtime will start on Up to two levels of overtime can be created For each level you must specify the number of hours required for overtime and the Payco
91. Y i an 12 13 17 18 19 20 V Schedule Pattern 24 25 26 27 31 Schedule Rotation C Weekly Pattern Start Date End Date Option End Date End After Occurances Apply On Holiday Apply on Advanced Schedule a i a Remove SOREL This tab is used to assign a Schedule to an employee Schedules can also be created in the Schedule group from the Tree View see Creating A Schedule select Schedule Pattern by clicking on the box to define a Schedule Rotation or Weekly schedule Use Schedule Rotation to define and assign a Schedule Rotation to an employee Click on the ss button and the following row will appear Schedule Rotation Pattern Start Date End Date Option End Date End After oa Apply On Apply on aoe 112 End On Date Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Employee Administration 5 7 To define a Schedule Rotation select the following Pattern Select a Schedule Rotation Template Start Date The date that the Schedule Rotation pattern will be begin for the employee End Date Option Select End on Date or End on Occurrence If End on Date is selected you must enter a date in the End Date field If End on Occurrence is selected you must enter the number of times the Schedule Rotation pattern will repeat for the employee in the End after Occurrence field End Date The date that the Schedule Rotation pattern will be end for the employee End after Occurrences The number of times
92. all software engineering employees spy Canes 4 Enter a Name and Description for the User defined filter and click on the appropriate tab for Payclass Labor Level previously user defined and or Employee to define the filter criteria Click on the button to save the new User filter add it to the dropdown list and return to the list of Users Filters Click on the button to return to the Employees Filtered list without saving the User filter definition 5 To edit a User Filter click on the button on the desired item in the list from the main User Filters view The selected User Filter will appear in the Name and Description fields After making your changes click on the button when finished to save the changes 6 To delete a User Filter click TI button on the desired item in the list from the main Users Filters view and the selected User filter will be removed from the list 15 2 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Enabled Employee Administration 7 Click on the Exceptions Filter icon to display the following screen Time Guardiari gt Setup Dady Activities Output Proferencos Welcome 5YSDAA Exception Filter gt SO Pate Range Selected Hame Deccription El Eaaly Ir 00 E A O 4 Paz rada do e Click on the box to select the desired exception items from the list MPNT Meal Penalty e Click on the Date Range tab and the following screen will appear Setup Daly Actwites Cul
93. amp Time A Time Attendance Access Control h Note This function can also be done with Global Assign from the main employee list see Personal Tab Global Assign From the Employees screen click on the Personal tab and the following type of screen will appear TA Employees tai E g Wilson Karl 1009 EJ ps _ General Personal Contact Assignments Scheduling Labor Level Certification Wages Benefit Web Access Gender Male Female Soc Sec No Birth Date Marital Status Education Level IM Password Confirm IM Password XXX XX 4123 12 16 1957 Married None specified Gender Male or Female SOREL Soc Sec No The employee s 9 digit social security number first 5 digits masked Birth Date The employee s birth date UMDDYYYY Marital Status The employee s marital status Single Married Divorce or Widowed Default is Not Specified Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Employee Administration e Educational Level The employee s education level Elementary High School Some College No Degree Associate Bachelor Masters or Doctorate Default is None Specified e IM Password Enter the password 6 character min 8 character max that will be used for instant messaging service The password will be masked e Confirm IM Password Re enter the password that will be used for instant messaging service The password will be
94. an employee to be included in the payroll export file place a check in the corresponding Hours column Schedule Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Timecard Administration 7 17 Global Timecard Edit To globally edit employee timecards 1 Inthe Tree View select the Timecard node within the Daily Activities module and the following is an example of the screen that will appear amp Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA File Edit Help Gin Today E 23 Setup de El Company DA Users Bd Paycodes ce ey Shifts Be Daily Rules g g Pay Class E FA Schedule H Locations iq y Number 123457 Number Badge Nu Payroll 108742 Last Name Smith First Name John Middle Name 123458 108744 Lee Howard 123459 123455 123468 05746 08752 108753 Abbate Patel James Jon Ramesh william 1006 12346208749 Rowell Mame 123469 08757 Paxton Jeffrey Daily Activities 4 Employees Individual Schedule ar Communications i E Recalculate E Payperiods E 6 Output 2 Click on the Global Edit appear button and the following General Global Edit window will Global Edit General Edit Type Add Punch Add Hours Add Dollars Punch Settings Punch 12 00PM W DLS Paid As Punch Punch Type Break M e Meal Type Meal e Labor Settings Comments Reason Door 15 Termin
95. and schedule does not cross days No to all 8 questions Each day of the week will have its own screen Enter the Start and End Times for each day of the each schedule and enter the start and end zone times for the IN and OUT punches that will be used to apply the schedules When you have finished click on the Next button Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Setup Wizard 3 19 Schedule Setup Start Ti End Time C Fri C Tue C Sat Wed _ 5un C Thu 08 00 AM 09 00 AM Apply the schedules ifthe firstIN punch is between before the schedule start and after the schedule start Apply the schedules ifthe last OUT punch is belween before the schedule end and after the schedule end Same schedule for each day and schedule does not cross days Yes to questions 2 and 3 and No to question 1 Enter the Start and End Times for each day of the schedule Start and End Day of the schedule the days that the schedules will apply to and enter the start and end zone times for the IN and OUT punches that will be used to apply the schedules When you have finished click on the Next button Schedule Setup Star Start End End Ti Mon JFri Current 08 00 Am Current 09 00 4M A Current Current B C Tue Cl sat Wed Sun v C Thu Apply the schedules ifthe first IN punch is between before the schedule start and after the schedule start Apply the schedules ifthe last OUT punch is between bef
96. are As it is or Same as Employee Number e Default Labor Assign a default category for each Labor Level using the dropdown lists e Default Assignment Assign a default Payclass Daily Rule Time Zone Schedule and Zone using the dropdown lists Note The defaults will be used if the import file does not contain data for these fields 11 Click on the Import Field Map Settings tab This tab allows you to manually define the elements of the import file you are using Import Start Import At Roy Available Country Gender Management Level Work Phone Extension City Pay Type Comment Badge Number Employee Number Payroll Number EER General Import File Format Settings Import Default Settings Import Field Map Settings 05 Selected Marital Status M N T Add I Hire Date adda I I Phone Number Social Security Number Remove Type Zip Code Remove All wi Move Up The contents of your import file will be displayed line by line in the File Contents window This area allows you to assign fields to data elements in each line You can select to import a single line a selected group of lines or all lines JESSIE M CHARLES RAYMOND F JEFFREY T TINS M BOC IRANTA SCHOPPER BECKER JOHNSON ANDERSON CLEMERITS 4 1120 SCHULTE RD 211 5 THIRD ST 7473 HARDSCRAPPLE DR 6 4 E TESCOR HILLS CT 455 LEMOND
97. belong to Zone Code assigned user defined for zone differentials Paycode user defined to be assigned to hours Total Hours for assigned paycode Dollars paid to employee And the following additional user selectable columns that can be displayed Labor Level 5 user defined To Use the Adjustment option 1 Select the desired payperiod from the Payperiods dropdown list and the screen will be refreshed to display the selected payperiod 2 To delete an adjustment row select the desired date row you wish to edit by clicking in the check box alongside the Date column and clicking on the Delete button The row will be deleted and the date rolled up if the row had no previous adjustments hours 3 To insert an adjustment row select the desired date row you wish to insert the row below by clicking in the check box alongside the Date column and clicking on the insert button The row will be inserted and the date of the row above it repeated 4 For Labor Levels Zone Codes and Paycodes a dropdown list will appear see the following example For Hours Dollars and Comments Reason columns you must enter a value Also for any adjustments to be saved a value must be entered in the Hours column for each row you want to make adjustments 16 16 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Configured Output 5 When you have finished making adjustments click on the Save button to save all new adjustments see step requirement Note Adj
98. column heading Also you can select unselect all the paycodes by clicking on the Check Uncheck All Icon 10 Click on the After Shift tab Outside Shift Overtime DAR General Before Shift After Shift Level Count from To Base 00 00 02 00 Schedule Level 02 00 Level 2 Level 3 Level4 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 53 11 In the Level table enter the threshold limits and assign a Paycode to each level of overtime 12 Click on the Count tab Outside Shift Overtime TBR eneral Before Shift After Shift e N a D Las gt a aj obooboDDoRa OODODoOdoR aa s Bodd0dooRaraa HE oonooononor 44 ae ee a f f ji ji 13 In the Count table check the Paycodes in each column that you want to be combined to achieve each level s threshold For example if you checked REG and HOL in the Level column then the hours for REG and HOL Paycodes will be combined to reach Level1 s threshold value Note You can select all the Paycodes in a given column by clicking on the column heading You can also deselect any checked Paycodes in a column by clicking on the column heading Also you can select unselect all the paycodes by clicking on the Check Uncheck All icon 14 Click on the button to save your settings To exit without saving click on the button Editing an Outside Shift O
99. delete a Certification click mM button on the desired item in the list from the main certifications view The selected Certification will disappear in the Name and Description fields To add a Certification to an employee s record from the employees record click on the button A new row will appear directly below the last row which is a copy of it Select the desired certification from the dropdown list if previously defined for this new row To document the date the Certification was achieved enter the date in the Date Achieved field or use the provided Calendar icon To remove a Certification from an employee s record click on the I button on the desired Certification row from the main certifications view Employees Wages Tab Fields Web This tab allows you to assign wages to employees The Cost and Billable Rate boxes will only be enabled if a Cost and Billable are configured in the Rate Setup module for Standard Rate from the desktop Tree View When selecting the Wages tab the following screen will appear Time Guardian PRO Setup Daily Activities Output Preferences Welcome SYSDBA Employee M4 WYP 123457 Smith John y Save Add Cost rate Billable rate Use Rate Template Use Rate Template Template Standard Rate ho Template Standard Rate bs Rate 158 Rate 15 8 Effective Date 8 7 2006 Effective Date 8 7 2006 Apei Cancel To assign a Cost or Billable Rate click on the Add button or check Use Rate T
100. digits long a Security Disable the hand reading checks in the terminal required field b Enrollment Enroll and remove users required field c Management General system management operations required field d Setup Set the baud rate and number of the terminal required field e Service Access to service and diagnostic functions required field Punch Mode Select one or both of the following data entry modes a Explicit Punch If checked the Explicit Punch Menu will be enabled at the terminal b Department Code If checked a Department Code will be requested each time a user punches otherwise the user must press the key once before entering their ID number to display the Department Code prompt 25 To update the terminal settings click on the Update button This will download the current settings in this window to the terminal 26 When you have finished click on the button to save your settings Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 121 27 To delete a terminal select the desired terminal from the Terminals list and click on the button and the following dialog will appear Delete Rows 2 Are you sure you want Eo delete the selected rows 28 To edit a terminal select the desired terminal from the Terminals list and click on the button and when you have finished click on the button to save your settings 4 122 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro
101. employee highlight the desired employee in the Available list and click on the Add button e To select all employees from the Available list click on the Add All button e o remove an employee from the Selected list highlight the employee in the Selected list and click on the Remove button e To remove all selected employees from the Selected list click on the Remove All button 9 When you have finished click on the button to save settings and return to the Individual Scheduler main view as shown in the following 14 4 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Enabled Individual Schedule Time Guardar PRO a Setup Daily Activities Output Preferences Welcome SYSDBA Individual Scheduler Description ia L a SOn 2o0ff 7am 4pm Mo n Fri ae chedu le wf j w E SOff 20n schedule mwe ekend MFG s chedule 2 al Holiday Schedule NJ Factory holiday worke schedule A Salaried Pe el Schedule n Ma nagement s schedule For Bala ed Emplay ine Add 1s Es E o Eo Doi 4 rows viewing 4 rows rows 1 to 4 page 1 of 1 AMANO Amano Cincinnati Inc 140 Harrison Ave Roseland NJ 07068 1240 800 526 2559 Copyright 2006 Amano Cincinnati Inc All rights reserved El http 192 168 1 47 8080 tgprofindividualscheduleprofilelist Faces t 0 Internet Assigning Individual Schedules Web Individual Schedules are template schedules assigned to employees from the Individual Scheduler Define profiles by selecting the I
102. employee does not punch out For meal Must work at least 04 00 hour s to have meal deducted Meal position to deduct from 00 00 From Start O End of Schedule Enter a name for the Meal Template in the name field Enter a description of the Meal Template in the Description field Select the Default Punch Position that the meal would be deducted from should the employee take less time than the allotted time If Start is chosen the time will be deducted starting from the start of the break or meal and moving forward For End the time will be deducted starting from the end time of the break or meal and moving forward Select Fixed as the Type Place a check in the Auto Meal check box if you wish to have an automatic break deduction Enter in the required number of hours to work in Fixed Position before for the deduction is applied Select the Punch Position of the shift to deduct from 8 Click on the Breaks tab 4 36 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro Meal Templates Ja fx j A aa 7 j General Breaks Coffee Breaks Meals Sssignments Break Credit Fixed Breaks From To Length sp Add EE l Delete 18 9 To adda break click on the button A row will appear in the Fixed Breaks box Must double click on From To and or Length fields to enter data 10 Enter From and To times for the break in 24 hour format and B
103. employee s middle name First Name A mandatory field for each employee containing his or her first name Status a Hire Date The date that the employee was hired and can be set by clicking on the calendar icon Double click on the desired date to close the box and populate the field b Inactive When checked the employee will be considered inactive and will no longer be displayed on reports or count toward your employee total c Inactive Date Enabled when Inactive checked The date that the employee was put on Inactive status Supervisor Check this box if this employee manages any other employee This will allow the employee to show up in the supervisor list box on the assignment tab Authority Level Select different levels The choices are None Service Setup Management Enrollment or Special Special is the highest level used for hand punch terminals Reject Threshold Select different levels The numbers range from 30 250 as the number goes up the sensitivity goes down Type There are two options to identify your employees Select either Salary or Hourly Pay Type Select either Hours or Schedule A salaried employee can be paid by hours or by schedule An employee does not have to punch to get credit for hours A salaried employee can either be paid for Hours fixed hours to pay for each schedule s and all un scheduled punches will be grouped and not count as hours no hours or Schedule total of hou
104. employees Description Period Type Weekly NJ Roseland employees Weekly Click on Payperiods node within the Daily Activities module in the Tree View Select the desired Payclass row in the Table View Click on the Close Payperiod button and the following Payperiods window will appear if Close Payperiod was checked in Company gt Settings module General Payclass Payperiods Amano Corporate Hq EES Start Date End Date Locked Closed i Sep 24 2006 Sep 30 2006 Oct 1 2006 Oct 2006 Oct 8 2006 Oct 14 2006 Oct 15 2006 Oct 21 2006 ict 22 2006 Det 28 2006 T Oct 29 2006 _ Nov 4 2006 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Payperiods 4 Place a check in the Locked column of each of the Payperiod you wish to lock to prevent from being modified by someone without the required rights Note A user that has no access to the Payperiod will be locked out 5 Place a check in the Closed column of each of the Payperiod you wish to close 6 Click on the button and the Payperiods selected as closed will be hidden from view and closed If Payperiods are not marked closed the last 6 payperiods will be visible and therefore directly accessible Daily Use of Payperiods Payperiods can be managed at different levels for separate tasks by different users groups For example a group supervisor could have rights to verify timecards and or make adjustments if necessary Once the timecard
105. existing Template Schedules to an employee for a particular day e To edit an Individual Schedule Click on the Pencil Icon and the Individual Schedule screen will appear You can also edit or create a new an Individual Schedule by clicking on the New IS 213 link Click on the New AS 4 link to edit or create a new Advanced Schedule Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Enabled Individual Schedule 14 5 e To delete an Individual Schedule Click on the Trashcan Icon of the specific Individual Schedule and it will be deleted Choosing the Template Schedules submenu from the Setup menu can create new templates To create a template schedule 1 Click on the Template Schedules submenu from the Setup menu 2 Click on the button and the following Template Schedule window will appear MEE ae PRO Setup Daily Activities Output Preferences Welcome SYSDBA Template Schedule Name 9am 5pm Type Fixed v Paycode REG v Shift None v Schedule Start Schedule End Start Day Current Day End Day Current Day Start Time 09 00 AM End Time 05 00 PMI AMANO Amano Cincinnati Inc 140 Harrison Ave Roseland NJ 07068 1240 800 526 2559 Enter a name for the template schedule in the Name field required field In the Type field select either Fixed Open or Off If Open is selected Start and End Times will be disabled Assign a Paycode to the schedule using the dropdown list in the Paycode field Assign a Shift to t
106. for a payperiod was verified a manager could close the payperiod allowing the closed payperiod to be processed for payroll If Payperiods have been defined under the Company gt Settings module as Close Payperiods payperiods can be locked and or closed from the Payperiods module In this situation all open Payperiods will be shown If Close Payperiods was not checked in the Company gt Settings module only the most recent 6 payperiods will be shown and the Close Payperiods Hai button will not be active The Users module in the Setup group can be used to create user profiles accounts and assign access privileges to these accounts This is accomplished through the use of User ID s Passwords and Groups access levels Groups are specific levels of rights and accessibility privileges These levels are custom to your company s needs and are created in the Groups module which is beneath the Users module in the Tree View Groups must be created before Users can be assigned see User Profiles Accounts for more information Users Groups directly relates to daily use of payperiods Chapter 12 Output Reports Reports are the largest and most important output from the system Below is a list of the reports available from Time Guardian Pro The general format of each report type is fixed but some content can be hidden ea Lists employees total minutes hours worked by paycode with ports SUNMA Y AMEPO total dollars and signature lines
107. from the Advanced Schedule pop up menu The selected schedule will appear in the grid When you have finished click on the click on the and exit the Individual Scheduler window button to save your settings Removing an Advanced Schedule Assigned schedules are removed from days in the rotation pattern by selecting the desired day in the rotation pattern and clicking on the button in the Individual Scheduler Editing an Advanced Schedule To edit a Schedule Rotation template select the desired Schedule Rotation template from the click on the button to save your settings list and click on the button or double click on it When you have finished your modifications 8 10 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Individual Schedule Chapter 9 Communications The Communications module is used to remotely communicate with terminals in set Locations Locations and Terminals are configured in the Locations module within the Setup group Operations include polling downloading setting the time and viewing specific terminal settings in a location Using Communications Module From the tree view click on the Communications module and the following type of screen should appear amp Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA EJ File Edit Help Today i y 4 Name o j a i GB Setup Mame Description Term Type TZ Offset Connection IF st Daily Activities Front Door Roseland Facility E O Direct 192 168 1 231 dl Employees Eb Timecard
108. further sort both columns Each click toggles between ascending or descending order To add Groups 1 Click on the button and the following is an example of the Groups window that will appear ee Groups General Modules Name Time Guardian Support Description Support group for Time Guardian at NJ HQ 4 18 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 2 In the General Tab enter a name and a description for the Group in the fields provided 3 Click on the Modules tab and the following type of window will appear Available Selected Combined Billable Rates Rounding Templates Exceptions Meal Templates Add All Shift Overtime N WS Shift Overtime Add V Read Write Add Delete By default all modules are selected for each new group and will appear in the Selected List When a module is highlighted or selected from within this list the privileges or rights options for that module will be enabled in the checkboxes below the Selected list They are e Read Read only e Write Modify records in the module e Add Add records in the module e Delete Delete records in the module Placing or removing a check in each checkbox can modify the privileges or rights options If you disable the Write Edit Add or Delete functions for the Group the corresponding buttons EJEA and will be disabled when a user assigned to the Group is using the software Modules can be remove
109. has a schedule 8 00am 5 00pm If the actual last In Punch was 8 20 and the minutes from was set for 120 mins 2 hours then the employee would be automatically punched out at 7 00pm Note the employee must have an Template Schedule or Individual Schedule already defined for this to work or else it will be ignored For Scenario 2 if Last In Punch is selected for an employee that has a schedule 8 00am 5 00pm If the Last In Punch was 08 20am and minutes from was set for 60 mins 1 hour then the employee would be punched out at 09 20am Select the Payperiod type The choices are e Weekly Select the day of the week the Payperiod will start on e Bi weekly Select the start date of the Payperiod using the Calendar button e Semi monthly Select first and second start dates of the Payperiod e Monthly Select the day of the month the Payperiod starts on Select if Hours Authorization are required by checking the box Enter the Start Date for Weekly by clicking on the Select Date icon To enable the Hours Authorization feature check the Required box When enabled a check must appear in the Hours column of the Timecard Grid for an employee s hours to be transferred to payroll Click on the icon to display the Rounding Demo view to help understand rounding rules Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 91 13 Click on the Day Change tab i Pay Class Em Xx x pe a General Day Cha
110. hour rounding to use Punch Pair takes the amount of time worked between two punches after the automatic break lunch deductions are taken out and rounds that time Schedule takes the total amount of time worked for a schedule after the automatic break lunch deductions are taken out and rounds that time Daily takes the total amount of time worked for the day after the automatic break lunch deductions are taken out and rounds that time Weekly takes the total amount of time worked in a week 7 days which the start of will be a user defined after the automatic break lunch deductions are taken out and rounds that time Start Day mon x Pay Period takes the total amount of time worked in a pay period after the automatic break lunch deductions are taken out and rounds that time lf Punch rounding was selected you must decide if you want to round the first and last punches of each day rounded to the Start and End times of the employee s schedule If yes you must specify the zone time before and after the scheduled punch that will be used for rounding When you have finished click on the Next button Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Setup Wizard 3 5 Rounding Setup Would you like to round the first punch of the day to schedule start Number of minutes before schedule to round to schedule Number of minutes after schedule to round to schedule Would you like to round the last punch of the day to schedule end
111. in Company module is set to Import Balances 8 Check Override Existing if you want to replace existing database with imported information 9 Click on the Import File Format Settings tab This tab defines the format of your import file Select the following Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Output 12 23 chiki eles General Import File Format Settings Import Default Settings Import Field Map Settings Delimiter Tab Y Text qualifier Mone v Date Format Month 1 vil Month 1 ml Month 1 Y Hour Format Hour 8 00 s Full Mame Format FirstName LastName e Delimiter Select a Delimiter from the dropdown list The Delimiter is the character which separates the data elements from one another The choices are Tab Comma Pipe Semicolon Backslash Forwardslash or User Defined If User Defined is selected you must enter the character in the field provided e Text Qualifier Select a Text Qualifier from the dropdown list The choices are None Single Quote or Double Quote The Text Qualifier is the character which encapsulates a data element i e California e Date Format Select the date format from the dropdown lists The choices are Month 1 Month 01 Month Jan Month January Year 90 Year 1990 Day 1 Day 01 and Day Mon e Hour Format Select the hour format The choices are Hour 8 00 Hour 08 00 Hour 08 00 or Minutes 480 e Full Name Format Select the Ful
112. in the Table View as illustrated in the following example ia PRO Setup Daily Activities Output Preferences Welcome SYSDBA Sort Field Information Employees Employee Status All v Exception Filter C El Badge w Search Clear User Filter None Bad y z 7 asek umber Payroll LastName FirstName Payclass Schedule Exceptions A Payroll LastName First Name Payclass Schedule Excepti Eso William Payclass Jeffrey Payclass Dropdown list to select _ Global Apply Filter dropdown list to rt cat 5 filterisort employees if pic 14 44 Ed None selected employees 9 rows viewing 9 rows rows 1 to 9 page 1 of 1 will not be filtered v 2 To sort and or filter the employee list use the sort functions on the top to the left and or the filter functions to the right on the top of the list Sorting Employees Web 1 Select one of the eight categories Badge Number Payroll Last Name First Name Payclass Schedule or Exception from the sort dropdown list Then enter sort information into the sort field box and click on the button to sort by that information and display those employees that fit that information and filter criteria if active Click on the button to clear the sort and display all employees in the list only based on the filter criteria if active 2 Click on any of the five following column headings Badge Number Payroll Last Na
113. module The rate templates created here are assigned to employees in the Wage tab of the Employees module To create a Combined Cost Rate 1 Select the Combined Cost Rates module within the Company group in the Tree View 2 Click on the button to create a new Cost Rate To edit a Combined Cost Rates template select the desired template within the Combined Cost Rates module in the Tree View and click on the button or double click on the template row and the following type of screen will appear A Combined Cost Rates EZRA General Employee 1 Smith Mike JOBCLASS 6 6 CC6 The items assigned to the Cost Rate Order in the General tab of the Rate Setup window will appear in the Combined Cost Rates window Using the dropdown lists provided select the employee or the Labor Level subcategory you wish to track To save your changes click on the button To add a rate based on a Rate Template check the Use Rate Template option and select a Rate Template using the dropdown list in the Rate field as illustrated in the following example Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 9 Combined Cost Rates Seles I General a Rate Template Employee 11001 Ryan Robert Y Cost Center 55 3 CC3 B Department 4 Department Labor Category 4 JOBCLASS 11 Default LEVEL4 11 Default Rate Standard Rate Standard Rate If you do not wish to use a Rate Tem
114. number of hours to be worked in a specific Paycode and the maximum number of days that Time Guardian Pro will look back or forward 1 20 to see if the Paycode requirement was met After entering the minimum number of hours to be worked you must specify the Paycode for the hours worked The choices are Worked Hours Non Worked Hours All Hours Selected Paycodes or Within Schedule For Selected Paycodes click on the Browse Lu button The Select Paycodes window will appear Select Pay Codes Available Selected NJ REG T REG Remove Remove All v Move Down ADS To add a Paycode highlight the desired Paycode in the Available list and click on the Add button To select all Paycodes click on the Add All button To remove a Paycode highlight the desired Paycode in the Selected list and click on the Remove button To remove all the listed Paycodes click on the Remove All button When you have finished click on the button to save your settings If the employee works on an unscheduled day before the holiday you have the option of using that day for the previous day requirement To do so place a check in the checkbox If the employee works on an unscheduled day after the holiday you have the option of using that day for the next day requirement To do so place a check in the checkbox 14 Click on the Holiday Selection tab By default all Holidays will be selected Time Guardian Pro v3 7 W
115. osh 25h ae Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Zone Window Examples 17 35 This page intentionally left blank 17 36 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Zone Window Examples AMANO Corporate Headquarters 140 Harrison Avenue Roseland NJ 07068 1239 800 526 2559 Www amano com AMX 211106A Printed in U S A Copyright 2009 12 09 0
116. plant 1st shift meals Description Meal template For 1st shift Default Position Start End Type v Flex Type Window Auto Meal Deduct meal when employee does not punch out For meal Must work at least 04 00 hour s to have meal deducted Meal position to deduct From 00 00 from Start End of Schedule 3 Enter a name for the Meal Template in the name field 4 Select the Default Punch Position Start or End that the break or meal will be based upon 5 Select Flex as the Type and Window as the Flex Type 6 Place a check in the Auto Meal check box if you wish to have an automatic break deduction Enter in the required number of hours to work before the deduction is applied and select the Meal Position of the shift to deduct from The Meal Position is used to determine where in the employee s worked hours the system will deduct the time for the flexible meal if the employee does not take it You have the choice of deducting the meal length from the Start or End of the employee s shift If Start is selected then the length of the meal will be deducted starting at the employee s first IN punch and working forward If End is selected then the length of the meal will be deducted starting at the employee s last OUT punch and working backwards Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 45 7 Click on the Breaks tab 8 Select the Break size based on Default Size or Shift Break Si
117. please make the selection from the dropdown list Otherwise select None Once you have made your selection click on the Next button If you selected None proceed to Step 14 2 Time Guardian Pro i x Selectthe Access control software you are using A none amanonet axp200 e A Li EA C Mc Ys E Pat KA i g leg NOE CIEN aa retell clan ala stella na gnerir Cancel 12 If you selected AmanoNet as your Access Control software you must select the installed version of the AmanoNet software from the dropdown list The choices are version 7 40 for Firebird database 7 40 SQL for MS SQL database 7 6 for Firebird database or 7 6 SQL for MS SQL database Once you have made your selection click on the Next button Y Time Guardian Pro Please select the Amanonetversion you are using realli Prise supe plete nal Sy nlecrevision ij i Cancel Previous a _ Time Guardian Pro V3 7 Installation 2 5 13 If you selected either Nexus220 or AmanoNet as your Access Control software you must enter the installed folder of the software To do so Click on the Choose button To reset this field click on the Restore Default Folder button Once you have made your selection click on the Next button 43 Time Guardian Pro E 2101 x Please choose the folder where the Access control software is located i Fa Please Choose a Folder cy Restore De
118. row When you have finished your modifications click on the button to save your settings Deleting a Holiday To delete a Holiday select a Holiday from the list in the Holiday window and click on the button Creating a Holiday Group The Holiday Group is used to setup the requirements that an employee must meet in order to receive holiday pay Note f you wish to duplicate the properties of an existing Holiday Group for another Holiday Group select the desired E Group from the Holiday Group window open it enter in a new name and click on the Lg button The new Holiday Group will appear in the Holiday Group window 1 Click on the Holiday Group node within the Payclass module in the Tree View 2 Click on the button and the Holiday Group window will appear 4 86 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 3 ng Holiday Group General Seniority Eligibility Schedule Eligibility Holiday Selection sa Mame Etandard Description a work on holiday automatically qualifies employee For holiday hours Eligibility Requirement Must Satisfy Seniority Eligibility lf you want the employee to be awarded holiday hours for working on a Holiday place a check in the checkbox If a check is placed in the checkbox you must meet the Eligibility Requirement The choices are Always or Must Satisfy Seniority Eligibility The Eligibility Requirement is set in the Seniority and Sch
119. symbols to indicate that certain data in the Timecard grid was entered or modified The indicator symbols are as follows e Comment Reason exists O tipsevsts O S ca Punches were edited Labor transfer exist for this row Override hours applied Note By putting the mouse over the icon you to see the information that the icon represents Individual Schedule Web To modify an Individual Schedule for an employee select a date from the Timecard Grid on the Punches tab and click on the Individual Schedule button only active on this screen The Individual Schedule will allow you to create and or modify the schedule for that date see figure For more detail on Individual Schedules see Assigning Individual Schedules Time Guardian gt a Setup Dady Activites Gutput Preferences wWolcome EYSDAA Individual Schedule Date 119 2009 Troe Food Parcode REG we SHWE None a Schedule Start Schedule End Dar days befor Dar Time 0700 am Tuna Labor fer Homa Labar Cosl Center 55 Leger mena AOB LA SS Adjustments Tab Web This function allows Timecard adjustments to be made to Labor Levels Zone Codes Paycodes Hours and Dollars A Comments Reasons column is provided to make notes For all other Timecard modifications see Punches and Overrides tabs To perform an employee Timecard adjustment click on the Adjustments tab then select the desired column in the date row you wish to edit Click to enter the val
120. that the meal would be deducted from should the employee take less than the allotted time If Start is chosen the time will be deducted starting from the start of the break or meal and moving forward For End the time will be deducted starting from the end time of the break or meal and moving forward Select Flex as the Type and Interval or Clock as the Flex Type 7 Place a check in the Auto Meal check box if you wish to have an automatic break deduction Enter in the required number of hours to work before the deduction is applied and select the Punch Position of the shift to deduct from 8 Click on the Breaks tab Meal Templates General Breaks Coffee Breaks Meals Assignments Break Credit Base size on Default Size Mumber of breaks 1 a Default break size 15 00 Combine multiple employee breaks to one Deduction for short break Threshold i 00 00 Less th n or equal to threshold Nothing gt More than threshold Nothing Deduction for long break Threshold 00 00 Less than or equal to threshold Nothing More than threshold Nothing Amount under or over Nothing Allowed break and taken time Allowed break and amount under or over 9 Select the Break size based on Default Size or Shift Break Size For breaks based on default size enter the number of breaks and the default break size in the fields provided Base size on Number of breaks Default break size 15 00 For breaks base
121. the Range Overtime node within the Payclass module in the tree view see the following figure A Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA Fie Edit Help 5 Today t Setup Description El rh Company NJ M BJA Users Epa Paycodes gy Shifts be Daily Rules Payclass oF Weekly Overtime 2 3 Consecutive Overtim 3 Range Overtime E e Holiday Group 2 Click on the button and the Range Overtime window will appear 1 Range Overtime idl E Ed General Settings Name NJ MFG Overtime Description NJ MFG Overtime 3 Enter a name for the Range Overtime template in the Name field 4 Enter a description of the Range Overtime template in the Description field 5 Click on the Settings tab Range Overtime Start Date End Date 01 02 2006 BB 12 29 2006 Settings Click on the Add button to create a date range or period A row will appear with the Start and End Date fields enabled Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 79 General Settings Start Date End Date Settings 01 02 2006 AA 20 2006 112 Select Date Xx Month ff m w Year 2006 AE 1 2 4 5 6 7 4 9 11 12 13 14 15 16 18 19 20 21 22 23 25 26 27 24 MM so 7 Inthe Start Date field enter a start date manually in MMDDYYYY format or click on the button The Select Date dialog box will appear Select Date E Sep 4 5 6 7 8 3 10 l 1
122. the Regular break or Coffee break Nothing Which is to deduct no time from the employee Allowed break and taken time Which will deduct the time allocated for Regular break or Coffee break plus the time taken for Regular break or Coffee break Allowed break and amount under or over Which is the amount of time the employee is allocated for the Regular break or Coffee break and which is the amount of time that exceeds or is under the time allocated for the Regular break or Coffee break c Click on the Coffee Breaks tab Repeat steps 10 through 12 for the Coffee Breaks d Click on the Meals tab Repeat steps 10 through 12 for the Meals An example of how this would be used is to look at an employee who is assigned a 1 00 hour meal size to be taken during the day When the employee actually takes his or her meal if he or she takes less than 1 00 hour the software will denote this as a Short Meal and if he or she takes more than 1 00 hour the software will denote this as a Long Meal Using the example above as the setup a short meal example would be if employee takes 00 45 minutes for meal the software will denote this as a Short Meal The employee will have a short meal of 00 15 minutes 01 00 00 45 Therefore the short meal of 00 15 minutes is less than the threshold and then the software will deduct the Allowed Meal of 1 00 hour If the employee takes 00 20 minutes for meal the software will denote this as a Short Meal The employee wil
123. the Schedule Rotation pattern will repeat for the employee Apply on Holiday When checked the Schedule Rotation pattern will be applied to holidays Otherwise the day the holiday occurs on will be skipped and the Schedule Rotation pattern will resume after the holiday Apply on Advance Schedule When checked the Schedule Rotation pattern will be applied to Advance Schedules Otherwise the days that the Advance Schedule occurs on will be skipped and the Schedule Rotation pattern will resume after the Advance Schedule Note This function can also be done with Global Assign from the main employee list see Global Assign To define a Weekly Schedule select the following Click on the Schedule Pattern box and select Weekly Select a user defined Template Schedules from the dropdown list This is the schedule for start and end times which may span across multiple days limited by maximum shift length including paycodes and shift rules YA Employees Oo ODA 1009 Wilson Karl 7 E Ea de General Personal Contact Assignments Scheduling Labor Level Certification Wages Benefit Web Access Schedule schedule v Schedule Pattern Schedule Rotation Weekly v i Home Labor Pattern Sun 11 18 Mon If necessary click on the icon and the following Template Schedules window will appear 5 8 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Employee Administration 18 Template Schedules General P
124. the button This button will also deselect all the Paycodes in the grid if all were selected Note The 4 buttons at the top right of the Level tab allow you to Select or De select all copy cut and paste the Overtime Paycodes into different days or holidays The buttons are as follows Button Function _ oe fm 13 Click on the button to save your settings To exit without saving click on the button 4 82 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 14 Time Guardian Pro will return to the Range Overtime window To save your settings click on the button To exit without saving click on the button Editing a Range Overtime Template To edit a Range Overtime template select a template from the list and click on the button or double click on the desired template When you have finished your modifications click on the button to save your settings Deleting a Range Overtime Template To delete a Range Overtime template select a template from the list and click on the button Holidays The Holiday Group of the Payclass module allows you to add edit or delete company holidays and create Holiday Groups Individual Holidays are created in the Holiday window and a group of Holidays or rules are created in the Holiday Group A Holiday Paycode should be created prior to adding your holidays If it has not been selected you will be unable to assign holiday hours to a Paycode until one has been cr
125. the following options to include them on the report Q Show zone number Q Cost rate Q Billable rate 9 For Presence Report Check the following options to include them on the report LJ On Premise Q Out Q Absent 10 For Historical Hours Report Check the following options to include them on the report see the following figure for example LI Exception s Per Day Q Display Weekly Total ae ae PRO Setup Daily Activities Output Preferences Welcome SYSDBA Reports Historical Hours Historical Hours Description Report Historical Hours Report Y Exception s Per Day Y Display Weekly Total Output Format PDF Excel Apei Cancel 11 For Schedule Posting Report Check the following options to include them on the report Q Print advance schedules LJ Advance schedules override regular schedules Q Print employee phone number 12 For Schedule vs Actual Report Check the following options to include them on the report Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Configured Output 16 3 LJ Report type of Summary or Detail LJ Punch time of Actual Punches or Rounded Punches 13 For Unauthorized Hours Report Check the following options to include them on the report LJ Punch time of Actual Punches or Rounded Punches 14 The Output Format section for the Web is read only Only PDF reports will be generated in Adobe Acrobat PDF format Note The Employee Exceptions Audit Deaccruals and Tips Reports have no options to selec
126. the following screen will appear Schedule Assigns a Schedule to an employee from dropdown list Schedules are created from menu selections within the Setup menu group or from the desktop Tree View es PRO Setup Daily Activities Output Preferences Welcome SYSDBA Employee 4 d P BY 123457 Smith John v Schedule E Schedule schedule 3 Override Schedule Rotation Weekly Wed u Fri O Sun 07 00 AM 4 Tue 07 00 AM 2 Thu 07 00 AM 4 Mon 04 00 PM Ti Wed 04 00 PM fi Fri04 00 PM ii REG 33 00 REG 33 00 REG 33 00 Resi Pattern aa 74 e selected schedule a Ce Schedule Rotation Click on the Add button to assign a Schedule Rotation to the employee The following row will appear Select the following Pattern Select a Schedule Rotation Template from the dropdown list Start Date The date that the Schedule Rotation pattern will be begin for the employee End Date Option Select End on Date or End on Occurrence If End on Date is selected you must enter a date in the End Date field If End on Occurrence is selected you must enter the number of times the Schedule Rotation pattern will repeat for the employee in the End after Occurrence field End Date The date that the Schedule Rotation pattern will be end for the employee End after Occurrence The number of times the Schedule Rotation pattern will repeat for the employee Apply on Holiday When checked the Schedule Rotation pattern will be a
127. threshold value Note The 4 buttons at the top right of the Level tab allow you to Select or De select all copy cut and paste the Overtime Paycodes into different days or holidays The buttons are as follows Om 9 Click on the button to save your settings To exit without saving click on the button Editing a Daily Overtime Template To edit a Daily Overtime template select a template from the list and click on the button or double click on the desired template When you have finished your modifications click on the button to save your settings Deleting a Daily Overtime Template To delete a Daily Overtime template select a template from the list and click on the button 4 58 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro Period Overtime Period Overtime is a method of awarding an employee for working more hours than a set hour value in a given period of time Multiple periods can be set in a given day Each period begins with an IN punch and expires the number of hours set from that punch The setup for this overtime is similar to that of Daily Overtime The levels and counts can be setup for each day of the week Default any day not explicitly set and Holidays The day for which levels and count will be used is based on the calculation day and the IN punch that begins the period Up to 4 levels of Period Overtime can be used Each level can be assigned its own threshold limit that move the ho
128. to appiy schedule Before schedule After schedule 8 00 5 00 p Schedule Assignment Based on Overlap Enter the amount of time that an employee s shift must overlap the schedule for a schedule to be assigned to the employee 9 00am 5 00pm Scheduled l 2 00pm 8 00pm Uncheduled Schedule 9 00am 4 00pm 21 Click on the Rounding tab This tab is used to set the rounding rules for the Payclass Pay Class General Day Change Schedule Rounding Overtime Definition Overtime Execution Overtime Authorization Holiday Benefit Execution Hours Type Weekly Day of week Sat v Unit 15 Point 78 Break Meal unch Roun A Punch Rounding Unit Point Unit Hour Rounding Break Break OUT 15 Meal BreakIN 15 Meal OUT 15 MealIN 15 Hours Enter the following to set the Hours rounding rules for the Payclass e Type Select the period in which the hours will be rounded The choices are None Weekly or Payperiod If None is selected Time Guardian Pro checks the Daily Rules and then the Shift rules for rounding If Weekly is selected you must specify the Day of the Week that the workweek begins in the Day of week field e Unit The numeric value used to adjust an employee punch time to a consistent measurement of time Common Units are 1 3 6 15 and 30 A Point divides each Unit e Point The numeric value used to determine at which moment an employee s punch would be move
129. user choose to apply all the selections to the employee s When the Global Apply Wizard is completed all these settings will be applied to all the employees selected on the list Scheduling Global Apply If selected the Scheduling window for the Global Apply Wizard see the following figure will be the 3 to appear This corresponds to the Scheduling tab found on the Employees screen see Scheduling Tab Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Employee Administration 5 21 3 Global Apply Scheduling Schedule Settings Schedule Standard schedule pn Schedule Pattern Schedule Rotation Weekly se aoe Replace exsting schedule settings with these settings Ba mo MIE Pattern sun if Sun OF fol Mor 07 01 Tue 07 0f Mon 04 0 Tue 04 lt 0 Ted 04 OI DF AA IO DAA RODA Ss ey From this window the user can choose to change the selected employees scheduling They can choose to change the employee s selected schedule by clicking on the box next to Schedule Settings If no checkmark is placed in this box then the Schedule selections will not be applied to the employee s They can choose to apply a Schedule Pattern by clicking on the Schedule Pattern check box It is important to note that the Override checkbox determines if the selected pattern will replace the existing assigned to the employee s or just add the pattern settings to the existing settings In either case though if the employee has a Schedule Rotation
130. user the Time Sheet grid screen to view the punch activity for the selected Payperiod as shown in the following example AM Time Guardian 2O Dady Actribes Preferences Welcome Smith Jahri Benofitbalances payperiods 9 23 06 10 1206 Punches _ Guede Y Da 4 j ated DN Date Day inchcatos Tz Day EN Purch IN Purch Day OUT Punch OUT Punch TotsiHours Arjustrment 9292006 En EDT Fr 00 55 AM Fn 65 00 9 302006 5 EDT Sat 1017006 EDT Sun 1012006 qm EDT Men 1037006 i D EDT Tus 07 03 AM 104 2006 ii EDT D7 56 AM 1042006 EDT i 04 55 PH 10 6 2006 Th T lent Th 07 59 AM 10 6 2006 Fri i EDT i 08 03 AM 107 2008 S EDT 10 8 3006 Sun EDT Sun 10 9 2006 n EDT tan 08 15 AM 10102006 Tu EDT Tu 07 52 AM 10112006 i EDT 08 12 AM 10 13 2006 T E lent 07 48 AM Totais Bu F i LJ E Note Click on the Benefit balances button to show the Benefit balances for the employee To create transfer punch 1 Check the Labor Transfer box on the Punch screen This will enable the labor transfer combo boxes See the following illustration for an example Punch 01 34 PM EDT Labor Transfer Cost Center SS 3 CC3 Department 4 Department Labor Category 4 JOBCLASS 6 JOBCLASS Labor Category 6 LEVEL4 0 Standard Rate for MFG NJ Punch Type z k 2 Select the appropriate labor category user created for each of the user defined labor levels maximum of 6 from the dropdown
131. 0 0 05 00 8 00 Fix Time Payc ode Map PRM 1 Selected Paycodes OT1 OMT gt Schedule Zone Window 5 00 p 10 00 1 00 p 1 30 p 5 30 p lt gt Worked Hours Fix Time 4 Worked Hours 8 00 5 3h Schedule Zone Window gt After Award 5 00 p 1000 1 00 p 1 30 p 5 30 p 17 22 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Zone Window Examples Work Hours Award Example 1 The work hours award will take the all hours worked in the day and award or duplicate the hours to other or the same paycodes Through the paycode filter the user can select which paycodes will be awarded or duplicated In the paycode map the user will select where the hours of each paycode will be duplicated to NOTE All duplicated hours will be done through the add hours table Source Paycode Filter Labor Value Award Paycode Work Hours All Working In Paycode Map REG gt PRM Fix Time 00 00 03 00 Schedule Start First IN Punch OT1 gt PRM1 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 10 00 6 00 p Fix Time ty 10 00 1 00 p 1 30 p 5 30 p Sor Ir 4 gt gt Ta 3h 4h lt gt Worked Hours REG Labor 1 3 4 5 OT1 Labor 1 2 4 5 After Award 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window Fix Time 10 00 1 00 p 1 30 p 5 30 p A _ A A A _ i va 3h i 4h lt gt Worked Hours i REG Labor 1 3 4 5 OT1 Labor
132. 0 PM 10 00 AM 10 32 PM 4 72 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro Schedule 1 is from 8 00 AM to 12 00 PM There are four punches within the Schedule 1 that total to 3 hours and 21 minutes of time Schedule 2 is from 1 00 PM to 5 00 PM There are four punches within Schedule 2 that total to 3 hours and 20 minutes of time If Schedule 1 hours 3 21 are added to Schedule 2 hours 3 20 the total time for the day would be 6 41 If the Unit is set to 15 and the Point is set to 7 the total time for the day will be rounded from 6 41 to 6 45 Note The extra 4 minutes will be added onto Schedule 2 It will be added to the last hour record that occurs in Schedule 2 15 Click on the Break Meal tab AAA ES General Rounding Break Meal Sun E New ae Delete Day of week Holidayis Sun y y LN Update e Hour Rounding Punch Rounding Limit Point Limit Point Break 15 7 Break OUT Meal 15 72 Break IN Meal GUT Meal IN ORES 16 Click on the button 17 In the Day or Week Holiday s field select the day that the rounding rule will be in effect The choices are Default Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat or Standard The default setting will be used for any day s or Holiday s not defined explicitly 18 Select either Hour or Punch Rounding 19 Select the Unit and Point in the fields provided 20 Click on the button and the break meal setti
133. 00 Fix Time lt DN 00 00 03 00 Schedule Start oe n 05 00 0200 First IN Punch Fix Time 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 9 00 400 p gt 10 00 100p 130p 5 30 p A N A 3h 4h lt gt Worked Hours a a Dio YE o REG Z ME o Z Zone 1 gt Zone 1 Za AA a Pee lt After Award Fix Time 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window yuu snp K 10 00 1 00p 1 30p 5 30 p A y Y N As 3h 25h 15h K NS NG ph pl gt il Welt gt REG gt A A Not Covered b lt Zone 5 gt Ss Zone 5 gt y a S S N A b AS 1 PS But All so set oT1 Zone 5 A AER MS ONS X Zone Window a Zz y amp E Set Zone Number Award Set Window Example The Set Zone Number Award will apply a zone number to the hours worked within the zone window or all the worked hours for the day Through the paycode filter the user can select which paycodes the zone number will be changed Note The default zone number for any hours is zone 1 Source Type Paycode Filter Labor Value Award Paycode Set Zone Number SetWindow Selected 5 See below Selected Paycodes p D 09 00 16 00 Fix Time OT1 SS 00 00 03 00 Schedule Start 0 05 00 0200 First IN Punch Fix Time 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 9 00 4 00 p a A gt 10 00 100p 1 30p 5 30 p oo 3h 4h me gt Worked Hours A 3 REG a a 7 o A lt Zone 1 gt A Zone 1 a EAS EAS After Award Fix Time 8 00 S
134. 10 00 15 00 18 5 FA Add 1 rows viewing 1 rows rows 1 to 1 page 1of1 2 Click on the button and the Auto Schedule window will appear see figure 3 Aulo Schedule Mictosoll Imietnei Explorer Fie Edi Wee Fraris Tosh Help De O Hg Fi rs Yre E El Rite 1192 16 1 Sng ceeds fases Ti NA PRG Setup Daly Activities Dunput Preferences Welcome SYSDBA Auto Schedule annie Aio Aaron ype Besedan di and OUT punch Template Sehodule Standard ondo Belare Schedule Start 00030 Before Schedule Cna After Schedule Start 030 aiar Sehodale ena l Apply aina AMANO maso Sipcinnaii ine 1140 Marron Ave Roseland M 070671240 600 526 7559 Copyright 2006 Amara Cincenal nc All nghi reserved 3 Enter a name for the auto schedule in the Name field suggest typing auto in the beginning of the name to indicate that it is an auto schedule 4 Select the punch that the schedule will be based on e Based on IN Punch If selected only the Schedule Start Before and After times need to be entered e Based on OUT Punch If selected only the Schedule End Before and After times need to be entered 13 4 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Interface e Based on IN and OUT Punch If selected both the Before and After Schedule Start and End times have to be assigned 5 Assign a template schedule using the dropdown list in the Template Schedule field 6 When you have finished configurin
135. 10 1 vac 07 00 A AMANO Amano Cincinnati Inc 140 Harrison Ave Roseland NJ 07068 1240 800 526 2559 Copyright 2006 Amano Cincinnati Inc All rights reserved Overrides Tab Web This function allows overrides for only the existing employee hours and associated paycode For all other Timecard modifications see Punches and Adjustments tabs To perform an employee Timecard override click on the Overrides tab then click on the Hours cell in the grid for the hours that you wish to override see figure When you have finished performing a Timecard override click on the Save button to save your changes ft Time Guardian TE O D Tanp Daly Acia Dupa Preferences welvom SYSOBA Timecard ama Carem Tiia brist Pace ba Lape DO 0 e esos sem Joa lt pends SAO E o prisa del Dry ihre Coat teeter 1 Deae FLA LEVELS Gaio H Gai Ehi akisi Sal 4 z AM Hisa Gale P OCI Pas GF rts AM veed Gigo E ed Wed 07 00 AM Tha 04 00 E OCI 104300 Thu 07 00 AH Fra E j PH OOI O am iwas am IAA TOD Ha A F OCI CI 1010 2004 Pie Mon 07 00 AM Tee 04 00 P 003 O intra Mer Ties Whit Am mad Aii l PA Cl ianazose Tu Wed Ooo Am Tha Oa oe When you have finished click on the Save button to save your changes The Overrides Tab in the Timecard grid consists of the following columns that have to be displayed Date that punches schedule belong to Zone Code assigned user defined for zone differentials
136. 11 00 AM to 6 00 PM the employee switched to the job of Assembly of parts needed for Work order 100300 The assignment of labor for the day would look like this Hours Pay Labor Labor Level Labor Level 9 00 11 00 Building A Welding Work Order 100200 11 00 5 00 6 00 Regular Building A Assembly Work Order 100300 5 00 6 00 Building A Assembly Work Order 100300 How many labor levels the employee s hours are assigned to simultaneously varies from company to company and is therefore part of the software configuration Labor Levels can be created through the Setup Wizard or by selecting the Labor Levels module within the Company module Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 3 Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA File Edit Help St Today ag Setup lar level Level Mame E JA Company 1 Cost Center 55 E Labor Levels 2 Department Rate Setup IQEC LASS Rate Template Combined Cost Rates __ Combined Billable Rates S LEVELS dll Users El Paycodes i E Shifts To create Labor Levels you must specify how many of them you wish to use and then enter a name for each in the desired used By default Level 1 is al level in the General Tab and check Active for each Labor Level ways active Li Level 1 evea EJ Names Level 2 keez 7 V Active E Names Level 3 ES IV Active ES Names Level 4 Ems o V Active E Names Leve
137. 3 14 15 16 17 19 0 21 22 3 4 b 7 8 9 30 Ea E Using the dropdown lists select the Month and Year Click on the desired day in the calendar When you have finished click on the A button on the Select Date screen to save your setting and close the dialog box and return to the Settings tab of the Range Overtime window Range Overtime General Settings Start Date End Date Settings Add 1 2 2006 Ad Remove 8 Inthe End Date field enter a start date manually in MMDDYYYY format or click on the button The Select Date dialog box will appear 4 80 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 5 6 7 E 3 10 l 13 14 15 16 1 19 0 21 22 3 4 b 7 8 29 30 Using the dropdown lists select the Month and Year Click on the desired day in the calendar When you have finished click on the button in the Select Date screen to save your setting and close the dialog box and return to the Settings tab of the Range Overtime window gt Range Overtime General Settings Start Date End Date Settings QB 01 01 2007 2 Remove Note f you wish to duplicate the Range Overtime properties from the General and or Settings tabs select the desired Range Overtime template open it enter in a new name and LAS E Bs click on the Save As button The new Range Overtime template will appear in the Main View 9 From the Settings tab within
138. 3 7 Zone Window Examples 17 25 After Schedule Award Example 2 The after schedule award will take the hours worked after the schedule end time and award or duplicate the hours to other or the same paycodes Through the paycode filter the user can select which paycodes will be awarded or duplicated In the paycode map the user will select where the hours of each paycode will be dupllicaled lo NOTE All duplicated hours will be done through the add hours table Source After Schedule Type Paycode Filter Labor Value Award Paycode Selected Home Labor See below Fix Time A lt Worked Hours Fix Time Hours to Award lt gt Worked Hours 10 00 0000 05 00 1800 Fy Time Selected Paycodes Home Labor e DN 0300 Schedule Start oT atiii 0700 FirstiN Punch 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 10 00 6 00 p 10 00 1 00 p 1 30 p 5 30 p 3h 4h x par A y oa 2 REG y Z Labor 1 3 4 5 gt gt or 2 7 Labor 1 2 4 5 aa A a ASL After Award 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 10 00 6 00 p SY 05h 10 00 1 00 p 1 30 p 5 30 p K K x x lt lt N a N N v N v ye 3h 4h xXx i A AR M yn A REG y Z Labor 1 3 4 5 lt lt gt O71 gt 7 NLS a 1 2 4 E SS Add Hours Paycode PRM1 Labor Hours 1 3 4 5 0 5 hours Schedule Award Example 17 26 The schedule award will lake all scheduled hours and award or duplicate Lhe hours to other or th
139. 3458 108744 Lee Howard IM Payclass Eh Timecard 1004 1123459 08746 Abbate Jon M Payclass n 346 Payclass P Individual Schedule 1007 1123455 Patel Ramesh Q Payclass A Communications 1008 1123451 Parikh Vijay hs Payclass fl Recalculate 1009 123450 l Avilson Karl W Payclass E Payperiods 1113 1123468 James William a Payclass i 1117 1123469 Paxton Jeffrey Payclass 69 Output e i L lt 2 Click on the button and the Employees window will appear see the following figure The Employees window can consist of the following tabs General Personal Contact Assignments Scheduling Labor Level Certification Wages Benefit and Web Access If configured to integrate with Amano s Access Control System the Nexus220 or AmanoNet tab will also be present 3 Enter the employee information in the fields of each tab Fields highlighted in yellow are required and no record can be saved without the proper information being entered The following is an overview of each of these tabs including field names and definitions Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Employee Administration 5 1 General Tab From the Employees screen click on the General tab and the following type of screen will appear Note 9 2 a Employees So munn General Personal Contact Assignments Schedule Labor Level Certification Wages Benefit Web Access AmanoNet Number Badge P
140. 8 Display Benefit Balances ccccooncccocncoccnnccnoncnonnnononnonanonnnnnnonnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnannnnnnnnes 7 9 o O o A 7 9 End Navidad dia 7 13 OEIC Small 7 14 Adding Editing and Deleting Employee PUNCHES coocccconcccccnncoconoccnncnncncnnncoccnnncnnonncnnnnanonos 7 15 Adding PP UINCINGS acres o a ooac neu tete ae tdandeiaeest wactecenss 7 15 EIN a ING le Soo oca 7 15 Dele tina JP UNC S illo 7 15 Adding Editing and Deleting Employee TID occcccoccnccocconcconcnccnannnononcnononcnnnnanononanencnnnnnnos 7 15 Adding Employee TOS vencio aii EN 7 15 EQIINO MOS sierra 7 16 Brerernia e AUN e E E E E did 7 16 Schedule CVE NCS seiere a N 7 16 FUNCIONA o O 7 16 OVertime AUTO Niza ON sata raras id 7 17 Viewing Employee Benefit Balances cooccccccnnocccnococncononnononnononnonnnnononononannonannnnnnnnnnnns 7 17 AUIMONIZING Payrol EXPO uns ia cin 7 17 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Table of Contents lil Table of Contents GlobalTimecard Edades 7 18 Chapter 8 Individual Schedule mimica diia 8 1 Creating an Individual Schedule Profile oooccoccconcnncccocconccconononononcnnnonancnnononncnnnnnnns 8 1 ASsigning InGividtdal Schedule Siis ia ci 8 4 o A a A O 8 7 Assigning Advanced Sehedules aicise e ia ria A T aN 8 8 Chapter 9 COMMUNICATION Sidi aa aaia aa aaa a a a aaa aaa aaa aa a 9 1 Using COMMUNICATIONS MOGUIG sesser nek nea Es EEan REA EEEE NREN 9 1 Chapter T0 Recalculate iuo a a 10 1 Usin
141. A PANA de POTES ICON are oe ENDE Folder Preseli laa etal scree Tree teieay pee NEEE r Cancel Installation and Use of Time Guardian Pro Requires Acceptance of the Following License Agreement Amano Cincinnati Inc License Agreement IMPORTANT READ CAREFULLY DO NOT CLICK YES PREVENTING ACCESS TO THE SOFTWARE UNTIL YOU HAVE READ THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT BY CLICKING YES OR USING THE SOFTWARE YOU ACCEPT THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT AMANO CINCINNATI INC SOFTWARE LICENSE l LICENSE GRANT This Amano Cincinnati Inc product contains software that provides services on a computer Amano Cincinnati accept the terms of the License Agreement do NOT accept the terms of the License Agreement Previous 4 The Choose Install Set screen will appear Select one of the following options e Server Installs the Time Guardian Pro database on a remote server machine You will be prompted to enter the IP Address of the server e Client Installs Time Guardian on a client PC to connect to the server database e Standalone Installs both the Time Guardian Pro Server database and Client portion on the same PC e IM Client Installs the Instant Messaging IM modules of Time Guardian Pro only After you have made your selection click on the Next button 3 Time Guardian Pro A Sj xj I Choose Install clar Mia alcala aa CELUSEN ABUL Ge CHUGEe cia dia a aia ud ENDESA IEA lacada a ACCESS TA Soli ate P
142. A EX GIMP Orere cndos 17 34 aS OU EAN e nie 17 35 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Table of Contents Chapter 1 Introduction Welcome to Time Guardian Pro Welcome to Time Guardian Pro the complete easy to use Time and Attendance system Time Guardian Pro allows you to track and manage your employees time and attendance directly from your PC utilizing Internet access for numerous functions It makes the collecting reporting and the transferring of employees hours to payroll companies easier and quicker than ever before Employees can even punch IN and OUT and perform some other Time and Attendance functions from a computer with a Web browser We thank you for selecting Time Guardian Pro and welcome you to the Amano Cincinnati family of Time Solution products Features and Requirements Features e Tracking of up to 6 Labor Levels e 54 Built In Payroll Interfaces e Unlimited Number of Schedules e Unlimited Number of Labor e Time Rounding Capability including 9 80 Schedule Based on Company Defined Pay Policies e 15 On Demand Reports Requirements e Windows 2000 NT ME 2003 XP VISTA e One Available Serial Communications Port e CD ROM Drive e 1 GB of Memory for Server and 512 MB of Memory for Client e 400 MB of Free Hard Disk Space e Modem and PCAnywhere Optional software Recommended for Remote Support e Screen Display 800 x 600 Small Font Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Introduction 1 1 Layout Appearance The
143. ALE LN 1433 BRIARCREEK DR 110 VEGA DR FFLORISSANT KIRKWOOD ELLISVILLE ST LOUIS ROBERTSYILLE ST LOUIS ADMON MO 63031 T 1 15 00 0 C a MO 63122 T 8 18 00 0 MO 63011 4 528336761 MO 63146 4 492762683 MO 63072 4 489722427 MO 63123 4 5213580 fg maa eanin T ata tan ml gt To set the row number of the import file that the import operation will begin at enter a number in the Start Import At Row field Each data element in the import file must be defined in the order that it appears Data elements can be separated by commas tabs and semicolons To assign a field select a data element in the Available list and click on the Add button To select all the fields click on the Add All button The field s will then be displayed in the Selected list Add additional fields until all data elements have been properly defined Use the Remove Fields button to un assign fields To skip a data element click on the button A character will appear in the Selected list to indicate that a data element was skipped 12 25 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Output To re order fields in the Assignments Window use the Move Up and Down buttons 12 When finished click on the button to save your settings Export Creating an Export Profile 1 Click on the Export node within the Output module in the Tree View amp Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA AE
144. AMANO Time Guardian Pro Time and Attendance Software Version 3 7 User s Manual Amano Cincinnati Inc reserves the right to make equipment changes and improvements that may not be reflected in this document Portions of this document may have been updated to include the latest hardware or firmware version if applicable We recommend that this document be read in its entirety before any attempt is made to operate the equipment Proprietary Notice This document contains proprietary information and such information may not be reproduced in whole or in part without written permission from Amano Cincinnati Inc 140 Harrison Avenue Roseland NJ 07068 For more information about Amano s complete line of products visit our web site at www amano com Licenses and Trademarks Time Guardian Pro is a registered trademark of Amano Cincinnati Inc Windows and MS DOS are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation Adobe Acrobat and Acrobat Reader are registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated All other trademark names used in this documentation are the sole property of their respective owners Table of Contents TADO CONS aE a aa a E eae a a i Chapter T INWOGUGUON riris aaraa aiae E aa a ai aaa Eain 1 1 Welcome to Time Guardia Pra 1 1 Features anda Requirements oran ibe 1 1 Fe ALCS EN 1 1 Requirements 1 1 LAYOUT ADPIC id 1 2 o a ace senes asec ANEN 1 2 MAN o A ce Rar ere ae 1 2 A o CAE O eu asot ees aet
145. Additional rounding can be found in the Daily Rules Daily Rounding and Payclass Weekly Payperiod Rounding modules Refer to these modules for more detail To create a Rounding Template 1 Click on the Rounding Template module within the Shifts module in the Tree View Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 25 A Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA SES File Edit Help S Today A Name v dl Setup Name Description Rounding Type PA Company Grace 15 before and after I Round IN and OUT to schedule start a Punch dil Users Son Zoff 7am 4pm Monday Friday standard NJ shift Hour Holiday Shift Holiday Shift Punch u Paycodes Sy Shifts P Rounding Templates F5 Exceptions m Meal Templatd Rounding is the act of moving the employee s punches or hours to an even amount that will make it easie 23 Shift Overtime 3 Outside Shift Overtime BP Daily Rules 5 Payclass Ll Em Schedule H Locations itt P Daily Activities 63 Output EEK pen Schedule Transfer A Break Meal General Grace First IN Last OUT Name Grace 15 before and after IN OUT 15 7 Description Round IN and OUT to schedule start and end when within 15 minutes of schedule start and end times ALL ag ee ee ee ee ee im 3 Break Meal Hour Rounding Mera Rounding Punch Rounding Types Grace First IN Last OUT All IN OUT Open Schedule Transfer Enter a name for the Rounding Temp
146. Ai eghts eae 3 Enter a name for the schedule in the Name field required field Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Interface 13 5 4 To assign a template or auto schedule to a particular day select the desired template or auto schedule from the dropdown lists and click on the appropriate button Next check the desired day of the week The assigned template or auto schedule will appear in the schedule list with a under the chosen day 5 When you have finished configuring the schedule click on the button to save your settings and return back to the main Schedules view 6 Click on the button to exit without saving your settings and return to the main Schedules screen showing a list of created schedules Note Time Guardian Pro checks for a schedule in the following order 1 Schedule Override 2 Template Schedule 3 Auto Schedule Note f a schedule does not meet the schedule assignment rules set in the Payclass of the employee the employee will be unscheduled for this shift Schedule Rotation Web A Schedule Rotation is used to setup repeating schedule patterns For example some employees work a 7 day rotation of 4 days on and 3 days off schedule Rotating schedules are assigned to employees in the Assignments tab of the Employees module To create a Rotating Schedule Template 1 Click on the Schedule Rotation menu selection from the Setup menu see figure ar 4 Schedule Rotation Time Guardian gt Set
147. Authority Level Setting Authority Level None Reject Threshold Setting Reject Threshold Default v Type Pay Type Settings Hourly Salary Pay Type Hours Schedule Hours 00 00 RAAE 5 20 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Employee Administration From this window the user can choose to apply a specific setting by clicking on the box next to the selection If no checkmark is placed in the box then the selection will not be applied to the employee s In the example figure above the user choose to apply all the selections to the employee s When the Global Apply Wizard is completed all these settings will be applied to all the employees selected on the list Assignments Global Apply If selected the Assignments window for the Global Apply Wizard see the following figure will be the 2 to appear This corresponds to the Assignments tab found on the Employees screen see Assignments Tab amp Global Apply Assignments Payclass Setting Payclass Payclass Time Zone Setting Time Zone GMT 05 00 Eastern Time US amp Canada Daily Rule Setting Daily Rule None Supervised By Setting Supervised By None Validation Setting Validation None v 1 From this window the user can choose to apply a specific setting by clicking on the box next to the selection If no checkmark is placed in the box then the selection will not be applied to the employee s In the example figure above the
148. Award lt gt Worked Hours A L st a x iz ween gt REG Y 7 Labor 1 3 4 6 gt 5 oT1 Z Z_ Z Labor 1 2 4 5 2 Pues 2 gt ENSS Add Hours Paycode Labor Hours PRM 1 3 4 5 3 hours PRM1 1 2 4 5 3 5 hours After Schedule Award Example 1 The after schedule award will take the hours worked after the schedule end time and award or duplicate the hours to other or the same paycodes Through the paycode filter the user can select which paycodes will be awarded or duplicated In the paycode map the user will select where the hours of each paycode will be duplicated to NOTE All duplicated hours will be done through the add hours table Source lype Paycode Filter Labor Value Award Paycode After Schedule All Working In Paycode Map i 10 00 18 00 Fo Time REG gt PRM 9 0 00 00 03 00 Schedule Start OT1 gt PRM1 f 0 05 00 02 00 FirstiN Punch 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 10 00 6 00 p Fix Time a 10 00 100p 1 30p 530p ___ A _______JJ__A A _ 2 gt gt 3h Ah Y f lt gt Worked Hours IA NS Y ie al ges 2 REG 7 Z Labor 1 3 4 5 lt oT1 L 7 o Z Labor 1 2 4 5 lt pa Seer A ESSO After Award 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window Fix Time Hours to Award K i Es 3h lt Worked Hours f Y Y 7 gt REG 2 Z Labor 1 3 4 5 2 P A JES Add Hours Paycode Hours PRM1 2 4 0 5 hours Time Guardian Pro v
149. Coverage e Schedule Rotation h Locations e Bell Schedules e Terminal Validation Daily Activities a Employees b Timecard c Individual Schedule 1 4 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Introduction d Communications The Communication menu is used to remotely perform functions on active terminals from the Host PC e Recalculate Recalculate employee hours for selected Payperiods within a given Payclass f Payperiods Manually close Payperiods Optional Output a Reports Configure generate and print reports based on employee time and attendance data Payrolls Add configure or edit third party payroll company settings IM Profile Import Export 2 0 0 5 amp Auto Process Table View The Table View displays the currently selected highlighted item in the Tree View The items listed in the Tree View can be sorted by double clicking on the table header for that column Buttons The following buttons are common to all the modules in Time Guardian Pro Button Description Button Description Button Description B e Cis The following buttons are module specific Burton Description Buton Description Download validations and 5d Run report settings to all terminals at the selected locations View and communicate with Timecard specific terminals of a specific location Poll all terminals of the aay Run pavroll file selected locations pay Set the time for all terminals F Aad
150. D 8 00 5 00 p Zone Window 10 00 12 00 p A A P er Fix Time lt 10 00 1 00p 430p 5 30 p lt gt Worked Hours To qualify for the the zone window 10 00 to 12 00 the employee must not have hours assigned to an unscheduled schedule type In the example the employee worked 7 hours which all are assign to the Unscheduled type and therefore does not qualify for the zone The hours in the zone window 10 00 12 00 will be set to zone code 2 Zone Work Before Qualify Example Type Condition Paycode Compare Value Labor Connector Zone Work Before gt 3 00 Qualified Zone 4 Not Qudified Zone 2 o 10 00 1200 Fix Time o 00 00 0300 Schedule Start o 05 00 0200 First IN Punch First IN Punch 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p 3h Hours to Qualify lt gt Worked Hours Zone Window 3 00p 5 00 p Sih 100p 1 30p To qualify for the the zone window 3 00p to 5 00p the employee must work greater than 3 00 hours before the zone window including all paycodes and labor In the example the employee work 4 5 hours before the zone window and therefore qualifies for the zone The hours in the zone window 3 00p 5 00p will be set to zone code 4 First IN Punch 8 20 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 3 00p 5 00 p Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Zone Window Examples 17 9 Zone Work Within Qualify Example Type Condition Paycode Compare Zone Work Within gt Qualified Zone 4 Not Qualified Zone 2
151. Description field 5 The Assigned Day field is read only and set in the Day s of the Week Holiday field of the Settings tab To do so click on the Settings tab and the following type of screen will appear amp Zone Differential General Settings Day of week Holidays Default v Type Day From Day To Punch Type Qualification Fixed Times Current Day 10 00 PM 1 days after 02 00 am Actual Time E Set zone code for all windows to First In Punch 6 Inthe Day of the Week Holiday s field select the Day of the Week or Holiday s that the Zone Differential will be in effect The choices are Default Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat or Standard 7 To add a Zone Differential Rule click on the Add button and enter the following e Type Select Fixed Times Schedule Start or First IN Punch e Day The day that the Zone Differential will begin For Schedule Start and First IN Punch this field is set to Current For Fixed Time select 1 days before Current Day 1 days after 2 days after or 3 days after 4 68 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro e From Enter the time HH MM that the Zone Differential will begin e Day The day that the Zone Differential will end For Schedule Start and First IN Punch this field is set to Current For Fixed Time select 1 days before Current Day 1 days after 2 days after or 3 days after e To Enter the time HH MM that the Zone Differential will
152. FF iri Punch ercrrrr PAP CIN Bunch EFFFFFF OLS IN Punch BF FFFFF Shit Chuaeride 1 Bunch AF Location Inf punch HFEF Permiin IN Punch ETETETT Chay OUT Punch MFFFFFE OT Punch eccrrer PAF out Punch EFFFFF DLS OUT Punch SEFFFFF Shift Owride OUT Punch FFFFFFF Location OUT Punch FFFFFFF o 40 ID BBBEREEE MM A MM A SG Terminal CIT Punch e Color Color of the Column The default is white The color can be changed by clicking on the desired color palette icon alongside the desired column field and selecting a color from the Pick A Color palette from a palette of 3 choices The choices are Windows Safe Palette Web Safe Palette or Grey Scale Palette e Width Width of the Column To change the width of the desired Column enter in a number e Show The Column will be displayed in the grid if this field is checked Columns that are fixed cannot be deselected To restore the default settings of the Punches columns click on the button To save apply new settings for the Adjustments amp Overrides Columns click on the button Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Interface 13 17 Adjustment amp Overrides Columns Menu Selection Web Select the Adjustment Columns or Overrides Columns submenus from the Preferences menu and the following User Preferences Adjustment Columns or Overrides Columns windows will appear AT Time Guardian S tup Daly Activities Output Preference User Preferences Adj
153. Fix Time 03 00 Schedule Start First IN Punch Fix Time 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window Hours to Qualify lt gt Worked Hours To qualify for the the zone window 9 00 to 4 00p the employee must be scheduled to end greater than 30 mins after the zone window end including all paycodes and labor In the example the employee was scheduled 1 hour after the zone window end and therefore qualifies for the zone The hours in the zone window 9 00 4 00p will be set to zone code 4 Fix Time 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 5 30 p Not Covered by Zone Window Type Zone Condition Paycode Compare Connector Schedule End After gt Qualified Zone 4 Not Qualified Zone 2 Fix Time 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 9 00 4 00 p 1h 10 00 100p 1 30p 5 30 p x x x x Hours to Qualify 3h 4h lt gt Worked Hours 00 00 Percentage Schedulehours Zone Hours Fix Time 03 00 Schedule Start First IN Punch th 7h 14 3 To qualify for the the zone window 9 00 to 4 00p the employee must be scheduled to end greater than 10 of the hours after the zone window end including all paycodes and labor In the example the employee was scheduled 14 3 of the hours after the zone window end and therefore qualifies for the zone The hours in the zone window 9 00 4 00p will be set to zone code 4 Fix Time 8 00 Schedu
154. For long periods of non use and security reasons it is suggested to always logout Upon Login the following screen will appear Username Passwords An attempt to login via a Web browser to the Time Guardian Pro system without the proper USB security key will result in the following display 3 dongle error Microsoft Internet Explorer provided by AMANO Cincinnati Inc File Edit View Favorites Tools Help EE amp x E A j Search Pp Favorites E e Address l http localhost 8080 tgprof Sorry no dongle or restricted acess Please check your key Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Configured Output 16 19 This page intentionally left blank 16 20 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Configured Output Chapter 17 Appendix Zone Window Examples Zone Window Examples Multiple zone windows can be defined for each day of the daily zone premium These windows are allowed to overlap Qualifications and awards can be assigned to each zone window The following pages of examples illustrate how the zone windows are created 12 00 Fix Time 08 00 11 00 Schedule Start E 05 00 First IN Punch 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 1070 1210p 10500 1 00p 1 30p 5 30 p te O ae Shit 4h Schedule Start Zone Window to 1100 3 10 00 1 00p 1 30p 5 30 p n A i 3h l i 4h First IN Punch Zone Window 310 510 p 10 00 1 00p 1 30p i 5 30 p y o 3h ET Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Zone Window Examples 17
155. Galle es 123462 05743 Rommel Manuel py Shifts 1007 1123455 os752 Patel Ramesh EE BE Daily Rules 1008 123451 D8767 Parikh ey El Payclass 1009 1123450 08768 wilson Karl H A Schedule 1113 1123468 la 08753 James Willam He 11i7F 123469 108757 Paxton JeFFre 9 Locations oo A a i i a ae Daily Activities lt lt E l Pr Timecard r Individual Schedule H Communications E Recalculate ee RENE la _ 84 Output Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Employee Administration 5 19 2 The Global Apply window will appear see the following figure to choose which sections parameters to globally apply A Global Apply Please choose which sections to globally apply v General Assignments Scheduling Labor Level Certification Cost rate Billable rate Benefit Note This Global Apply Wizard essentially corresponds to the tabs found on the Employees screen see Adding Employees 3 After choosing the sections by clicking in the boxes click on the button to apply your choices Click on the Next button and the first selection will appear sections will appear in order General Global Apply If selected the General window for the Global Apply Wizard see the following figure will be the first to appear This corresponds to the General tab found on the Employees screen see General Tab Global Apply General Inactive Settings Inactive Inactive Date Supervisor Setting Supervisor
156. Host PC to communicate to the terminal s If selected you must select the Com Port Baud Rate Modem Type and enter the Phone Number If your modem is not available from the list select a compatible model This information should be provided in the modem s documentation The telephone number entered must be the terminal s modem Include 1 Area Code digit phone number when applicable Direct The terminal s are directly connected to the Host PC via Com Port If selected you must select the Com Port and Baud Rate 12 Click on the Terminals tab to add edit delete or find terminals 4 118 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro R wl Locations a General Connection Terminals Number Serial No Active 10371120857 Delete 13 To find terminals click on the A button and directly connected terminals in this location will appear in the Terminals list Note Only for MTX terminals 14 Click on the add button to add a new Hand Punch Terminal to the Location and the Terminal window will appear for setup If adding a new MTX Terminal you must first search for the Terminal il Terminal General Options La Mame 0371120857 Number E Bells None Validation None 15 In the Name field enter in a unique name required field that will be used to describe terminal This field will be automatically populated with the MAC a
157. LASS LEVEL4 Employees Number Badge Number Last Name First Name 1002 123457 Smi John 1003 1123458 LL Howard 11004 1123459 Al Jon 1006 1123462 Rome Manuel 11007 1123455 Ramesh 11008 1123451 Pari vijay 1009 1123450 ilsor Karl 1113 123468 iri william 1117 1123469 Paxton Jeffrey Click on the Magnifying Eyeglass icon to filter employees using employee criteria payclass and or labor levels The following is an example of the screen that will appear e Employee Filter Pay Class LEVEL1 LEVEL2 Employee Sort Number Criteria Criteria Available Selected 1004 Abbate Jon 1002 Smith John 1003 Lee Howard 1006 Romwell Manuel Add All Remove Remove All PF Show Active Employees Only e Click on the employee tab To add an employee to the report highlight the desired employee in the Available list and click on the Add button To add all employees to the report click on the Add All button To remove an employee from the report highlight the desired employee in the Selected list and click on the Remove button To remove all selected employees click on the Remove All button Also independently filter employees from lists by clicking on the box alongside Show Active Employees Only e Click on the Payclass tab to utilize available payclasses as a filter for employee reports and follow the same preceding procedure e Click on a Lab
158. MLAs Labor Categor i 1 Default E i Y Senders Rata far ii i s Dalat 1 izat lk ALAS Labar Categery F 0 Mandand Rata far MIG Aj g gt Dafad fault Standard Esta for MEGA g Dalar 1 Dafault i i Lu i CILA Lebar Category 60 Standard Aata for GM A Defaut 1 Geheult I E F E E To add a labor category select the desired categories from any one of the Labor Level fields dropdown lists and click on the Add button Click on the button to return to the Individual Scheduler window The schedule you just created will appear in the Template Schedule list Command buttons from the Individual Scheduler window for employees e Click on the button to Assign Schedule Assigns the currently displayed template schedule in the Template Schedule list dropdown to the employee for the particular day e Click on the button to Assign Additional Schedule Assigns an additional template schedule in the Template Schedule list dropdown to the employee for the particular day e Click on the button to Save Saves the template schedule assignments e Click on the button to Delete Deletes an assigned template schedule from the selected cell e Click on the button to Create Create template schedules To assign an Individual Schedule to an employee 1 Launch the Scheduler from the Individual Scheduler screen and select the desired employee cell in the schedule grid by checking the box 2 Select the desired template sche
159. Microsoft SQL was selected as a database option you will be prompted to enter the SQL Server Name Administrator s User Name and Administrator s Password in the Microsoft SQL Information screen When you have finished entering the required information click on the Next button 3 Time Guardian Pro Enter requested information SQL Server name Administrator s User Name Administrator s Password iia a apelli alcalde IAE ES NA Soi ale saldar ae erally RSENS Iacillanonnare spiaerovizior Cancel Previous The Pre Installation Summary screen will appear Please review the displayed information on the screen and click on the Next button to proceed 3 Time Guardian Pro Please Review the Following Before Continuing Product Name Time Guardian Pro Install Folder JE SESESESG lt Bae access Sonia SoiWeare ee GiiGOSEie EGIeT vad etal TG Ls Hetallieaninleie MA avisar Cancel C Program Files Time Guardian Pro Shortcut Folder CiDocuments and Settings All Usersistart Menu Time Guardian Pro Disk Space Information for Installation Target Required 201 895 525 bytes Available 64 552 552 544 bytes Previous i Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Installation 11 The Access Control Software screen will appear Time Guardian Pro is designed to collect punch data from Amano s Nexus220 and AmanoNet Access Control Software If you are using either the Nexus220 or AmanoNet software
160. Rounding will round the punches to the unit If Hour Rounding is selected you must set the Unit and Point for the entire Break and Lunch Meal If Punch Rounding is selected you must set the Unit and Point for the Break OUT Break IN Lunch Meal OUT and Lunch Meal IN punches 4 32 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro These punches are not assigned to either a These punches are break or lunch consider break Therefore are consider punches by the just IN OUT punches i software 05 00 P M Schedule 08 00 M gt o a ee 08 10 AM 11 02 AM 12 08 PM 10 52 AM 11 07 AM 11 22 AM 11 37 AM 11 52 AM 12 07 PM 10 45 AM 11 00 AM 11 15 AM 11 30 AM 11 45 AM 12 00 PM 12 15 PM 03 09 PM 04 10 PM 04 10 PM 02 45 PM 03 00 PM 03 15 PM 03 30 PM 03 45 PM 04 00 PM 04 15 PM Indicates what Unit the punch rounds to In the example shown above the configuration for the IN OUT rounding is as follows The configuration for the Break Meal rounding is as follows rape Unit Point The 11 02 AM and 12 08 PM punches are assigned by the system to a break The 03 09 PM and 04 10 PM are not assigned to any break or meal Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 33 Exceptions Exceptions are used to track deviations in an employee s time and attendance from assigned schedules Exceptions in Time Guardian Pro are defined b
161. Schedule Coverage window will appear EN Schedule Coverage TBR General Payclass Cost Center 55 Department JOECLASS LEVEL4 Employee Name Sam 12pm x mas schedule Description 2007 Holiday schedule Max of employeefs Employee interval 213 Day interval Coverage interval 08 00 Show time Range Day of week Specific of day s amp 5 l from Mon Individual Schedule Only Start 12 7 2007 End 12 25 2007 2 3 Enter a name for the Coverage Schedule report in the Name field and a brief description of the report in the Description field Select the Maximum of employee s to be included in the report Select the Employee Interval y axis of the report see the following example 4 104 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro A Schedule Coverage individual o Auto Legend Template EMPLOYEE COVERAGE INTERVAL 15 16 INTERVAL 14 a g 4 OO ee PAL Afi E CO COL MUY ou e 5 RANGE DAY INTERVAL Enter the Day Interval hours of the day interval in HH MM format 7 Enter the Coverage Interval hours of the day that will have schedule coverage in HH MM format 8 Select the Range of the report For Single Day Select Specific of day s and enter 1 and then select the desired day in the From field Range E Day of week Specitic ofdavs 13 from won Range of Days Select Specific
162. The Logout selection from the top of the web view allows employees to end their connection to Time Guardian Pro in an orderly manner For long periods of non use and security reasons it is suggested to always logout After logging out the screen will display the following 16 18 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Configured Output You have successfully logged off Time Guardian Pro Login Note After several minutes of non use the Web connection will be automatically dropped If this happens press the Back button to initiate the Login screen To log back in click Login and enter Username employee badge number and Password Supervisor employee defined Note Depending on what type of security mode is configured a security certificate message similar to the following may appear on Login SEEDY Alert Information you exchange with this site cannot be viewed or changed by others However there is 4 problem with the site s security certificate The security certificate was issued by a company you have not chosen to trust View the certificate to determine whether you want to trust the certifying authority A The security certificate has expired or is not pet valid A The name on the security certificate is invalid or does not match the name of the site Do you want to proceed View Certificate Login Web The Login Web view allows supervisors and or employees to connect to Time Guardian Pro in an orderly manner
163. Thu 04 00 Fri 04 00 pre eae REG REGA RE Geka MIC REGA Enter a name for the Schedule Rotation Template in the Name field required field In the Description field enter a brief description of the template In the Relative Start Date field enter in the start date of the pattern in DDMMYYYY format or click on the button The Select Date dialog box will appear Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 109 x PA 00 Name ONOFF Description Select Date x Oc i Year 2005 i Pattern 2 3 MMs 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 31 Using the dropdown lists select the Month and Year Click on the desired day in the calendar When you have finished click on the button to save your setting and close the dialog box and return to the Settings tab of the Schedule Rotation window 6 Inthe Length In Days field select the number of days that this template will span A blank schedule grid will appear in the Pattern box The days included in the template are indicated by white cells D Schedule Rotation General Fa GV Be Name Son 2OfF Description Son 20ff weekly schedule for 8am Spm Relative Start Date 12 4 2006 Length In Days Pattern Sun Mon 12 4 Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun O7 00 AM Tue 07 00 AMiVed 07 00 AM Thu 07 00 an Mon 04 00 PM Wed 04 00 PM Thu 04 00 PM Fri 04 00 tj fa e a a E 7 Schedules and Labor Le
164. Time Card New Report Check the following options to include them on the report e Show terminal number e Enter No of Punch in a Row e Enter No of Paycode in a Row e Show zone number e Cost rate e Billable rate e Employee signature line e Supervisor signature line e Check Actual Punches or Rounded Punches e Show Comments 8 For Labor Analysis Report Check the following options to include them on the report e Show zone number e Cost rate e Billable rate 9 For Presence Report Check the following options to include them on the report e On Premise e Out e Absent 10 For Historical Hours Report Check the following options to include them on the report see the following figure for example e Exception s Per Day e Display Weekly Total e Select Day of Week Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Output 12 3 E Reports be i i Employees General Date Range Title Page Footer Sort Exception Paycodes i Name Historical Hours Description Historical Hours Report Historical Hours Report Sl Exception s Per Display Weekly Total Day of week Mon Output Format 5 PDF O Excel El 11 For Schedule Posting Report Check the following options to include them on the report e Print advance schedules e Advance schedules override regular schedules e Print employee phone number 12 For Schedule vs Actual Report Check the following options to include them on the report e Report type of Summary or Detail e P
165. Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Employee Administration This tab allows you to assign default Labor Levels to each employee from the user defined dropdown lists Only predefined Labor Levels will appear under Home Labor Level Assignments Note This function can also be done with Global Assign from the main employee list see Global Assign Certification Tab From the Employees screen click on the Certification tab and the following type of screen will appear A Employers E D EXI EN E ison kart 1009 General Personal Contact Assignments Scheduling Labor Level Certification Wages Benefit Web Access ee eee Poses kbd Mab Gham oa ls O AS d Fo amg EEE Available lacc Level 1 Tara Developer I l Ad ae as s MT WTF Add all All CHE Ma 5s 6 7 3 do ii 12 15 14 d E 26 27 Z remave al 30 31 Remove All e Date Achieved dl 1 Add Edit Certifications Java Developer I Name ACC Level 1 PMI 1 PMI 2 Description Amano Access Control Level 1 CNE New Ml E Delete To add a Certification click on the New button Enter in a name and description for the Certification in the Name and Description fields Click on the button when finished To add a Certification when first entering the Add Edit Certifications screen enter in a name and description for the Certificati
166. Which is the amount of time the employee is allocated for the Regular break or Coffee break e Amount taken Which is the amount of time the employee actually punched out for the Regular break or Coffee break e Amount under or over Which is the amount of time that exceeds or is under the time allocated for the Regular break or Coffee break e Nothing Which is to deduct no time from the employee e Allowed break and taken time Which will deduct the time allocated for Regular break or Coffee break plus the time taken for Regular break or Coffee break e Allowed break and amount under or over Which is the amount of time the employee is allocated for the Regular break or Coffee break and which is the amount of time that exceeds or is under the time allocated for the Regular break or Coffee break 10 In the Deduction for long break box configure how much time will be deducted from the employee when an employee takes a longer period of time than they were allocated in the break a Enter in the amount of Threshold time HH MM before the action is to be taken b Set the conditions if the time taken for the break is both less and more than the threshold in the fields provided The choices are e Allowed break Which is the amount of time the employee is allocated for the Regular break or Coffee break e Amount taken Which is the amount of time the employee actually punched out for the Regular break or Coffee break e Amount
167. X Title NJ Corporate HO MFG Report imano Cincinnati Footer Text Company Confidential AMANO Amano Cincinnati Inc 140 Harrison Ave Roseland NJ 07068 1240 800 526 2559 Copyright 2006 Amano Cincinnati Inc All rights reserved 16 4 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Configured Output 19 In the Title Field enter the title that you want to appear in the report If no title is entered the report name will appear as the title of the report 20 In the Footer Text field enter the text that you want to appear as the footer of the report 21 Click on the Sort tab and the following is an example of the window that will appear Time Guardian Setup Daly Actwiets Gutpul Preferences Wotton 548044 Reports eneral Date Range Thie cepto Coat Center s Department JOMCLASS LEYELA Employee Sait Ojan Available Page Break Totale Ascending Show Coat Cente 55 Ma El El El jar Departed Ha la E E iT JOBCLASS Ho m fl 1 El lar a Msi E E LEVELS Ma El E E Paycode el Apply Cancel e The Available column lists the sorting criteria reports They are Paycode Employee Number Employee Badge Number Employee Payroll Number Employee First and Last Name all Labor Levels used and all Labor Level Numbers The Labor Levels and Employee Numbers are selected by using the dropdown list in each of the corresponding sort fields Note Sorting options m
168. able Selected Amano Cor orate H F i 3 STD NJ 1st Shift N Add All Remove All AMANO Amano Cincinnati Inc 140 Harrison Ave Roseland NJ 07068 1240 800 526 2559 Copyright 2006 Amano Cincinnati Inc All rights reserved e o selecta Payclass highlight the desired Payclass in the Available list and click on the Add button e To select all Payclasses from the Available list click on the Add All button e To remove a Payclass from the Selected list highlight the desired Payclass in the Selected list and click on the Remove button e To remove all selected Payclasses from the Selected list click on the Remove All button 7 Click on any of the Labor Level tabs These tabs allow the selection of employees that belong to a particular category of a Labor Level By default all categories within each defined labor level are selected The following is an example of the screen that will appear tne Guar PRO Setup Daily Activities Output Preferences Welcome SYSDBA Individual Scheduler Sort Number has criteria O Fier Clear itert Available 1 Default 0 Standard Rate for MFG NJ Labor categories can be sorted by Number or Name using the Sort field Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Enabled Individual Schedule 14 3 Labor categories can be filtered in both the Available and Selected lists by entering data into the Criteria field above each list Only
169. abor Level tab window 12 12 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Output Payro lls KEX General Date Range Breaks Payclass Cost Center 55 Department JOBCLASS LEYEL4 Employee Sort Labor Number Criteria Criteria Available Selected 6 JOBCLASS Labor Category 6 11 Default Add 7 JOBCLASS Labor Category 7 8 Holiday Shift adda Remove Remove All Las l el 15 To add a Labor Level category to the payroll file highlight the desired Labor Level category in the Available list and click on the Add button To select all categories of the Labor Level for the payroll file click on the Add All button To remove a category of the Labor Level from the payroll file highlight the desired category in the Selected list and click on the Remove button To remove all selected categories of the Labor Level click on the Remove All button The following is an example of a Labor Level tab window e To adda Labor Level category to the payroll file highlight the desired Labor Level category in the Available list and click on the Add button e To add all categories of the Labor Level to the report click on the Add All button e To remove a category of the Labor Level from the payroll file highlight the desired category in the Selected list and click on the Remove button e o remove all selected categories of the Labor Level click on the Remove All button e To Filter categories of the Labor Level shown in
170. abs to sort or filter employees m Recalculate Available Selected Add Add All Remove Remove All To recalculate the hours of employees that belong to a particular Labor Level highlight the desired Labor Level in the Available list and click on the button To select all Labor Levels listed click on the button Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Recalculate 10 1 To remove employees that belong to a particular Labor Level highlight the desired Labor Level in the Selected list and click on the button To remove all selected Labor Levels click on the button Repeat the previous Step to further filter employees Click on the Employee tab Recalculate Aa Pay Class LEVELS LEVEL2 Employee Sort Criteria i Criteria Available Selected 1003 Lee Howard 11002 Smith John Add 1004 Abbate Jon 1006 Romwel Manuel Add Al Remove All EE Employees can be filtered in both the Available and Selected lists by selecting a sort category in the dropdown list in the sort field Then enter secondary filter data into the Criteria fields above each list Only employees matching the data entered will appear in both lists Also independently filter either list by clicking on the box alongside Show Active Employees Only To select an employee highlight the desired employee in the Available list and click on the button To select all employees listed click on the b
171. al out of service 3 Select Edit Type of Add Punch Add Hours or Add Dollars 4 When Add Punch is selected the following is an example of the General Global Edit window 7 18 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Timecard Administration amp Global Edit General Edit Type Add Punch Add Hours Add Dollars Punch Settings Punch 12 00 PM DLS Paid As Punch Punch Type Break M Meal Type Meal Labor Settings Comments Reason Door 15 Terminal out of service e Enter Punch Settings for Punch enter punch time i e 04 00 P DLS check box if you want punch entered under DLS Paid As Punch check box if you want punch to be paid as punch Select Punch Type the choices are Standard Transfer or Break Meal lf Standard for Punch Type selected no other choices available If Transfer for Punch Type selected check Home Labor box to bypass Labor Levels settings or select desired Labor Level settings for transfer If Break Meal for Punch Type selected select Meal Type from dropdown list The choices are Meal In Break In Smoke In Meal Out Break Out Smoke Out Meal Break or Smoke e lf desired enter text in the Comments reason field 5 When Add Hours is selected the following is an example of the General Global Edit window A Global Edit General Edit Type Add Punch Add Hours Add Dollars Adjustment Settings Hours 00 00 Paycode REG Zone Code
172. ame Weekly Bell Schedule for NJ MFG Blda1 Description Weekly Bell Schedule For NJ MFG Bldg1 a 3 Inthe Name field enter in a name for the Bell Schedule required field 4 Inthe Description field enter in a brief description of the Bell Schedule 5 Click on the Add button A blank row will appear in the Bells grid 6 Enter a time in 24 hour format of the day in the Time column that the desired bell signal will be activated 7 Enter the duration in seconds in the Duration column that the bell circuit will be activated for 8 Check the appropriate day s of the week that the bell circuit will be activated Note Holiday only works with HandPunches all models 9 To add additional days and times to the schedule click on the Add button When you have finished click on the button to save your settings To exit without saving click on the button Terminal Validation Terminal Validation is used to assign employees and Labor Levels to selected terminals in the system When validation is used only employees assigned to a particular terminal with the selected Labor Levels can use the terminal Labor transfers at the terminal can only occur within the Labor Levels selected Terminal Validations are downloaded to the selected terminals by location in the Communications module To do so perform the following 1 Click on the Terminal Validation node within the Locations module in the Tree View see figure
173. an Cancel A o aN At this point the installation utility will scan your PC for Adobe Acrobat Reader If it is not installed the installation utility will install it E Time Guardian Pro 15 x Searching for Files Matching AcroRd32 exe Looking In C Program Files Adobe obat plug_ins Preflight SES RETER E A mi A Cl Y Y Me NJ T Install C eel easy ae ari elon caos A 16 The Firebird Database Server will be installed 17 The Jive Messenger installation utility will initialize WI Time Guardian Pro Time Guardian Pro x x 3 Executing IM Server installer y configured for your oment MAMA AY TENEIS A _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Cancel Previous install4j Wizard Jive Messenger is preparing the install4j Wizard which E will guide you through the rest of the setup process Time Guardian Pro V3 7 Installation 2 7 18 Click on the Next button when the Welcome screen of Jive Messenger Setup Wizard appears TT Setup ive messenger 22 AE Welcome to the Jive Messenger Setup Wizard This will install Jive Messenger on your computer It is recommended that you close all other applications before continuing Click Next to continue or Cancel to exit Setup a ete 19 The License Agreement screen will appear Check the selection to accept the terms of the License Agre
174. ance Employee list showing balance of remaining yearly benefits PEACE ARANGE ERON i e vacation sick time holidays etc Employee list showing n of benefit use i e vacation Deaccrual History Report sick time holidays etc Tips Report A report by employee D all paid tips for a period of time Reports are generated from Report Profiles which are created in the Reports module of the Output group Report format can be PDF or Excel Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Output 12 1 Creating a Report Profile 1 Click on the Reports node of the Output module in the Tree View see the following figure amp Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA File Edit Help Today 3 Setup 4 Daily Activities Ed output Payrolls B IM Profile 2 Import e Export o Auto Process y j Name Name Audit Description Audit DeAccrual Balance DeAccrual Balance DeAccrual History Exception DeAccrual History Employee Exceptions Historical Hours Historical Hours Hours Summary y Hours Summary Labor Analysis NJ Corporate HQ FYD6 Time TW Corporate HQ FY06 Timecards _ Labor Analysis NJ Corporate HQ MFG Report NJ FYO6 Hours Factory Workers Hours l MJ FYO6 Summary Report End of year FYO6 Report NJ HQ MFG Plant Time Card FYOG NJ HQ MFG Plant Presence Presence Schedule Posting Schedule Posting Sc
175. and click on Qualification Rules 3 Click on the button and the following Qualification Rules window will appear Qualification Rules Bec Mame OT 50n 20ff Description NJ MFG OT qualification rule 4 Enter a name for the rule in the name field required field 5 Enter a description of the rule in the Description field 6 Click on the Settings tab and the following settings view will appear Qualification Rules Add Remove 7 Click on the Add button to add a Qualification Rule and enter the following information Type Select one of the following options Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 63 e Work Looks at all work hours for the day e All Schedule The hours worked by the employee will be compared to all shifts and the employee must qualify on all shifts to get the Zone Award e Single Schedule The hours worked by the employee will be compared to a particular shift and the employee must qualify on any of these shifts to get the Zone Award Each single schedule has to pass the rule to get this e Zone Looks at the time in the window Condition Select one of the following options For Type set to All Schedule Single Schedule and Zone the options are e Work before e Work within e Work after e Work before e Work within e Work after e Punch before e Punch after e Punch before e Punch after e Schedule type
176. ane how you would iko 06 Connect to tie live Misa datan server sete 5 Standard Database Connection Use an external database with the built in conection pool O admn account aan EPE Deen gt Embedded Database Use an embedded database powered by HSLDA This option regres no external database configuration and ts an easy way tO get rana quod Mowerer Mis ts rol recommended lor large restallabiorrs O Dela Sell Contmue 3 live Messenger Setup Microsoft interimit Exploit f te dt Yaw Farorkes ook Me Q O x d mm ers San amp teto 127 0 0 19020 setup adewn cattinegs jsp Jive Messenger Setup Administrator Account Enter settings for the system administrator account sername of acimin below it is important to chockea a password for the account that cannot be aatily quecead for example at east so Characters Jong and contaning a mo of letters and numbers You can ship tus step f you have already setup your admin account not for first time Users Current Password seseo IF thue it rav inetallatian the amrant parmard will be admin dmn Emaii Mire a A weld email address fer the admin accoun New Password Confirm Powod Skip Thee Step Enter the following e Current Password For new installations the default current password is admin e Admim Email Address Enter the e mail address of the Admin or computer that the Jive Messenger Server is installed on e New Password En
177. are 9 6 Type Fixed Paycode REG Shift shift Start Current Day l l Current Day 09 00 AM 06 00 Pra Enter a name select a Type and assign a Paycode and Shift from the dropdown lists See Template Schedules for additional information Define the start day and time See Template Schedules for additional information Define the end day and time See Template Schedules for additional information When you have finished click on the button to save your settings Select the desired Labor Reference from the dropdown list or if necessary click on the button and the Labor References window will appear U labor References Cost Center 55 3 CE3 e A E IA Department 4 Department Lab le 1o11 1 1 E 2 4 6 0 1 1 JOBCLASS LEVEL4 Select a subcategory from each of the dropdown lists and click on the button When you have finished click on the button to save your settings Select the desired days to apply the schedule labor to and click on the ly Schedules l button see the following figure When you have finished click on the button to save the schedule rotation Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Employee Administration 5 9 Boada 1009 wilson Karl wA Employees wall General Personal Contact Assignments Scheduling Labor Level Certification Wages Benefit Web Access Schedule schedul
178. ate field to enter the effective date for the rate When you have finished click on the Apply Template window button to save your settings and return to the Rate 4 16 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro Month E w Year 2006 Number 15 Ss MT WTF Name Standard Rate en _ g 9 Description NJ Manfacturing 13 14 15 16 20 21 22 27 28 29 Rates Date 8 Enter a rate in the Rate field o Rate Template E mx Number 15 Name Standard Rate Description NJ Manfacturing p 9 Repeat Steps 5 thru 7 to add additional Rates to this template 10 To delete a Rate from a template select the desired row and click on the Delete button 11 Click on the Apply button to save your settings and return to the Labor Levels window Editing a Rate Template To edit a Rate Template select the desired Rate Template in the Tree View and click on the S button or double click on the template row To save your changes click on the button Deleting a Rate Template To delete a Rate Template select the desired Rate Template in the Tree View and click on the button Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 17 User Profiles Accounts The Users module in the Setup group is used to create user profiles accounts and assign access privileges to these accounts This is accomplished through the use of User ID s Passwords and Gro
179. ates General Use Rate Template Employee 1 O07 Patel Ramesh Cost Center ss 3 003 Department 1 Defaut JOBCLASS 1 Default LEVEL4 11 Default 5 Click on the button in the Date field to enter the date that the rate will be in effect When button to save the date and return to the Rate Template you have finished click on the window Enter a rate in the Rate field see previous figure Repeat Steps 3 thru 6 to add additional Rates to this template 8 To delete a rate select the desired row and click on the button 9 To automatically increase the rate by click on the Percent Increase Ll button 4 14 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro Combined Billable Rates General Use Rate Template Employee 1007 Patel j Ramesh Cost Center 55 3 003 Department 1 Default JOBCLASS 11 Default LEVEL4 1 Default lt Percentage Increase al a 10 Click on the button in the Date field to enter the date that the rate increase will be in effect and enter the percentage increase of the rate in the Increase field When you have finished click on the button to save your settings and return to the Combined Billable Rates window 11 Click on the button to save your settings The Combined Billable Rate will be added to the Main View Editing a Combined Billable Rate Template T
180. ation Rule click on the Remove button To move a Qualification Rule up in the sequence select the desired line and click on the Move Up button To move a Qualification Rule down in the sequence select the desired line and click on the Move Down button 9 Click on the button to save your settings To exit without saving click on the button Zone Award The Zone Award allows you to transfer the hours to another paycode duplicate hours to another paycode or award hours or dollars after the employee has met the Zone Qualification Rules Multiple rules can be award for each zone window and qualification To create Zone Award Rules 1 Click on the Zone Differential node within the Daily Rules module in the Tree View 2 Expand the view of the Zone Differential node and click on Zone Award A Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA File Edit Help 2 Setup h Company Description HDA Users Zone Award Move Paycode Zone Award Move Paycodel y Paycodes NJ Summer OT NJ Summer OT eS Shifts Holiday Overtime BF Daily Rules BT Daily Overtime a Period Overtime Zone Differential her Zone Codes y Qualification Rules g Payclass Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 65 3 Click on the button and the Zone Award window will appear 5 Zone Award General Settings Mesa S Name Zone Award Move Paycode Description Zone Award Move Paycode 4 Entera name for the rule in th
181. ay time and half checked bay Paycode Hours Ovenime REG Tuesday Fay REG 80 20 The overtime hours Pay time and half unchecked Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 95 bay Paycode Hours Overtime REG Tuesday 24 For Weekly Overtime select the Weekly Overtime template and the Reset date in the fields provided The setup for this overtime allows you to select whether the hours counted will occur in a Weekly Start Pay Period Day of Week Start or Pay Period This is called the overtime reset date e f Weekly Start is selected then you must select the day of the week the reset begins on Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday and Saturday e Ifthe user chooses Pay Period Day of Week Start then the overtime resets at the day of the week that the pay period actually stated on Note the overtime reset date is configured in the Overtime Definition tab of the Payclass e lf the user chooses Pay Period then the start date of each Pay Period is the start date for the overtime and the overtime will continue for the entire pay period 25 For Consecutive Day Overtime select the Consecutive Day template and the Reset date in the fields provided The setup for the Consecutive Overtime requires overtime reset date which determines if the hours and days worked to qualify must occur in a Weekly Start Pay Period Day of Week Start or by Pay Period e lf
182. ay vary depending upon the report selected e Placing a check in the Page Break column will place a page break after each of the sorting criteria selected e Placing a check in the Totals column will total each of the sorting criteria selected e Placing a check in the Ascending column will list each of sorting criteria selected in ascending order on the report No check will list them in descending order e Placing a check in the Show column will allow the selected sort criteria to appear in the report e The placement of the sort criteria in the report is accomplished by clicking the buttons for a select row to move the row to the desired position 22 Click on the Exception tab and the following is an example of the window that will appear Time Guardian setup Daly Actwitias Gulpur Pretir ntos Weloane 5YED64s hare Reports Tenra C oaae h e Sa Gant comers eanan l onela eea Emaover Tabagi El E arty in EIB Eh in Brea Eli Ear ii Grace Eiki Barty in hita CENT gt Ondine Ara Hold Takin Ae EOS E ary Out Break LM Long Meal Adel oll j EOM Ear Oui Meal LO Lathe Cast LE Lata In Eire ME Missing Funch LG Laie ln Grace MICE Miscefaneous Break jk Late ln Meal UNSC gt Mot Scheduled Perec LD Late Gut reek PP Paid In Prevtoug Pey Perad D LOG Late Ovi Grace SB Sheet Break Remove an LOM Lete Cut Mem SCE Shon Coles Break _ s MB Muliple Break SA Short Meal MOE Muthple Gotee Break
183. ayclass Available Selected LB Long Break El Early In Add EO Early Out LI Late In Add All LO Late Out Remove ABS Absence UNSCH Not Scheduled Remove All FIG Farly Tn Grare t ii MA le e To select an Exception highlight the desired Exception in the Available list and click on the Add button e To select all Exceptions from the Available list click on the Add All button e To remove an Exception from the Selected list highlight the desired Exception in the Selected list and click on the Remove button e o remove all selected Exceptions click on the Remove All button 9 Click on the Payclass tab This tab enables you to receive an IM notification when the selected Payclasses are used 2 IM Profile Cost Center 55 Department JOBCLASS LEVELE _ General Paycode Threshold ll Exception Payclass Available Selected Payclass Add STD NJ 1st Shift Add All Remove Remove All E el e To select a Payclass highlight the desired Payclass in the Available list and click on the Add button e To select all Payclasses from the Available list click on the Add All button e To remove a Payclass from the Selected list highlight the desired Payclass in the Selected list and click on the Remove button e o remove all selected Payclasses click on the Remove All button 10 Click on any of the Labor Level tabs These tabs allow you to receive an IM noti
184. ayroll Last Name Middle Name First Name Hire Date ips 212 Type PF Inactive Inactive Date a Hourly Salary Supervisor Authority Level None Pay Type Reject Threshold Default v Hours Comment Management Type AM do BARENE Number Employee Number required field this must be unique since it is the primary sorting key Badge The employee badge number required field If you are using Access Control Nexus220 or AmanoNet use the Registration Reader RR Badge Reader icon to the right of the Badge field to enter the Badge number from the RR Payroll The Payroll ID Number of the employee required field Last Name A mandatory field for each employee containing his or her last name Middle Name An optional field containing the employee s middle name First Name A required field for each employee containing his or her first name Inactive When checked the employee will be considered inactive and will no longer be displayed on reports or count toward your employee total Hire Date The date that the employee was hired and can be set by clicking on the calendar icon Double click on the desired date to close the box and populate the required field Inactive Date The date that the employee was put on Inactive status Supervisor Check this box if this employee manages any other employee This will allow the employee to show up in the supervisor list box on the assignment tab
185. bor 13 4 6 gt oTi a 7 Labor 1 2 4 5 eer After Award 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 10 00 6 00 p A h Fix Time E A 3h 40h 10 00 100p 130p 530p x x x x Hours to Award y A 3h 4h k lt gt Worked Hours P4 NJ Lyre he ph wae S REG Z E Z Labor 1 3 4 5 gt oT1 2 Labor 1 2 4 6 4 LALA 7 L S Add Hours Paycode Labor Hours PRMHM 1 3 4 5 05X3 15 hours PRMHM1 1 2 4 5 0 5X4 2 0 hours Change Rate Fixed Award Example The change rate award will apply a new rate to the hours worked within the zone windows The user has the ability to choose whether a new rate applies an addition to the existing rate or a percentage increase tothe existing rate Through the paycode filter the user can select which paycodes rates will be changed Sourco lypo Paycode Filter Labor Value Award Paycode Chango Rate Fixed Value Selected 25 5000 See below Selected Paycodes Fx lime REG 00 00 03 00 Schedule Start FirstIN Punch Fix Time 8 00 Schedule 6 00 p Zone Window 9 00 Auu p lt 10 00 1 00 p 1 30 p i 5 30 p x x x x A y A N v iN H v 3h 4h lt gt Worked Hours yA e pre AN REG Z y oTi Z a Zone 4 Ss gt Zone 4 lt Rate 10 0000 7 Rate 16 0000 D um oe gt mm x After Award Fix Time 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 9 00 4 00 p i 3h gt 10 00 1 00 p 1 30 p 5 30 p x x x x K gt lt i 3h hos ish X N N Xx N
186. ccconnnnnccncccoconconocononcncncnncnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnanancnnnconananess 16 18 LOGOUT WED aria Gare hci ec aaah ee ical ai isan cama iad 16 18 KOGN WED cant A o A lcaceneteelatuiebeaeidestsleoesGatenaieuccaaewae 16 19 Chapter 17 Appendix Zone Window Examples cccccsssseeecesseeeseesnseeeeeeseeeseenseeeseoaes 17 1 ZONES VVINGOW EXAMPIES en o a a e 17 1 Work Quality Exame Al A R 17 2 Work Qualy Example 2 opti E 17 3 vi Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Table of Contents Table of Contents Schedule Work Before Qualify Example 1 ooccccccccccnccncccoconccnnncccnononnncnononcnnnnnononanononoss 17 3 Schedule Work Before Qualify Example H2 cccccccccnncoccccccooccnncnccnonnnnnnnonanccnnnnnonannnnnnnns 17 4 Schedule Work Within Qualify Example cooooccccnccccooccnnncccconoconnconnoncnnnnononancnnnnnnnnononoss 17 4 Schedule Work After Quality Example ia 17 5 Schedule Work Before Qualify ExamMple ccccccocconcconococonccnnnccnnonononncononcnnnnnononanononoss 17 5 Schedule Work Within Qualify Example oocccccccccconccnnccccoonconnconnonccnnnncononcnnnononnononnns 17 6 Schedule Work After Qualify ExamMple ooocccccccccoccconccccooccnnncnnnononnnncnnonnnnnnnonnnannnnnnos 17 6 Schedule Punch Before Qualify Example ooccccccccocnccnnccccooconnnocononcnnnonononnnnnnnononanenonoss 17 7 schedule Punch Aiter Quality Example a aca 17 7 Schedule Punch Before Qualify Example ccccco
187. ception Colors Menu Selection Web The Exception Colors submenu is used to change the colors for Exceptions in the Timecard grid MPNT for Meal Penalty now exists Select the Exception Colors and the following User Preferences Exception Colors window will appear p j Se Sp Te gir La a 3 Hr 15 arar er E i e ari Janes User Preferences Exception Colors Earle in El Bare teat 00 FFOL Lai La gU aE Eee Late Cun deen tsi Pmack MP Mirror AN CL Ral Sihen 0551 Farin rara 101 Earp a Gears EOC Lite ii Geace LG EFFEC tate Out Gr ve OC Cari IA reas dith Dani Cri Areak OA Late in Break LEB LEi aik IA Ear in Heal EI ari chet Meal TY Laie be Meal LOPE Lale ct Baral ee OTET El 2 E i i i ec oe oo ead y a A e a Sa Sot Wola Call ba da lr Qe Peoria MO iii waai CUM E dara Lady bey pad rre To define colors for exception colors click on the button on the desired color column and select a color from the Pick A Color palette To restore the default color settings of the Exceptions click on the button To save new settings for the Exception Colors click on the button The desktop side of Time Guardian Pro has one set of colors while the Web side has a different set of colors Note Web safe selection in the Color Palette means these colors are guaranteed to be the same in all browsers The following is an example of the Timecard grid using co
188. chedule 5 00 p Zone Window YUU 4 00 p 10 00 100p 130p 530p x x x lt x A N e N SS 3h 25h 15h WG S N A o k _ Ae rr Y ml NAM A REG ram lt om i J L lt Zone 1 gt s Zone 5 Not Covered by a SS gt b Zone Window lt Y pack pa P oT1 gt PS 2 Zone 1 ES aw Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Zone Window Examples 17 31 Guaranteed Hours Single Shift Example othe hours bo other or the sano sword poycodo Ho usc wil us all hours in cach single shift ond award or duplic ee mot which paycodos well bo oearded or duplcotod In ho sabed lo MOTE All duplicated hours will be done through the odd hours bobis In single schedule cura cord ihe vate HO ANARD tg gin ood Hours engin wall poko fhe volu g man Then Guaran payoodos Ti Seber which po each shill is compared independentty with the value and award is ging If h Tyna Pagoda Fines ahar Vales Amand Fayroda Fired 5 0 RFG ates Hours Singa Schedule A 10 00 Fix Tra OD LON 0300 Schedule Start O00 Fira IH Pusch 600 Schedule 2020p JMpsciediesao p Fix Time 10 E Worked bours Pet an Ts LL R PA eri Leet z Sy E L L b r 1 3 4 8 7 gt REG i a Labor 1 4 5 lt Y ADS After Award 8 00 Schedule 2 00 p 3 00pScheduleS 00 p Zone Window 10 00 6 00 p gt Fix Time 330p 4 30 p gt 5 wv Worked Hours s REG REG Z_ Labor 1 3 4 5 lt 5 A 2
189. chedule Start D 05 00 02 00 First IN Punch 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 10 00 Fix Time x lt gt worked Hours 8 00 Fix Time Hours to Award lt gt worked Hours 10 00 1 00 p 1 30 p a b Labor 1 3 4 5 A lt YA Si od lt L REG r gt oT 4 2 S Z iS IIA Us After Award Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 10 00 6 00 p 5 30 p Ni INN N E A po gt REG Z 7 Labor 1 3 4 5 gt gt oT1 A MES Z Labor 1 2 4 5 2 a Mo a Add Hours Paycode Labor Hours PRMS 1 3 4 5 7 hours Zone Award Example The zone award will take the zone window hours and award or duplicate the hours Lo other or the same paycodes In Lhe award paycode the user will select the paycode where the hours or dollars will be award to NOTE All awarded hours will be done through the add hours table Source Zone Paycode Filter Labor Value Award Paycode All Home Labor PRMZ Home Labor 0 10 00 18 00 fix Time 1 3 4 5 D 00 00 03 00 Schedule Start D 05 00 02 00 First IN Punch 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 10 00 Fix Time gt Worked Hours gt 7 gt Labor 1 3 4 5 L abor q an WwW IN J A J y 1 00 p 1 30 p w va ZN Fa 3h G gt oT1 Z 7 Labor 1 2 4 5 gt aaa pa e IIS SY After Award 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 10 00 6 00 p Fix Time gt Bh 10 00 1100p 1 30p 5 30 p x lt K K x Hours to Award
190. class in the Selected list and click on the Remove button E ll To all selected Payclasses click on the button 10 Click on the Next gt button and the following is an example of the Labor Level Global Edit window that will appear 1 22 amp Global Edit Cost Center SS Available Selected Add Add All Remove All RS Ele To add a labor category highlight the desired labor category in the Available list and click on the button To add all labor categories from the Available list click on the button To remove a labor category highlight the desired labor category in the Selected list and Remove click on the button 5 E All To remove all selected labor categories click on the button Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Timecard Administration 11 Click on the Next gt button and the following is an example of the Employees Global Edit window that will appear amp Global Edit Employees Sort Number v Criteria 1 Criteria 1 Available Selected 1004 Abbate Jon 1002 Smith John 1007 Patel Ramesh 1003 Lee Howard 1006 Romwell Manuel Add 008 ij 1009 Wilson Karl Add All Remove Remove All e To add an employee highlight the desired employee in the Available list and click on the button e To add all employees from the Available list click on the button e To remove an employee highlight the desired employee in the Selected list and c
191. conccnncononononnnnnnonanonnnnnnnonnnons 17 17 Zone Schedule Start Before Qualify Example ooooccccccccconnccnncoccnononnnnnonancnnnnnnnnonnnnns 17 18 Zone Schedule Start Before Qualify Example oooonccnnccccooncccnccconnoconnnnononnnonnononannnons 17 18 Zone Schedule Start After Qualify Example cccccoooonccnncccccoocconncoccnonononononnnccnncncnnaanonos 17 19 Zone Schedule Start After Qualify Example occccoooonccccccccooonccnnccconoconnnnononncnnnnnonononnnos 17 19 Zone Schedule End Before Qualify Example c ocooonnccnncccconncnnnccconoconnnonnnonncnncnonnanonos 17 20 Zone Schedule End Before Qualify Example ooooccccccccconcccnncccoonconnnononancnnncnnnonnnnns 17 20 Zone Schedule End After Qualify Example ccccccccocnccnncccconncnnnocononccnnonononnncnncnonononons 17 21 Zone Schedule End After Qualify Example cccccooocccnnccccconncnnncconoconnnnnncnoncnonoconononons 17 21 WOVE Paycode AWard Example tacita ia 17 22 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Table of Contents vii Table of Contents vill Move Paycode Award Example 2 ccccccsssccccsececcenecccseeseeseuseessaecessaaeeesseueesseaeessaneeseas 17 22 WVONCHOUNS AW alle KAMION Musa iii 17 23 Work Hours Award Example Zrii 17 24 Before Schedule Award Example sisiane e 17 24 Within Schedule Award ExaMple ocoooccccccccccnncccoccnccononnnncononnnnnonannnnnnoncnnnonnnnennnnnarennnnnos 17 25 After Schedule Award Example 1 ooc
192. ct either In Zone or All e Guaranteed Hours select either Single Schedule or All Schedule Value Enter in the amount of hours or dollars Paycode Filter Select either All or Selected If selected is chosen use the button in the Paycode Selection column to select the Paycode hours to count towards the Zone Award Assign Paycode Select either Single Paycode or Paycode Mapping Labor Level Filter Select either All or Selected If selected is chosen use the as button in the Labor Level Selection column to select the labor categories to count towards the Zone Award Labor Award Select either Labor working in Home labor or Fixed labor If Fixed labor is selected use the button in the Labor Award Selection column to select the Labor Level that will be included in the Zone Award Zone Codes Select the zone code to set the awarded hours to 8 Click on the button to save your settings To exit without saving click on the button The following table displays the options for the Zone Award based on the Source selected Paycode Labor Award Source Type Filter Filter labor alcala Paycode e tenes er All All f Move Paycode Inactive Selected Selected Inactive Inactive Inactive All Paycodes Inactive Labor All All Working In i Work Hours Inactive Selected Selected Home Lahor Inactive Inactive All Paycodes Active Fixed Labor All All Working In l Before Schedule Inactive Selected Selected Home Labor Inactive
193. ct the Paycodes that will be used for the overtime calculation If Yes all Paycodes will be used If No a check must appear in the Counts column for the Paycode to be included in the overtime calculation Click on the Next button Payclass Setup Do all paycodes count towards the accumulated hours for overtime calculation Select the paycodes that count 1031323 lt lt 41 If your company s policy requires overtime authorization answer Yes to any one of the 3 possible scenarios where employees may work overtime The scenarios are e Hours worked before an assigned schedule start e Hours work after an assigned schedule e Hours worked on an unassigned schedule Payclass Setup Do hours worked before an assigned schedule require authorization Do hours worked beyond an assigned schedule require authorization Do hours worked on an unscheduled day require authorization If Yes the employee will only be awarded overtime if a check is placed in the corresponding column of the Timecard grid 3 16 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Setup Wizard Schedule 42 Select the holidays that will be paid to the employee by highlighting the desired holidays in the Available list and then clicking on the Add button To select all the holidays in the Available list click on the Add All button To remove a holiday from the Selected list select the desired item and click on the Remove button
194. d Adjustments Tab This function allows Timecard adjustments to be made to Labor Levels Zone Codes Paycodes Hours and Dollars A Comments Reasons column is provided to make notes For all other Timecard modifications see Punches and Overrides tabs To perform an employee Timecard adjustment click on the Adjustments tab then select the desired column in the date row you wish to edit Click to enter the value for Hours Dollars Bonus Paycode only and Comments Reason Use the dropdown lists for Labor Levels Zone Codes and Paycodes 7 6 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Timecard Administration Note Use the Add Row button to insert a row in the Timecard grid at the appropriate location for an adjustment such using more than one Paycode i e hours defined as overtime When you have finished performing a Timecard adjustment click on the Save IE button in the toolbar to save your changes Ee Timecard 1002 Smith John E Dog 1002 smith ohn v AA 9 29 06 10 12 06 v D m Punches Overrides Adjustments Date Day Schedule Cost Center 55S Department JOBCLASS LEVEL4 Zone Paycode Hours Dollars Comments Reason Oct3 2006 Tue 2 Zonet Oct 4 2006 Wed Zonel Oct 5 2006 Thu jl Zone Bonus 100 00 Oct 6 2006 Fri 03 00 y Oct 6 2006 Fri None al del r E 02 00 Oct 7 2006 Sat 02 00 03 00 Oct 8 2006 Sun Oct 9 2006 Mon T Oct 10 2006 T
195. d be rounded to 3 hours and 15 minutes Note The minus 6 minutes will be taken away from the last interval hours in Schedule 1 The second schedule is from 1 00 PM to 5 00 PM The four punches within the schedule calculate to 3 hours and 20 minutes of time This time would be rounded to 3 hours and 15 minutes Note The minus 5 minutes will be taken away from the last interval hours in Schedule 2 This would give the employee a daily total of 6 hours and 30 minutes Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 31 Schedule 1 Schedule 2 08 00 AM 77775555 12 00 PM 01 00PM 7 05 00 PM 03 00 PM 03 32 PM 01 08 PM 10 00AM 10 32 PM Total hours for Total hours for Total hours for Total hours for j A the interval the interval the interval the interval 1 28 1 53 1 28 1 55 Total hours for the Total hours for the schedule 2 3 20 schedule 1 3 21 Total hours for After rounding 3 15 the day 6 30 After rounding 415 Break Meal Rounding Break Meal is used on punches that are designated as break or meal punches as in the Meal Templates module within the Shift module Rounding Templates General Hour Rounding Break Meal Hour Rounding Punch Rounding Unit Break OUT 15 Break IN 15 v Meal OUT 15 Meal IN 15 omaa You must select either Hour or Punch Rounding for the break or meal Hour Rounding will round the total time taken and Punch
196. d forward to the next Unit The rule for rounding is that the Point always moves forward Break Meal Enter the following to set the Break Meal rounding rules for the Payclass 4 94 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro Note This section of the screen will be disabled if the Hours Rounding Type field is set to None e Type Select None Hour Rounding or Punch Rounding e Hour Rounding If Hour Rounding was selected set the Unit and Point for both the Break and Meal e Punch Rounding If Hour Rounding was selected set the Unit and Point for IN and OUT punches for both the Break and Meal 22 Click on Overtime Definition tab 1 Pay Class l ER PF Day Change Schedule Rounding Overtime Definition Overtime Execution Overtime Authorization Holiday Benefit Execution Pay time and half Weekly Overtime Template Overtime after 40 and DT Reset Weekly Start Y Day ofweek Sun Consecutive Non Consecutive Overtime Template Overtime after 6th consec W Reset Weekly Start Day of week Sun Y Range Overtime Template None 23 If you want the Pay Rate to be time and a half for overtime check the Pay Time and a half option otherwise the Pay Rate will default to the multiplier in the Paycodes For example if overtime is awarded after 40 hours Day Paycode Split Hours money feo Y 80 RE Wednesday ee v 80 Tuss Ra Y 80 The overtime hours P
197. d from the Group by selecting them in the Selected list and clicking on the Remove button All the modules can be removed from the Selected list by clicking on the Remove All button Note For El if you move Payperiods from the Selected list to the Available list click on the button to save when someone from that Group logs in they will not be able to access the Payperiods module 4 Make your selections for the Group s rights and privileges and click on the button to save To close without saving click on the E amp H button Editing a Group To edit a Group select the desired Group name in the Tree View and click on the button or just double click on the group row To save your changes click on the button Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 19 Deleting a Group To delete a Group select the desired Group name in the Tree View and click on the button User Accounts To create a User account 1 Click on the button with the Users module selected in the tree view and the User s window will appear The User s window can consist of up to 10 tabs General Password Employee Payclass and the up to 6 user defined Labor Levels Name Time Guardian Admin ae 2006 Group Administrator _ ten y Account Settings Logs RNS Bet ia e Mio 11 12 13 14 _ Disabled 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 gt A 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Y Expires On 10 9 2006 i2 29 30 31 Read Rate
198. d on Shift break size the following selection will appear Base size on Shift Break For breaks based on Shift break size click on the i button and the following Define Breaks window will appear Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 39 Define Breaks Mumber of breaks based on shift length From Ta Break 00 00 Break size based on shift length From To Size To enter the Number of breaks based on shift length click on the Add button A row will appear Enter the From and To times of the shift and the number of breaks for that shift To enter the Break size based on shift length click on the Add button A row will appear Enter the From and To times of the shift and the size of each break for that shift When you have finished the number of breaks and break sizes click on the button to save your settings 10 In the Deduction for Short Break box set how the break will be deducted if the employee uses a shorter period of time than allocated for the break a Inthe Threshold field enter the amount of time HH MM that will be used in the determination b Inthe Less and More Than Threshold fields set the conditions if the time taken for the break is both less or more than the threshold in the fields provided They choices are Allowed break Which is the amount of time the employee is allocated for the Regular break or Coffee break Amount taken Which is the amount of time the employee ac
199. ddress when the L Jj used 16 In the Number field enter in a unique number for the terminal if allowed 17 In the Serial No field a unique number will appear for a found MT X 15 terminal 18 If you wish to assign a Bell Schedule to the terminal select one from the dropdown list in the Bells field 19 If you wish to assign a Terminal Validation setting to the terminal select one from the dropdown list in the Validation field 20 Click on the Options tab To activate buttons on a MTX 15 terminal place a check in any of the boxes for Break Meal Coffee and Labor Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 119 iF a WH Terminal ESPERAN A 0 Buttons e Break Coffee Meal Labor Tim 0 12 Hour 24 Hour Misc Prox Keypad Repunch Protection 21 In the Time Format box select the time format 12 hour or 24 hour for the terminal only for MTX 15 and Hand Punches 22 In the Misc boxes select whether to enable the Prox Keypad and or Repunch Protection for the terminal 23 Click on the Labor Button tab To associate labor levels to buttons on a MTX 15 terminal place a check in any of the boxes for the desired labor level in the row for Button 1 to Button 4 Click on the button to Check Uncheck all selections W Terminal General Options Labor Button HP Optio Name Cost Center 55 Department JOBCLASS LEWEL4 Button 1 O Button 3 Button 4 Button 2
200. de in which the overtime hours will be awarded to Payclass Setup Do employees receive overtime after a certain number of hours in the week or pay period Yes C No Pay Period What day of week does the overtime start on Sun hi Level 1 Employee receives overtime after 00 00 hours should be put into paycode rec y Level 2 Employee receives overtime after 00 00 hours should be put into paycode REG 3 14 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Setup Wizard 37 Select the Paycodes that will be used for the weekly or Payperiod overtime calculation If Yes all Paycodes will be used If No a check must appear in the Counts column for the Paycode to be included in the overtime calculation Click on the Next D button Payclass Setup Do all paycodes count towards the accumulated hours for overtime calculation Select the paycodes that count SKK Kal 38 If you wish to award employees consecutive overtime answer Yes to the question You must set the overtime reset date which determines if the hours and days worked to qualify must occur every week Payperiod day of week start or every Payperiod If every week is selected then you must select the day of the week it begins on Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday and Saturday If the user chooses every payperiod then the start date of each Payperiod is the start date for the overtime If the employees are required to work a minimum number of hours to
201. dha a aond oases GeresuhedamiedaniGeieasar ehaeeee 1 3 A A A 1 5 o e abet dead 1 5 lego A A a ae 1 6 Chapter 2 Instala a 2 1 Time Guardian Pro Instalar aaa a AEE 2 1 Be to A a N 2 12 Chapter 3 Setup Wizard ci id 3 1 SYSE MW IZA A A ee eee tet hustle ts ieee eet 3 1 Chapter 4 Working with Time Guardian Pro oooocccoonnnncccnncnnccccnnnoconenanncnnnnnanonrnnaannrrnnananernnanas 4 1 COMPANY Prole cuca 4 1 KADOL O o ere 4 3 A a e O O 4 5 A A tee ener Une e Reece ern me ane en ere 4 7 GOmbIned COSA AOS ic iE E EEE EA 4 9 Combined Billable Rates a e O 4 12 Rate TS MDI ALCS aire iO 4 16 User Prole S ACCOUN Suri lll 4 18 cn OE 4 18 SOT AC COUN Sms a 4 20 Es A rien ney ee eee ek rer Retreat tn et oa ene Pete A Pe Cee oe ome ee eet ele ere 4 23 A A e A 4 25 OURAN Template Sitio a 4 25 EXCODIO AS aclara ri vant Guid a 4 34 Meal emplate Simca ia 4 35 A re OE Re ne ee ee een ee 4 48 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Table of Contents i Table of Contents O e eo y o te dbase EEO 4 49 OSI SIMEONE 4 51 Creating A Maida 4 54 A Grantees chunsate ranean ateenilc E tena sietaes 4 56 DION dois 4 56 Pernod OVSTtIMS Ai 4 59 LON SIM EMS ES LA iaa 4 62 Creating a Zone Differential ccoooonnccnnccconnncnnncncoonnnnnnnonnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnonononrrnnnnnnnnannnnnnnns 4 68 Creating amp Daly AU a 4 71 FAY Cla SS it a 4 74 WEE MN eee rene ee eee re eee 4 74 TORNSCOU IV OVINA ere ado 4 76 Range OVA a a a a a 4 78 FIOM CY ronan no E E 4 83 Creating a
202. dian Pro _ DER Shift Overtime General Level Count Level 1 r lets Ks 3 gi OOOESeOOseS8 T t f LoL Li lali ooo aaa aRaa pOoOooRERROnboraea Base L O ME ta El I MW LES HETI LI OOOO 8 In the Count table check the Paycodes in each column that you want to be combined to achieve each level s threshold For example if you checked REG and HOL in the Levelt column then the hours for REG and HOL Paycodes will be combined to reach Level1 s threshold value Note You can select all the Paycodes in a given column by clicking on the column heading You can also deselect any checked Paycodes in a column by clicking on the column heading Also you can select unselect all paycodes by clicking on the Check Uncheck All icon 9 Click on the button to save your settings To exit without saving click on the button Editing a Shift Overtime Template To edit a Shift Overtime template select a row from the list in the Table View and click on the on the button to save your settings button or double click on the desired row When you have finished your modifications click Deleting a Shift Overtime Template To delete a Shift Overtime template select a template from the list in the Shift Overtime window and click on the button Outside Shift Overtime Outside Shift overtime allows you to cr
203. dow Interval in or by looking at the amount of time taken for the break Hours To Work Length From 02 00 10 00 1st IN Punch mene Schedule Start p e Schedule Start X 1st IN Punch Click on the Add button to create a Break window and enter the following Hours To Work Lenath From 02 00 10 00 1st IN Punch TAi Schedule Start vw Schedule Start ist IN Punch e Hours to Work The starting point of the meal window The number of hours the employee must work after the From field setting before the meal window begins e Length Length of window in which the employee must punch to be awarded the meal e From Select the Schedule Start or 1st IN Punch To delete a break window select the desired row and click on the Delete button When you have finished click on the Next D button 22 The Meal Setup screen will appear If your employees are entitled to meals select Yes If No the Wizard will proceed to the Shift Setup Name and Description screen If Yes you must specify the number of meals allowed and the time allotted for each meal Click on the Next button Meal Setup How many meals is the employee entitled too Te What is the size of each meal 00 00 23 If employees are going to punch for the meal select Yes If No the Wizard will proceed to the Meal Setup screen If Yes you must select whether the meal will be based on an Interval or Window of time If Interval y
204. dule Web Assigned schedules are removed from days in the rotation pattern by selecting the desired day in the rotation pattern and clicking on the Ti button Editing an Advanced Schedule Web To edit a Schedule Rotation template select the desired Schedule Rotation template from the list and click on the r4 button When you have finished your modifications click on the button to save your settings Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Enabled Individual Schedule 14 13 This page intentionally left blank 14 14 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Enabled Individual Schedule Chapter 15 Web Enabled Employee Administration Employee Administration can be accessed from the Web by a supervisor two ways 1 selecting the Employee submenu within the Daily Activities menu or 2 when starting up Time Guardian Pro the software will display the Employees screen which lists all employees in the system The Employee creation screen consists of 8 tabs General Personal Contact Assignments Labor Level Certification Wages and Web Access Time Guardian Pro can easily accommodate employees with the same first or last name however the Employee Number must be unique since it is the primary sorting key Badge Numbers can be changed or reused should an employee lose the badge or become inactive Sorting Filtering Employees Web To sort filter employees 1 Select the Employee submenu from the Daily Activities menu The Employees list will appear
205. dule using the dropdown list or create a custom template schedule by using the New IS 5 Individual or New AS w45 Advanced Schedule links 3 Select the desired labor reference from the dropdown menu 4 Click on the left hand button to apply the Individual Template Schedule or the right hand button to apply the Advanced Template Schedule to the selected cells The schedule will appear in the cell as illustrated in the following example Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Enabled Individual Schedule 14 7 Mon 10 2 NewlS New AS Sun 07 00 AMS 4 To add an additional Individual Schedule to particular day 1 2 Select the desired cell in the Schedule grid that already has a schedule assigned to it Select the desired template schedule using the dropdown list or create a custom template schedule by using the New IS 5 Individual or New AS W4 Advanced Schedule links Select the desired labor reference from the dropdown menu Click on the left hand button to apply the Individual Template Schedule or the right hand button to apply the Advanced Template Schedule to the selected cells The schedule will appear in the cell as illustrated in the following example Click on the button The schedule will appear in the cell To create an Individual Schedule for a particular day 1 Click on the link from the desired employee and day on the Individual Scheduler grid screen The Individual Schedule screen for t
206. e Schedule Pattern Schedule Rotation Weekly zA E 74 v EE Home Labor Sun 11 18 Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat sun 07 00Mon 07 00 Tue 07 00 Wed 07 00 Thu 07 00 A Mon 04 00 Tue 04 00 Wed 04 00 Thu ie 04 00 SOREL Copy Cut and Paste Schedules can be assigned to other days in the rotation pattern by using the E a and Copy Cut and Paste buttons once there is at least one schedule assigned to a day in the rotation pattern To add an additional Schedule and Labor Reference to particular day a Select the desired day in the rotation b Select the desired schedule from the Schedule list c Select the desired labor category from the Labor Reference list d Click on the Add Schedules button When you have finished configuring the schedule click on the button to save your settings To exit without saving click on the J button See Schedule Rotation for additional information including removing an Assigned Schedule editing a Schedule Rotation template and deleting a Schedule Rotation template Labor Level Tab From the Employees screen click on the Labor Level tab and the following type of screen will appear YA Employees EXI gA wison karl 1008 E General Personal Contact Assignments Scheduling Labor Level Certification Wages Benefit Web Access Cost Center 55 e Department Default JOBCLASS Default LEVEL4
207. e Day of the Week Holiday s field The choices are Sunday through Saturday Default or Holiday Group The Default setting will be used for any day s or Holiday s not defined explicitly Enter the threshold limits and assign a Paycode to each level of overtime 11 Click on the Count tab and the following window will appear 4 60 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro Period Overtime General Settings Day of week Holiday s Default v pa Level Count Paycode Base Level 3 Level4 REG OT DT TT SCK VAC PER HOL JURY BRY NJ REG bobo Obobdobbdazaa Ooooooooooo ooooooooooo ooooocooooEs SALE 12 On the Count table check the Paycodes in each column that you want to be combined to achieve each level s threshold For example if you checked REG and HOL in the Level column then the hours for REG and HOL Paycodes will be combined to reach Level1 s threshold value Note The 4 buttons at the top right of the Level tab allow you to Select or De select all copy cut and paste the Overtime Paycodes into different days or holidays The buttons are as follows os 13 Click on the button to save your settings To exit without saving click on the button Editing a Period Overtime Template To edit a Period Overtime template select a template from the list and click on the button or double click on the desired tem
208. e tgpro Server 192 168 3 197 Create Account a Cancel yee 12 20 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Output 2 Enter in the Username and Password you wish to login as Click Save Password if you want to save the Password on the computer In the Server field enter the IP Address of the IM Server Click Save Restart the IM Client and login To Edit an IM Profile 1 Select IM Client amp from the Start Menu or your Desktop 2 Click on the T button in the lower left hand corner and select Profile Edit Account from the menu JBother EBR Lal Add Buddy Punch Get Hours Blank Message Join Group Chat Jabber Services P Profile Switch Profile Options t EditAccount Help H Editinformation Log On Quit Romine 3 The Profile Editor screen will appear Profile Editor Profile Editor Profile Name Time Guardian Escalation Server Set As Default r Account Options GnuPG Proxy Username vparikh Save Password y Password eeeese Resource itgpro Server 1192 168 3 197 Create Account Cancel NEE 4 Enter the changes to the Profile and click Save 5 Restart the IM Client and login 6 Change the Domain to the server s IP Address then click Continue Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Output 12 21 3 lve Messer Setup Microsoft interimit Exploits te dt Yew Favores ook Me
209. e Guardian Pro 4 87 7 If the eligibility requirement chosen requires hours enter the number of hours in the Hours field and select the desired From Date Hire Date or Selected For Selected use the Calendar icon to select the From Date 8 If the eligibility requirement chosen requires hours you also must specify the Paycode s for the hours worked In the Paycode Selection field The choices are Worked Hours Non Worked Hours All Hours or Selected Paycodes For Selected Paycodes click on the Browse L button and the Select Paycodes window will appear Select Pay Codes Available Selected NI REG a OT REG DT SCK addal PER pS Remove BONUS JURY Remove All l BRY Move Down To add a Paycode highlight the desired Paycode in the Available list and click on the Add button To select all Paycodes click on the Add All button To remove a Paycode highlight the desired Paycode in the Selected list and click on the Remove button To remove all the listed Paycodes click on the Remove All button When you have finished click on the button to save your settings 9 Click on the Schedule Eligibility tab Holiday Group General Seniority Eligibility Schedule Eligibility Holiday Selection Schedule Shifts Must work next and previous scheduled day y Minimum hours required on previous schedule day 04 00 10 gt Max Days Minimum hours
210. e Name field 5 Enter a description of the rule in the Description field 6 Click on the Settings tab gt Zone Award General Settings Source Move Paycode Type Value Paycode Filter Selected gt Assign Paycode Labor Level Filter All Labor Award Zone Codes 7 Enter the following information Source Select one of the following options 4 66 Move Paycode Use to filter out paycodes you do not want to use Work Hours Awards all work hours in addition Before Schedule Hours worked before scheduled Within Schedule Hours worked in schedule After Schedule Hours worked after schedule Schedule Use this to setup award for schedule Zone Use zone window to award hours Value Used to award hours or dollars Hour Multiplier Get all hours within zone X multiplier Change Rate Used to change rate of pay for both cost amp billable rates Change Billable Rate Change only billable rate Change Cost Rate Change only cost rate Set Zone Number Used to select zones Guaranteed Hours System gives you guaranteed amount across all schedules or single schedule Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro Type Select one of the following options when source is set to e Value and Hour Multiplier select either Hours or Dollars e Change Rate select Fix Value Add To or Percentage Base e Set Zone Number select either Set All or Set in Window e Schedule sele
211. e Patel Ramesh Schedule Posting Report Payperiod Current Next Y Print advance schedules Advance schedules override regular schedules Submit report Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday A Friday s a Saturday 1 18 2008 Thu 07 00 AM Fri 04 00 PM Regular 33 00 1 21 2008 1 22 2008 1 23 2008 1 24 2008 1 25 2008 Sun 07 00 AM Mon 04 00 PM Mon 07 00 AM Tue 04 00 PM Tue 07 00 AM Wed 04 00 PM Wed 07 00 AM Thu 04 00 PM Thu 07 00 AM Fri 04 00 PM Regular 33 00 Regular 33 00 Regular 33 00 Regular 33 00 Regular 33 00 1 28 2008 4 29 2008 1 30 2008 1 31 2008 Sun 07 00 AM Mon 04 00 PM Mon 07 00 AM Tue 04 00 PM Tue 07 00 AM Wed 04 00 PM Wed 07 00 AM Thu 04 00 PM Regular 33 00 Regular 33 00 Regular 33 00 Regular 33 00 To view schedule s 1 Select the Payperiod current or next to generate a schedule 2 Select whether to display advance schedules or not Advance schedules are used for time off vacation sick and etc 3 Select whether advance schedules should override regular schedules When this option is selected if an advance schedule exists for an employee on a given day it will only display the advance schedule If this option is not selected then both the advance schedule and the regular schedule will display for that day 4 Click on the Submit report button to generate the report and display it on the screen or click on the Cancel button to return to the Punches screen Logout Web
212. e Window Hours to Qualify lt gt Worked Hours 10 00 1 00 p 1 30p 5 30 p x x x x 3h 4h To qualify for the the zone window 9 00 to 6 00p the employee must be must punch out for the day at least 20 mins before the zone window end gt 20 mins before zone end including all paycodes and labor In the example the employee punched out for the day 30 mins before the zone window end and therefore qualifies for the zone The hours in the zone window 9 00 6 00p will be set to zone code 4 Fix Time 8 00 Schedule Zone Window 5 00 p Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Zone Window Examples 17 15 Zone Schedule Within Qualify Example 17 16 Type Condition Paycode Compare Value Labor Connector Zone Schedule Within gt 7 00 Qualified Zone 4 Not Qudified Zone 2 Fix Time 00 00 03 00 Schedule Start First IN Punch 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Fix Time Zone Window 6 00 7 00 p 9h 100p 430p 1 e Hours to Qualify lt gt Worked Hours To qualify for the the zone window 6 00 to 7 00p the employee must be scheduled for greater than 7 00 hour within the zone window including all paycodes and labor In the example the employee was scheduled for 9 0 hours within the zone window and therefore qualifies for the zone The hours in the zone window 6 00 7 00p will be set to zone code 4 Fix Time a Schedule A p Zone Window
213. e Window Examples Work Qualify Example 2 Type Condition Paycode Compare Connector work Selected See below Qualified Zone 4 Not Qualified Zone 2 Paycodes REG Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 1206p Fix Time 1 00p 1 30p To qualify for the the zone window 10 00 to 12 00 the employee must work greater than 3 00 hours in the day including REG paycode and the hours must be in All labor Worked Hours In the example the employee work 7 hours which 3 hours is in REG paycode and 4 hours is in OT1 paycode Since the employee only has 3 hours in the qualified paycode the employee does not qualify for the zone The hours in the zone window 10 00 12 00 will be set to zone code 2 See result below 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window I200p Fix Time 1 00p 1 30p OTT Zone 1 _ Zonet Schedule Work Before Qualify Example 1 Type Condition Paycode Compare Connector Schedule Work After All gt Qualified Zone 4 Not Qualified Zone 2 Fix Time 0 08 00 11 00 Schedule Start First IN Punch 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 10 00 12 00 p Fix Time i E 5h 5h 6 00 100p 130p 530p 600p 630p Hours to Qualify lt gt Worked Hours To qualify for the the zone window 10 00 to 12 00 the employee must work greater than 2 00 hours after the employee s schedule including all paycodes and labor In the example the employee work 1 hour after the schedule
214. e date for the rate increase and enter the percentage increase of the rate in the Increase field When you have finished click on the button to save your settings and return to the Combined Cost Rates window 11 Click on the button to save your settings The Combined Cost Rate will be added to the Main View Editing a Combined Cost Rate Template To edit a Combined Cost Rate Template select the desired template within the Combined Billable Rates module in the Tree View and click on the button or double click on the template row To save your changes click on the button Deleting a Combined Cost Rate Template To delete a Combined Cost Rate Template select the desired template within the Combined Billable Rates module in the Tree View and click on the El button Combined Billable Rates This module enables you to create Combined Billable Rates and is enabled when at least one item is assigned to the Billable Rate Order in the Combined tab of the Rate Setup window and at least one employee has been added in the Employees module The rate templates created here are assigned to employees in the Wage tab of the Employees module To create a Billable Cost Rate 1 Select Combined Billable Rates module within the Company group in the Tree View see the following figure 4 12 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro A Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA File Edit Help and Today E type ve am Setup Type U
215. e for the IM Profile required field Enter a brief description of the IM Profile in the Description field Check Active to enable the IM Profile The Send absent message if not in after option is used to send am IM notification to a supervisor if employees are absent or late beyond a specified time after their start time To enable this option place a check in the checkbox and enter the amount of time HH MM that will trigger the notification in the field provided Click on the Paycode Threshold tab This tab enables you to set an IM notification based on certain Paycode conditions f IM Profile eles Cost Center 55 __ _Department ___ _JOBCLASS LEVEL4 Employee General Paycode Threshold _ Exception Payclass Paycode condition value duration Add REG P A Al E 00 00 Daily Remove To add a condition click on the Add button and enter the following e Paycode Select All or individual paycodes e Condition Select lt lt gt Or gt e Value Enter a time threshold HH MM for the selected Paycodes e Duration Select Daily Weekly or Payperiod To remove a condition select a row and click on the Remove button Click on the Exception tab This tab enables you to receive an IM notification when the selected Exceptions are generated Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Output 12 15 IM Profile HER Cost Center 55 Department _ JOBCIASS LEVELS Employee General Paycode Threshold Exception P
216. e meal deducted Meal position to deduct From 04 00 from Start O End of Schedule Enter a name for the Meal Template in the name field Enter a description of the Meal Template in the Description field Select the Default Punch Position Start or End that the break or meal will be based on Select Flex as the Type and Sequence as the Flex Type a A A E Place a check in the Auto Meal check box if you wish to have an automatic break deduction Enter in the required number of hours to work before for the deduction is applied and select the Punch Position of the shift to deduct from Click on the Breaks tab Select the Break size based on Default Size or Shift Break Size Base size on Number of breaks For breaks based on default size enter the number of breaks and the default break size in the fields provided 4 42 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro For breaks based on Shift break size click on the button and the following Define Breaks window will appear Define Breaks Number of breaks based on shift length To Break 00 00 Break size based on shift lenath From To 00 00 To enter the Number of breaks based on shift length click on the Add button A row will appear Enter the From and To times of the shift and the number of breaks for that shift To enter the Break size based on shift length click on the Add button A row will appear Enter the Fro
217. e must Punch IN greater than 4 00 hours before the To qualify for the the zone window 3 00p to 5 00p the employee must Punch IN greater than 4 00 hours before the zone window start including All paycodes and the hours must be in All labor In the example the employee worked 7 hours The employee punched in at 10 00 which 5 hours before the start of the zone window Therefore since the employee punched in 5 hours before the zone window start the employee qualifies for the zone The hours in the zone window 3 00p 5 00p will be set to zone code 4 See result below First IN Punch S 10 00 Zone 1 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 300p 500 p 100p 130p iy 30 p x x x 3h 15h oot Sh e Zone 1 Zone 4 Zone 1 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Zone Window Examples 17 13 Zone Punch Before Qualify Example Type Condition Paycode Compare Value Labor Connector Zone Punch Before gt 50 Qualified Zone 4 Not Qudified Zone 2 Percentage Punch time Before zone window Total Hours E Fix Time 00 00 03 00 Schedule Start First IN Punch 5h 7h 71 4 First IN Punch 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 3 00p 5 00 p 5h 100p 430p Hours to Qualify lt gt Worked Hours To qualify for the the zone window 3 00p to 5 00p the employee must Punch IN greater than 50 of the hours before the zone window start including All paycodes and the hours must be in All labor In the examp
218. e of the Labor level tabs user defined e Highlight the desired labor category in the Available list and click on the Add button To select all for the report filter click on the Add All button e To remove a labor category filter element for the reports highlight the desired element in the Selected list and click on the Remove button To remove all selected filter elements click on the Remove All button 26 Click on any of the Labor Level tabs to further filter employees for reports The following is an example of the screen that will appear Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Configured Output 16 7 des Setup Daily Activities Output Preferences Welcome SYSDBA Employee Filter SRA LEVEL4 IO 2 zx a oe ver i Sort Number v iteri Filt Cl cena gt E Available Selected 0 Standard Rate for MFG NJ 1 1 Default Add All Remove y Remove All ay anes Labor categories can be sorted by Number or Name using the Sort field Labor categories can be filtered in both the Available and Selected lists by entering data into the Criteria field above each list Only labor categories matching the data entered will appear in both lists Highlight the desired labor category in the Available list and click on the Add button To select all for the report filter from the Available list click on the Add All button To remove a labor category filter element for the reports
219. e same paycodes In the award paycode the user will select the paycode where the hours will be award to NOTE All awarded hours will be done through the add hours table Source Schedule Paycode Filter Fix Time Worked Hours x Fix Time Hours to Award lt gt Worked Hours 10 00 00 00 05 00 Labor Value Award Paycode Home Labor PRMS 18 00 Fix Time 03 00 Schedule Start First IN Punch 02 00 Home Labor 1 3 4 5 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p 10 00 10 00 100p 1 30p Zone Window 5 30 p ai J Z NAS MA L Labor 1 3 4 5 gt 2 ori lt A Labor 1 2 4 5 7 O s AR After Award 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 10 00 6 00 p lt Gh 10 00 100p 1 30p 5 30 p wk Nae N REG J Labor 1 3 4 5 3 oT Z Z Z Labor 1 2 4 5 e as Add Hours Paycode Labor Hours PRMS 1 3 4 5 9 hours Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Zone Window Examples Schedule Award In Zone Example The schedule award will take the scheduled hours inside the zone window and award or duplicate the hours to other or the same paycodes In the award paycode the user will the add hours lable select the paycode where the hours or dollars will be award to NOTE All awarded hours will be done through a Source lype Paycode Filter Labor Value Award Paycade Schedule All Home Labor PRMS Home Labor 0 10 00 18 00 Fix Time 1 3 4 5 D 00 00 03 00 S
220. e schedule you just created will appear in the Template Schedule list Note Double clicking on any cell within the Individual Scheduler grid will launch the following 8 6 Individual Schedule screen 2 individual Schedule General Type Fixed Paycode REG Shift Son 2off 7am 4pm o Schedule Time Start Day 1 day before End Day Start Time 07 00 4M End Time 04 00 PM Labor Cost Center 55 3 CC3 LEVEL4 1 Default Department s Default O JOBCLASS 1 Default v Home Labor Reset Labor Reference This field represents the labor categories that will be used in the Individual Schedule You can select the labor categories from the dropdown list or click on the button from the Individual Scheduler screen to create a custom labor reference The following window will appear A Labor References Labor Level 1 3 CC3 3 1 1 1 1 1 ee 3 1 6 0 1 1 Labor Level 2 4 Department Lab 12 1 1 1 1 1 Labor Level 3 6 JOBCLASS Labor Labor Level 4 10 Standard Rate f Delete To add a labor category select the desired categories from any one of the Labor Level fields and click on the Add button To delete a labor category select the desired categories from any one of the Labor Level fields and click on the Delete button Click on the button to save your settings return to the Individual Scheduler window The schedule you just created will appear
221. e the end of the schedule and not inside the grace window Example Unit 15 minutes Point 7 minutes 4 28 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 52 minutes or greater yr non 62 A 7 minutes or greater will round to 15 45 15 37 minutes or greater will round to 45 30 R minutes or greater will round to 30 The example above shows how the rounding occurs for the punches This same rounding procedure is done for the rest of the rounding discussed in this section For example it shows that if a punch occurs between 0 and 6 minutes it will be rounded to 0 so that a 9 06 AM will be rounded to 9 00 AM It then shows that if a punch occurs between 7 and 15 minutes it will be rounded to 15 so that 9 07 AM will be rounded to 9 15 AM CRD Rounding Start Rounding Start Interval 1 Interval 2 Schedule Start 5 AM 08 00 AM 08 15 AM Late IN Early OUT Rounding End Rounding End Interval 1 Interval 2 Schedule End 03 30 PM 04 00 PM 04 30 PM Sry LU aa Sig yy Y ZA es Contr 13 Grace Window Grace Window All IN OUT If First IN Last OUT is selected in the General tab all punches that occur between the first IN and OUT punches will be rounded using the Units and Point set in this tab If First IN Last OUT is not selected this rounding will be used for all punches including the first IN and last OUT punches A Unit and Point must be assigned to both the IN and OUT punches Rou
222. e to the report highlight the desired Labor name in the Available list and click on the Add button To select all Labor names for the report from the Available list click on the Add All button To remove a Labor name from the report highlight the desired Labor name in the Selected list and click on the Remove button To remove all selected Labor names from the Selected list click on the Remove All button To move a selected Labor name up in order in the Selected list click on the Move Up button To move a selected Labor name down in order in the Selected list click on the Move Down button 24 Click on the Employee tab and the following is an example of the screen that will appear 16 6 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Configured Output Time Guardian FE Setup Daily Acimboz Gulpul Preferences Wilcomo EYSOPLA Reports en a a SS s SS ee ee General Date Range title sure exception Cost Center 48 Department Employees 1004 Abbas l n Employee Fitter pl 25 To filter employees for reports click on the Employee Filter button Employee Filtering on the Web side is only available when logged in as a system administrator The following is an example of the screen that will appear i a Time Guardian gt Setup Daly Activilars Gulput Proebrencos Wilma 512080 Filter Payclass Talich Fryti Remove oi e To filter employees for the reports by labor level categories select any on
223. e was scheduled for 11 1 of the hours before the zone window start and therefore qualifies for the zone The hours in the zone window 9 00 6 0p will be set to zone code 4 Fix Time 8 00 Schedule 00 p Zone Window 9 00 6 00 p 1 00 p 430p 5 30 p K gt K gt 4h 17 18 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Zone Window Examples Zone Schedule Start After Qualify Example Type Condition Paycode Compare Value Labor Connector Zone Schedule Start After gt 1 30 Qualified Zone 4 Not Qudified Zone 2 Fix Time 00 00 03 00 Schedule Start First IN Punch Fix Time 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 10 00 1 00 p 1 30 p 5 30 p Hours to Qualify gt gt 3h 4h lt gt Worked Hours To qualify for the the zone window 7 00 to 6 00p the employee must be scheduled to start greater than 1 30 hours after the zone window start including all paycodes and labor In the example the employee was scheduled 1 hour after the zone window start and therefore does not qualify for the zone The hours in the zone window 7 00 6 00p will be set to zone code 2 Fix Time 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 7 00 6 00 p 100p 430p gt lt Zone Schedule Start After Qualify Example Type Condition Paycode Compare Value Labor Connector Zone Schedule Start After gt 20 Qualified Zone 4 Not Qualified Zone 2 Percentage Schedule hours Zone
224. ear If your employees are entitled to breaks select Yes If No the wizard will proceed to the Meal Setup screen If Yes you must specify the number of breaks allowed and the time allotted for each break Click on the Next D button Break Setup How many breaks is the employee entitled too n What is the size of each break 00 00 21 If employees are going to punch for the break select Yes If No the wizard will proceed to the Meal Setup screen If Yes you must select whether the break will be based on an Interval or Window of time lf Interval you must specify the interval of time that the break will occur in For example a break may occur when an employee punches out between 0 and 20 minutes Break Setup Are employees going to punch for the break would you like the system to apply punches to this break by a window that the punches must fall in or by looking at C Window Interval the internal amount of time taken for the break From To Break 00 00 00 00 If Window was selected you must create break windows Punches that occur within the window of time set will be considered by the system as breaks You must have one window for each of the number of breaks the employee is entitled to 3 8 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Setup Wizard Break Setup Are employees going to punch for the Yes O No break Would you like the system to apply punches to this break by a window that the punches must fall Wi
225. eate a finite set of overtime rules for employees that work before or after their scheduled Shift or Schedule Up to 4 levels of Outside Shift Overtime can be used Each level can be assigned its own threshold limit Hours worked beyond the threshold will be moved to the specified OT paycode Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 51 To create an Outside Shift Overtime template 1 Click on the Outside Shift Overtime node in the Shifts module in the Tree View see figure amp Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA EJ File Edit Help Today it we Senp Description JA Company BlHoliday Workers NI MFG Holiday Tempory Workers HAA Users B4 Paycodes E Shifts ar P Rounding Templates E ES Exceptions MW Meal Templates E Shift Overtime b Outside Shift Overtime ee Daily Rules Payclass ia B esbadula 2 Click on the button and the Outside Shift Overtime window will appear Outside Shift Overtime Seles General Before Shift After Shift Mame Holiday Workers Description MJ MFG Holiday Tempory Workers Before Shift After Shift 3 Enter a name for the Outside Shift Overtime rule in the name field required field Enter a description of the Outside Shift Overtime rule in the Description field Select either Before Shift After Shift or both The Before and After tabs will be active only if they are checked Note lf you wish to duplicate t
226. eated Creating a Holiday 1 Click on the Holiday node within the Holiday Group in the Payclass module from the tree view see the following figure Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA Seles File Edit Help Se Today Name y i we Ad Setup Mame Description it i Company New Year s Day E Year s Day A tii Users Martin Luther King Birthday Martin Luther King Birthday F o u Paycodes Presidenta Day Washington Presidents Day Washington 7 oe Memorial Day Memorial Day F ay Shitts Independence Day Independence Day E El Daily Rules Columbus Day Columbus Day E El i Fayclass Labor Day Labor Day ge Veterans Day Weterans Day E d E Thanksgiving Day Thanksgiving Day ME au eee Svar Day After Thanksgiving Day Day After Thanksgiving Day i M Range Overtime li Ehristmas Davy l Christmas Day gt Holiday Group as Weekly Overtime AU Schedule 8 Locations 2 Click on the button and the Holiday window will appear Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 83 Holiday AA General Setting Mame Christmas Day Description Christmas Day Group Standard Paycode HOL Type Hours Hours 08 00 Enter a name for the Holiday in the Name field required field Enter a description of the Holiday in the Description field Using the dropdown list select the Holiday Group that this holiday belon
227. eated will never expire e Expires after This allows you to set a specific date for the password to expire After this date the user will be prompted to enter a new password e Cannot change password The users will not be able to change their password 8 Click on the Payclass tab This tab is used to set which Payclass the user has access to The employee list will only show the employees belonging to the selected payclass iS Users DERK General Password Payclass Cost Center 55 Department JOBCLASS LEYEL4 Employee Selected Amano Corporate Ha STD M3J 1st Shift Add Add All Remove Remove All ME le By default all Payclasses are selected and will appear in the Selected list Payclasses can be removed from the Group by selecting them in the Selected list and clicking on the Remove button All the Payclasses can be removed from the Selected list by clicking on the Remove All button 9 Click on any of the labor level tabs up to 6 user defined These tabs are used to set the labor categories within each labor level that the user has access to Note If a labor level is marked red it has expired see figure for example 39 Users sort Criteria ij Criteria Available Selected Remove All Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 21 10 By default all labor categories are selected and will appear in the Selected list Labor categories can be removed
228. ecard Administration 7 5 Ee Timecard 1002 Smith John El ES 1002 smith John w A 9 29 06 10 12 06 v D E E Punches Overrides Adjustments ate Day Schedule Cost Center 55 Department JOBCLASS LEVEL4 Zone Paycode Hours Comments Reason 229 2006 Thu 07 00 AM Fri 04 00 PM Zonel REG 05 00 2 30 2006 Zonel t1 2006 Sun Zonel J f Mon Sun 07 00 4M Mon 04 00 PM zonel REG 08 00 Tue Mon 07 00 AM Tue 04 00 PM Zonel REG 08 00 t4 2006 Wed Tue 07 00 AM Wed 04 00 PM Zonel REG 08 00 t6 2006 Fri Thu 07 00 AM Fri 04 00 PM Zonel REG 05 00 ES 2006 Thu ie 07 00 AM Thu 04 00 PM Zonel REG 08 00 _ par A PP s ll TA Daily Totals Period Totals Category Hours Dollars Cost Cost Total Billable Billable Total Category Hours Dollars Cost Cost Total Billable Billable E Total 12 00 315 1 189 1 A Total 39 00 100 00 1567 4 A Paycode Paycode REG 05 00 78 8 78 8 REG 77 00 1212 9 w OT 02 00 47 3 31 5 o el The Overrides Tab in the Timecard grid consists of the following columns that have to be displayed Zone Code assigned user defined for zone differentials Paycode user defined assigned to hours And the following additional user selectable columns that can be displayed Labor Level 2 user defined Labor Level 3 user defined Labor Level 4 user defined Labor Level 5 user defined Labor Level 6 user define
229. ed if a Cost and Billable are configured in the Rate Setup module for Standard Rate From the Employees screen click on the Wages tab and the following type of screen will appear E al Hoos Wilson Karl 1009 General Personal Contact Assignments Scheduling Labor Level Certification Wages Benefit Web Access ast rate Billable rate Use Rate Template 7 Use Rate Template Template Standard Rate Rate 15 8 Effective Date 18 7 2006 Nara e To assign a Cost or Billable Rate click on the Add button or check Use Rate Template e Touse a Rate Template check the box for Use Rate Template and the Cost and or Billable Rate section will appear like the following example 5 12 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Employee Administration Cost rate Template Standard Rate F Rate 15 8 Effective Date 8 7 2006 Select the desired Rate Template from the dropdown list in the Template field Enter the desired rate amount from in the Rate field Enter the effective date for the Rate Template to be used in the Effective Date field e To adda Rate not use a rate template do not check the box for Use Rate Template and the Cost and or Billable Rate section will appear like the following example Billable rate Use Rate Template Rates Click on the button and a row will appear in the Rates box In the Date field enter a date when the rate for the employee will be in effect Enter a rate
230. edule 1 Click on the Schedule module within the Setup group in the Tree View see the figure amp Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA File Edit Help E Today Name Setup Name i Company schedule 4 Users Ea Paycodes Ej Shifts Jp8 Daily Rules 1 Payclass Schedule H Template Schedules gl Auto Schedules Schedule Coverage 1 schedule Rotation New Schedule NJ Schedule AS Template Schedule Auto Schedule Mon Tu d Thu Fri Sat Sun EY ERAS E AN a e A NIB Enter a name for the schedule in the Name field To assign a template or auto schedule to a particular day highlight the desired template or auto schedule in the lists click on the button and check the desired day of the week The assigned Template or Auto Schedule will appear in the schedule list with a del under the chosen day To remove a Template or Auto Schedule from a particular day highlight the schedule in the Schedule list and click on the day you want the schedule unassigned The deh will be removed from that particular day in the Schedule list To remove a Template or Auto Schedule from the Schedule list highlight the desired schedule and click on the remove button 5 When you have finished configuring the schedule click on the button to save your settings To exit without saving click on the button 4 102 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro Note Time Guardian Pro c
231. edule 5 00 p Zone Window 9 00 11 00 Zone Window 11 00 2 00 p Zone Window 2 00p 6 00 p 10 00 1 00p 130p 5 30 p lt gt Worked Hours NOTE If more than 2 zone windows yield the percentage the one with the higher zone code will be applied The percentage is taking out to 2 decimal places First In Example The First In will appliy the Highest zone code an employee received from the zone window where the first In punch occurs in to all the hours in the day aross all zone windows First Punch In 9to 11 Zone Window First In Punch occured 11 to 14 Zone Window 14 to 18 Zone Window Fix Time 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 9 00 11 00 Zone Window 11 00 200 p Zone Window 2 00p 6 00 p 10 00 1 00 p 1 30 p 5 30 p x 35h lt Worked Hours 17 34 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Zone Window Examples Last Out Example hours in the day across all zone windows The Last Out will apply the Highest Zone Code an employee received from the zone window where the Last Out punch occurs in to all the Last Punch Out 9 to 11Zone Window 11 to 14 Zone Window 14 to 18 Zone Window Last Ou tPunch occured Fix Time em Zone Window 9 00 11 00 Schedule Zone Window 11 00 2 00 p 5 00 p Zone Window lt Worked Hours 2 00p 6 00 p lt ne gt gt 10 00 1 00 p 1 30 p 5 30 p x x Xx x
232. edule Eligibility tabs 4 Click on the Seniority Eligibility tab Holiday Group General Seniority Eligibility Schedule Eligibility Holiday Selection Seniority Meet Seniority Date Eligibility or Hours Requirement vs Employee is eligible after 90 days from Selected Date 12 3 2007 Employee must accumulate e DA In the Seniority field select the requirement from the dropdown list for the employee to be awarded Holiday hours e None No requirement e Meet Seniority Date Eligibility The employee must work the required amount of days from the date set Hire or Selected Date to be awarded holiday hours e Meet Hours Requirement The employee must work a required amount of hours from the date set Hire or selected date to be awarded holiday hours e Meet Seniority Date Eligibility and Hours Requirement The employee must work the required amount of days and hours from the date set Hire or selected date to be awarded holiday hours e Meet Seniority Date Eligibility or Hours Requirement The employee must work the required amount of days or hours which ever comes first from the date set Hire or selected date to be awarded holiday hours If the eligibility requirement chosen requires a date enter the number of days in the Days field and select the desired From Date Hire Date or Selected For Selected use the Calendar icon to select the From Date Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Tim
233. efault Default Default REG 10 6 2006 Fri Thu 07 00 AM Fri 04 CC3 Default Default Default REG 10 6 2006 Fri Thu 07 00 AM Fri 04 C CC3 Default Default Default Zo OT 10 7 2006 Sat 10 8 2006 Sun ll is i 10 9 2006 Mon Sun07 00 AM Mon 04 cca Default Default Default Zonet 10 10 2006 Tue Mon 07 00 AM Tue 04 CC3 Default Default Default REG 10 1 1 2006 Wed Tue 07 00 AM Wed 04 CC3 Default Default Default 10 12 2006 Thu Wed 07 00 AM Thu 04 CC3 Default Default Default Totals EEE ml RII Hours Dollars Cost Total E de To view the desired employee Override information select a payperiod from dropdown list and the screen will be refreshed to display the selected payperiod Note Click on the Benefit balances button to show the Benefit balances for the employee The Overrides Tab for the Web Timecard grid consists of the following columns that have to be displayed Labor Level a user ins Zone Code aay user a for zone differentials Paycode user defined assigned to hours Comments Reason Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Configured Output 16 15 Adjustments Tab Web The Adjustments tab is used to make adjustments to Labor Levels Zones Paycodes Hours and Dollars A Comments Reasons column is provided for making notes The Adjustments Tab for the Web Timecard grid consists of the following columns that have to be displayed Date that punches schedule
234. ement and click on the Next button Please read the following License Agreement You must accept the terms of this agreement before continuing with the installation Please see README html for full licensing terms for Jive Me GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 June 1991 Copyright iC 1989 1991 Free Software Foundation Inc 59 Temple Place Suite 330 Boston mv d C Taccept the agreement Ido not accept the agreement 20 The Select Destination Directory screen will appear The default installation folder will be displayed If you would like to install Jive Messenger in another folder scroll down the directory list and click on the desired folder After you have made your selection click on the Next button Setup Jive Messenger 2 2 1 oj xj ae y P A Select Destination Directory i lt Where should Jive Messenger be installed L Common Files l ComPlus Applications IL Corel J Corrective Action Index J Dell Eirabird se Local Disk C w The program requires at least 76 72 MB of disk space lt Back Next gt Cancel 2 8 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Installation 21 The Select Start Menu Folder screen will appear The default Start Menu folder will be displayed If you would like to use another folder scroll down the directory list and click on the desired folder After you have made your selection click on the Next button Setup Jive Messenger 2 2 1 iol x
235. emoloveeceniicaion at the selected locations pioy 65 Show schedule timeline Filter employee records Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Introduction 1 5 Bunon Description Buton Description Run Schedule Coverage report in the Schedule Define breaks in the Meal module or view assigned Template option of the Schedule holiday calendar in the module Payclass module Allows the user to access the selection window in the Payperiods module to set lock and close payperiods properties Note Close Payperiods must be selected in the Company module for this to be active Allows the user to access the selection window to choose the payperiod for Recalculation Selects or de selects Check and Uncheck all Paycodes in the Weekly and Consecutive windows in the Payclass module and the various Overtime modules Perform Save Save As Allows you to copy the properties of one record into another by saving under a Copy report to another using the record under a different name Run the selected Import Profile Select date B Exception list filter preferences Rounding Demo o E ames Edit labor names i is je Highlighted Fields Yellow Indicates that the field is required data must be entered Red Indicates an error or data not entered for a required field 1 6 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Introduction Chapter 2 Installation Time Guardian Pro Installation Installation of T
236. emplate under Cost rate or Billable rate Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Enabled Employee Administration 15 13 To Use Rate Template Use Rate Template Template STANDARDO WAG Fate 10 00536 Effective Date 01 01 2005 Select the desired Cost and or Billable Rate Template from the dropdown list in the Template field To Add Cost and Billable Rates A row will appear in the Rates box In the Date field enter a date when the rate for the employee will be in effect Enter a rate for the employee in the Rate field In the Operation field select Rate Add to Percentage Rate is the employee s actual rate Add to will add to the existing rate as defined in Rate Setup Percentage will increase the existing rate for the employee by the percentage as defined in Rate Setup Cost rate Billable rate O Use Rate Template O use Rate Template Rates Rates Date Rate Operation Date Rate Operation 05 03 2006 10 00 AddTo w 05 03 2006 15 00 AddTo 05 03 2006 20 00 Percentage v 05 03 2006 32 00 Rate y 05 03 2006 25 00 Rate v 05 03 2006 23 00 Percentage v To delete a rate and rate operation select the desired row and click on the Ti button Employees Benefit Tab Fields Web This tab allows you to adjust Benefit time for an employee It also allows you to view Benefit balances This tab will only be visible if the Tracking Type on the Com
237. end e Punch Type For Fixed Time and Schedule Start this field is set to Actual Time For First IN Punch select either Actual or Rounded Time e Qualification Click on the L o button to set the Qualification and the Zone Qualifications window will appear amp Zone Qualifications Qualification Process Type Process Number Not Qualified Zone Code Zone Award Remove Stop MNext nth gt a Select a Qualification from the Qualification list and click on the Add button The choices are Work Hour Before Schedule Within Schedule After Schedule Schedule and Zone A row will appear in the Qualification Rule box b Enter the following Process Type Select either Stop or Next nth Stop will process the qualification rule if the qualification is met and Stop disregarding any subsequent rules Next nth will process the qualification rule if the qualification is met and move to the Next or nth Qualification Rule Process Number Required when Next nth is set as the Process Type It designates which Qualification Rule will be processed when the qualification is met in the current rule If the qualification is met then the Next or nth number rule is processed in relation to the current rule s position and not order of appearance Not Qualified Zone Code Select the Zone Code from the list that will be applied to the qualification Zone Award Click on the Zone Award button and the follow
238. eports Oe _ EAR Employees peg i gt gt General Date Range Title Page Footer Sort Exception Title NJ MFG Bldg Exceptions Report Footer Text Amano Inc Confidential O Showrtitle on every page 19 In the Title field enter the title that you want to appear on the report If no title is entered the report name type will appear as the title of the report Check the box if you want to show the title on the top of every page 20 In the Footer Text field enter the text that you want to appear on the footer of the report 21 Click on the Sort tab See the following illustration for an example 2 Reports i rimeni LE Employees General Date Range Title Page Footer Sort Exception Sort Option Available Page Break Totals The Available column lists the sorting criteria reports They are Paycode Employee Number Employee Badge Number Employee Payroll Number Employee First and Last Name all Labor Levels used and all Labor Level Numbers The Labor Levels and Employee Numbers are selected by using the dropdown list in each of the corresponding sort fields Click on the up La or down Ly arrows to move an item up or down in the sort Available column to change the sorting priority Note Sorting options may vary depending upon the report selected Placing a check in the Page Break column will place a page break after each of the sorting criteria selected Placing a check in the To
239. er e Tue 06 00 AU Wed 0400 nu Fri 54 00 PU Mer 0400 MU Y OFF 0700 010 REG 3300 REG 3300 ovis twas O mia was O mo awi O wen wees C nwi umi 0 one rr ds O meee ewes eee meras O weent ewan mwt sew as tweet twat C i reas O tine i eet C i ea O il rd O td a O terii Wee as E beii leas O ew th ed C treet Mer Wed 07 00 AM A RECON Y Tu 0400 PU E1 Zone a ALG 3300 OT 6h lS 1 Zone meri mesa O ewn mess E n rr C 2 Click on the button to highlight the cells selected nt PRO Setup Daily Activities Output Preferences Welcome SYSDBA Individual Scheduler EEN 74 runa v Home A E 5 NJ Corporate Vacation Defined1 J Employee Bade Y ot Sun 12 30 O Mon 12 31 O Tue 1 1 O wed 1 20 Thu1 30 Fri1 4O Sat1 5 0 1009 O newis nenas C news nowas C Mawis Nawal Newis News C nawis newas CO nawis newas C newis Nowas CI 123450 Mi Wion Karl 1008 Ol newis wowas O 1123451 Parikh Vijay i oth 1007 O newis nenas O 1123455 Patel Ramesh y PTA A i y SSN A os a 1002 O newis mewas CI Newis mewas C Mewes thewA newis Newas C Newis newas C Newis Newas C newis newas CI 123457 i Smith John 1003 O newis nowas C wis NewAS Y N wis Nawas O newis new as a nawis mewas C nawis mewas CI 123458 Lee Howard Additional cells can be added to the current selection by checking additional cells and or column headers Again click on the button t
240. er of the rules select the desired rule in the list and click on the Move Up or Move Down buttons To remove a Zone Differential Rule select the desired rule from the list and click on the Remove button 11 In the Set Zone code for all Windows field choose one of the following None Highest Zone Code Majority Hours First In Punch and Last Out Punch 12 Click on the button to save your settings 4 70 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro Creating a Daily Rule To create a Daily Rule 1 Click on the Daily Rules module within the Setup group in the Tree View amp Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA File Edit Help El Today Name v Setup Name Description ih Company 7am 4PM Shift Corporate Hq Shift HAA Users N Paycodes E Sy Shifts ce Daily Rules re Payclass T i bah Schedule H P Locations P4 Daily Activities 2 69 output NJ Daily Rule NJ Daily Rule is section is where you create daily rules for rounding and overtime Daily Rules General Rounding Break Meal Name Daily rule Description Daily rule Daily Overtime Overtime after 8hrs M F Period Overtime None zone Differential None Mone zone Bifferential MI Enter a name for the Daily Rule in the Name field Enter a description of the Daily Rule in the Description field Assign a Daily Overtime template to this rule using the Daily Overtime field Assign a Period Overtime templa
241. es a Rate Setup template must be configured for each individual employee To define the criteria for Rate Setup templates 1 Select the Rate Setup module within the Company group in the Tree View A Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA MER File Edit Help za Today i x E A Setup fh Company Combined Wage Cost rate 2i Combined Wage Billable rate Option Type Employee Cost Center 55 Department JOBCLASS 1 o o oj rte Satu Standard Wage Billable rate o 1 ar Standard Wage Cost rate ol A 4 Combined Cost Rates 0 Combined Billable Rate SA Users Gul Paycodes 4S Shifts fia Daily Rules a f Pay Class it Schedule H Locations 8 Daily Activities 4 59 Output 2 The top line can be used as a filter to select the desired row Also clicking on any column heading in the list will sort the list in ascending descending order based upon the column that was clicked on Select a row and click on the button to edit a Rate Setup 3 In the General tab select the number of decimal places 0 thru 5 that will be used for the rates Rate Setup General Standard Combined Decimal places For rate i EN 4 Click on the Standard tab Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 7 Rate Setup f General Standard Combined Type Cost Rate Order Available Selected Employee Department JOBCLASS Add All Remove
242. ess Profile 1 Click on the Auto Process node within the Output module in the Tree View see the following figure Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA File Edit Help S Today Sname 4 Setup T A 8 tL Daily Activities E 69 Output i 3 Reports g Payrolls J IM Profile e Import AO a ju e Export Auto Process General Settings Recurrence Name Hours Summary Description Hour Summary FYO6 NJ HQ Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Output 12 27 In the Name field enter a name for the Auto Process profile Enter a brief description of the Auto Process profile in the Description field Click on the Settings tab The following is an example of the Settings tab window that will appear Auto Process General Settings Recurrence Process Type Report Communications Import O Export Synchronize Access Control Report Name Hours Summary Y Printer Y ACIHQ RICOH 2045e OPERATIONS Keep file Output Path yy al 6 For Process Type choose either Report Communications Import Export or Synchronize Access Control Note The Auto Process for Report Import and Export which runs as a service will run the selected Report Import and Export profiles with a frequency based upon the Recurrence settings The Auto Process for Communications will either Poll Set Time or Download the selected terminals based upon the Recurrence settings While the Auto Proces
243. ethods Existing Template Schedule and Labor Reference To add a template or auto schedule and labor category to a particular day Select the desired day in the Pattern box with the check box Select desired Template Schedule from the Template Schedules dropdown list c Select desired Labor Level subcategory from the Labor References dropdown list or click on the button and the following Labor References window will appear a PRO Setup Daily Activities Output Preferences ccs cc3 cc3 c2 i WON WI WIN IW NN WwW 13 8 CostCenter ss cc3 gef Gz Er cc3 Cost Center SS 3 Department 1 JOBCLASS 1 LEVEL4 1 LEVEL5 LEVEL6 Department pa 1 Defa sult EE Defa ault 1 Defa sult Department L Labor r Category 4 4 Department Labor r Category 4 Department L Labor r Category al Department L Labor r Category ale t la Department Labor r Category 4 E _ 4 Department Labor Category 4 cc3 4 Department Labor Category 4 Welcome SYSDBA Labor References CC3 Default I Default Default JOB LEVEL4 LEVEL5 LEVEL6 E Default i Default E IEE Default 1 Default z je JOBCLASS Labor Category slo Standard Rate for MFG NJ 1 Defa ault 1 Default i Default _ 1 Default ER 1 Default a Default 6 JOBCLASS Labor Category elo Standar d Rate for MFG na X Defa sult
244. evel settings e lf desired enter text in the Comments reason field 7 Click on the Next gt button and the following is an example of the Exceptions Global Edit window that will appear 7 20 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Timecard Administration amp Global Edit Exceptions Available Selected UNSCH Not Scheduled A LO Late Out EIG Early In Grace Add MP Missing Punch EOG Early Out Grace ABS absence LIG Late In Grace Add All LB Long Break LOG Late Out Grace SB Short Break SCB Short Coffee Break Remove EOB Early Out Break SM Short Meal A Early Im Mes ry 1 ea LCB Long Coffee Break Remove All LIM Late In Meal er LOB Late Out Break LOM Late Gut Maal Move Up Move Down gt Ae e To add an exception highlight the desired exception in the Available list and click on the button Note Meal Penalty MPNT is now an exception e To add all exceptions from the Available list click on the button e To remove an exception highlight the desired exception in the Selected list and click on the button R oll e To remove all selected exceptions click on the button e Click on the Move Up or Move Down buttons to move an exception up or down in the Selected column to change the priority Note To move backwards at any time click on the Previous KI button 8 Click on the Next gt button and the following is an example of the Date Range Global Edit window that will appear amp Gl
245. ext button Close Pay Periods Preference If you would prefer that users cannot alter the punches and hours in a pay period once it has been submitted to payroll then choosing yes will cause the user submitting payroll to be prompted to close the pay period submitted upon completion Choosing no will leave all pay periods open and editable This setting affects all pay classes defined in the system 8 The Other Settings screen will appear Select the type of viewing format and time format standard or military you wish to use in the Timecard Other Settings Please choose the appropriate selection for viewing hours in the time card Hours Minutes O Hours Hundred Please choose the appropriate selection for viewing time in the time card Standard Military 9 The Labor Levels screen will appear Up to 6 main categories of Labor can be created with the default being only one To add more than one main Labor Level category select the number you wish to use The Labor Level fields will be disabled or enabled depending on the number chosen Each main category may contain an unlimited amount of entries Enter a name for each Labor Level in the fields provided Click on the Next button Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Setup Wizard 3 3 Labor Levels Please choose how many labor levels you would like to track and assign each level a name C One cost Center SS C Two Department Three JJOBCLASS Four Sub Job Cla
246. f the break meal automatically deducted from the employee How many hours must employee work before 00 00 deduction occurs The automatic deduction should occur at 00 00 from the start of schedule 3 10 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Setup Wizard 25 Enter a name and description for the Shift you just created in the fields provided and click on the Next button Shift Setup Please enter name and description for this template Name Description 26 If you would like to create another Shift select Yes otherwise the Shift Setup is complete If you are adding another Shift the wizard will repeat the previous screens Steps 10 through 23 for the next Shift otherwise the wizard will proceed to the Daily Rules Setup Click on Shift Setup Would you like to create another Shift ves no 27 The Daily Rules Setup screen will appear If you wish to award employees daily overtime select Yes If No daily overtime will not be awarded and the wizard will proceed to the Payclass Setup Step 29 If you answered Yes you must enter the threshold of hours the employee must work to be awarded overtime and select the Paycode that the overtime hours will be awarded to You must configure at least one level of overtime When you the Next button finished click on the Next D button Daily Rules Setup When an employee reaches a certain amount of hours the paycode for hours after that amount is changed Do employees rece
247. fault Folder Choose T XA Y Li Mc KA F e e Ea M E vi A b gt le aa MERO Malta ala eterna sip wiaeroviziari Cancel Previous i 14 The Escalation Server and Auto Process screen will appear The Escalation Server is used to send information employee hours exceptions etc from the Time Guardian Pro database to the IM Messenger and the Auto Process module runs the selected processes at predetermined times and dates Select Yes if you want the Escalation Server used for instant messaging and the Auto Process module installed as a service running in the background on the installation computer all the time If No is selected shortcuts for the Escalation Server and Auto Process module will be placed on the desktop of the installation computer and these programs will be run when needed by Time Guardian Pro Once you have made your selection click on the Install button 3 Time Guardian Pro Would you like to install the Escalation Server and Auto Process as a service a gt FESESESESESESESESESES ES aa etal iG ae etal earl ere niles sip wizierovisiors Cancel Previous install 15 Installing TG Pro screen will appear The status bar on the bottom of the screen will display the status of the installation 2 6 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Installation 2 Time Guardian Pro Time Guardian BRRARRRRRRARAR Misal lata Installing Java Runtime Environment scan af veerayvizi
248. fication when the selected Labor Levels are used 12 16 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Output IM Profile ER General Paycode Threshold Payclass Exception LL Cost Center 55 Department JOBCLASS LEVEL4 Employee Sort Labor Number 3 Criteria na Criteria Available Selected i Default 0 Standard Rate For MFG NI Add All Remove Remove All Labor categories can be sorted by Labor Number or Name using the Sort field Labor categories can be filtered in both the Available and Selected lists by entering data into the Criteria field above each list Only Labor categories matching the data entered will appear in both lists e To select a labor category highlight the desired labor category in the Available list and click on the Add button e To select all labor categories from the Available list click on the Add All button e To remove a labor category from the Selected list highlight the desired labor category in the Selected list and click on the Remove button e To remove all selected labor categories click on the Remove All button 11 Repeat the above step for all applicable Labor Level tabs 12 Click on the Employee tab This tab enables you to receive an IM notification for the selected Employees F IM Profile PER General Pay Code Threshold Exception Pay Class LEVEL1 LEvEL2 Employee sort Number Criteria i Criteria Available Selected 1003 Lee Howard 1002 Sm
249. file highlight the desired Labor Level in the Available list and click on the Add button e To add all Labor Levels to the report click on the Add All button e The Labor Levels in the payroll file will be separated in the order that they appear in the Selected list To change the order of the Labor Levels in the Selected list select the desired Labor Level and click on the Move Up and Move Down button e o remove a Labor Level from the payroll file highlight the desired Labor Level in the Selected list and click on the Remove button To remove all selected Labor Levels click on the Remove All button 13 Click on the Payclass tab The following is an example of the Payclass tab window a4 Payrolls mal Ed General Date Range Breaks Payclass Cost Center 55 Department JOBCLASS LEVELS Employee Available Selected a eH i i eA ma Armano Corporate Hg Payclass CI o Add Al Remove Remove All _ 2 e To adda Payclass to the payroll file highlight the desired Payclass in the Available list and click on the Add button e To add all Payclasses to the report click on the Add All button e o remove a Payclass from the payroll file highlight the desired Payclass in the Selected list and click on the Remove button e o remove all selected Payclasses click on the Remove All button 14 Click on any of the Labor Level tabs The following is an example of a L
250. following is an overview of the screens menus and buttons used throughout the system TITLE BAR EMS Guardian Pro File Edit Help Setup 5 19 Daily Activities EET output System TABLE VIEW TREE VIEW Schedule Shift Setup T Payclass Daily Rules The above screenshot displays the default Table View of Time Guardian Pro and identifies its various sections The item windows contained in the main screen can be resized by dragging the double arrow pointer to the right or left up or down depending on the section with which you are working Title Bar Located across the top of your screen the Title Bar contains the software name username and the screen buttons that will allow you to minimize resize or close the software Menu Bar The Menu Bar contains three 3 drop down menus File Edit and Help each with submenus to provide additional options that will assist you in the administration and use of Time Guardian Pro File Menu 4 Time Guardian Pro SY a Edit Help Synchronize Access Control The features of the File Menu are e Log Off Log off current user e Synchronize Access Synchronize Time Guardian Pro with Amano s Nexus220 or AmanoNet Access Control software and devices only visible if configured to interact with Amano access control devices software e Exit Exit the application 1 2 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Introduction Edit Menu Edit Help Change Password
251. for absence Or Schedule total of hours for each schedule s with all punches ignored An employee can not punch for a schedule and hours will be paid for only scheduled days A schedule is a day that has an Individual Schedule or Template Schedule defined for it e Comment The place to enter specific comments about an employee o e Load Image Click on the Load Image E icon to load an employee s image into the screen and database The following Open dialog type screen will appear gt File name Open Files of type jneg jog gif tiff tif png Cancel Valid image formats are JPEG JPG GIF TIFF TIF and PNG The employee image will be saved into the Time Guardian Pro database and displayed on the General tab screen as illustrated Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Employee Administration 5 3 A Employees E ll 2 apg 1113 James Wiliam O O Y Number Badge Payroll Last Name Middle Name First Name Hire Date Inactive Supervisor Authority Level Management O O R mo 1123468 08753 James W William sizes E Inactive Date Reject Threshold Default z zi Comment W New software development manager General Personal Contact Assignments Schedule Labor Level Certification Wages Benefit Web Access AmanoNet Type Hourly O Salary Pay Type Hours Management Type Access Control y ccess Control
252. for the employee in the Rate field In the Operation field select Rate Add to or Percentage Rate is the employee s actual rate Add to will add to the existing rate as defined in Rate Setup Percentage will increase the existing rate for the employee by the percentage as defined in Rate Setup Rates can be increased using the Operation field or by clicking on the Percent Increase button and the following window will appear xo x 10 6 2005 l 112 t l Click on the button to enter an effective date for the increase and enter the percentage you wish to increase the rate Click on the button when finished To delete a rate or rate operation select the desired row and click on the button Note Creating Cost and Billable rates can also be done with Global Assign from the main employee list see Global Assign Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Employee Administration 5 13 Benefit Tab This tab allows you to adjust Benefit time for an employee lt also allows you to view Benefit balances This tab will only be visible if the Tracking Type on the Company module is select as Deaccrual or Import Balances If None was selected in this field no Benefit tab will appear on the Employees screen Note l Import Balances has been selected from Setup gt Company gt Settings for Benefit Tracking Type then the Add and Delete buttons to Adjust Benefit Time will be grayed out because can not adjust benefit time When you
253. from the Group by selecting them in the Selected list and clicking on the Remove button All the labor categories can be removed from the Selected list by clicking on the Remove All button Labor categories can be simultaneously filtered in both the Available and Selected lists in ascending order by using the Sort field dropdown list The choices in this list are labor number or name Additionally labor categories can be filtered in the Available or Selected lists by entering additional case sensitive characters in dedicated Criteria fields see above illustration The Criteria field located above the Available list filters only that list while the Criteria field above the Selected list filters that list Each list is filtered independently in ascending order Note By unselecting labor categories it can reduce the Employees that the user can have access to 11 Click on the Employee tab This tab is used to set user access to employee records Ea Users o EOK Il General Password Pay Class LEVEL LEWEL2 Employee Select sort criteria Sort Mumber A from the dropdown Criteria ist to filter all Criteria ho 5 ewes Enter info in this field es to filter the Selected Available Selected list 1002 Smith John Add MA Hoar Enter info in the criteria 1006 Romwell Manuel field to filter the Available list Remove Remove All LU
254. g Recalculate Module uni ia 10 1 Chapter Ti Pay GMOS orpecon o ias 11 1 Usmo Paypnernods MOS a oa el ATA 11 1 Dal WSECrOl PAVOCNIOGS sta oi a e iaa 11 2 Ghnapter 12 QUito a 12 1 A Ue E On ER 12 1 Creatin a REPO RPrIO MS dae Do 12 2 Eding a Repo Prol spa ia 12 9 SUMAN RS EDO Mii ias eiii 12 9 TN 12 9 Grealing a Payroll Proe si arta 12 9 Generating the Payroll File sssaaa r A 12 14 IVE PTOI GS ara A 12 14 Aca Pe ane tenon ene eee ee anne ene ereeee erent eects 12 14 GOntgurina The IM SERV CM oracion inca operan 12 18 Contouring thie IMC iD citas 12 20 A oe eeaanet aaGet a e 12 22 Grealing a IMPOr Prosa ui 12 22 EXPO urticaria 12 26 Creating an EXOOM PLOMO nerds rte 12 26 AUTO E OG SS Said oa 12 27 Creating an Auto Process Profile ccruite aaa aa ea E EAn EKES 12 27 Chapter 13 Time Guardian Pro Web Interface cccoonnnccconnccccconncococcnnnanoncnnannnrnnananernnaaannnnas 13 1 E a et ade aattaw wt atae aah igade awd eee haneheeria 13 1 Supervisor Web ACCESS ui tito dea 13 2 SCHNEE WS isis 13 2 iV Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Table of Contents Table of Contents Template Schedules Weber 13 2 Ve AS A AN 13 4 Creatina A sonequle WED erines a 13 5 SCHECUIE Rotation WED aia cia 13 6 TMS CAN Grd WD ateos ate 13 10 Punches Tab WED eri siii 13 10 Adjustments Tab WOD sii A ica 13 12 OVeriides Tab WED hair aan 13 14 Employee Timecard Navigation Web oocccoocncoccnnccccnccncnconanoncnonocanononnnconnnnonann
255. g the template schedule click on the button to save your settings 7 Click on the button to exit without saving your settings and return to the main Auto Schedule screen Creating A Schedule Web When creating a schedule the user defines schedules that are made up of template schedules and auto schedules Together these schedules form the weekly work pattern that can be applied to an employee The screen below shows an example of the template schedule and auto schedule assignments into a schedule To create a Schedule 1 Click on the Schedules menu selection from the Setup menu see figure ww oe a Schedules Time Guardian gt Setup Daily Activities Output Preferences Welcome SYSDBA H Template Schedules pl Auto Schedules Schedules Ei Schedules E YD Schedule Rotation Name ischedule BA Reset Password Standard athadh New Schedule EEA a Schedule Microsoft Interne Emplores Fla Fe Wee Favret Task Hep k h 1 O o 4 2 e Jp mih LE Faerie e G y Ej hoe 11192 168 lA Taigi medula Feces EA Time Guardian WO Selup Daly Actuites Culpul Preferences Welcome STOLA d Schedule mam Template Schedules Samdard 560 w Add Auto Schedules Schaal Bus Schedule ido Aastgnmends Name Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Apply Cancel AMANO Amai Carinnarr ine 1140 ilime dew Rineeland M O70 240 00 Gee pupyrahi 2005 Amano Cincinsal me
256. ger application click on the Quit button Time Guardian Pro V3 7 Installation 2 9 F Jive Messenger Jive Messenger 2 1 Now 1 005 4 06 29 PH Admin console listening at http s 127 0 0 1 90 0 https f127 0 0 1 2091 Stark Stop Launch Ao mia 24 The Time Guardian Pro installation utility will now check for the presence of the sentinel security key a USB device Do not install it on your PC until you are prompted to do so after step 26 and click OK W Time Guardian Pro 3 Please remove security key from the computer Click OK when finished RRERRRRRRRRAR Yv v Instalar oy leeroyisiar Gancel Previous 4 Time Guardian Pro E E Time Guardian Pro ES h Executing security key driver installer 9 Configured for your oment PWARARARAAAA ESE SEE ESSE A v Instalar oy tleeroyisior Previous 2 10 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Installation ca CA WINDOWS Installer MSI17 tmp Sentinel Protection Server 7 1 0 Local Server Support Utility Copyright lt C gt 2005 SafeNet Inc Configuring the firewall settings for Sentinel Protection Server Supported on Windows XP lt SP2 gt systems Adding the Sentinel Protection Server entry into the firewall on WinkP SP2 syst ems in disable mode 26 When the installation of Time Guardian Pro is complete the following screen will appear 43 Time Guardian Pro 101 x Congratulations Time Guardian Pro has been successfully instal
257. ght the desired Labor Level in the Selected list and click on the Remove button e To remove all selected Labor Levels click on the Remove All button 11 Click on the Employee tab 4 106 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro EN Schedule Coverage EOR General Payclass Cost Center 55 Department JOBCLASS LEVEL4 Employee Sort Badge Criteria beets Badge i ila Payrall Selected 12364 Beltran Carlos 123450 Wilson Karl 123451 Parikh Vijay 123455 Patel Ramesh Add All 123456 Ryan Robert 1123457 Smith John 123459 Abbate Jon 123462 Romwell Manuel 123468 James William Remove All 123469 Paxton Jeffrey e To add an employee to the report highlight the desired employee in the Available list and click on the Add button e To select all employees to the report click on the Add All button e o remove an employee from the report highlight the desired employee in the Selected list and click on the Remove button e o remove all selected employees click on the Remove All button e To sort both Available and Selected employee lists select a category from the dropdown list in the Sort field Also enter filter characters in the Criteria field above the Selected list to show employees filtered based upon that information Do the same thing above the Selected list to filter those employees Employees can be simultaneously filtered in both the Available and Selected
258. gs to Using the Paycode dropdown list assign the Paycode that will be awarded for that holiday po oe w Select the Type for the Holiday The choices are Schedule or Hours If Hours is selected proceed to Step 8 If Schedule is selected proceed to Step 9 Enter in the number of hours that will be awarded for the holiday 9 Click on the Setting tab The Setting tab is used to enter the date that the holiday occurs on ai Holiday Eel lt lt General Setting Date Definition Termi Condition Termi A formula is entered in the Date Definition and Condition tables to generate the holiday The Date Definition table consists of the following 4 84 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro Full Moon a itor O po Mona TO o Te poo Fe Ado Ma a a a May po Sat m O oo l e S w O A EE A o o satan Ramadan a Saa A ala a he ae Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 85 The Condition table has the following options Use of a formula can eliminate the need to enter a specific date For example to define New Year s Day select the following terms in the Date Definition table st ay OL a 10 When you have finished configuring the holiday click on the button Editing Holiday Settings To edit a Holiday select a Holiday from the list in the Holiday window and click on the button or double click on the
259. gure the Break Credit 1 Click on the Meal Templates node within the Shifts module in the Tree View 2 Click on the button and the Meal Templates window will appear Click on the Break Credit tab ti Meal Templates General Breaks Coffee Breaks Meals Break Credit i Meal Credit Allow unused meal time to be credited to Meals Maximum Amount Break Credit Allow unused break time to be credited ta Maximum Amount Coffee Break Credit Allow unused coffee break time to be credited to Coffee Brea Maximum Amount 4 48 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 3 In the Meal Credit box select how the unused meal time will be credited to using the dropdown list The choices are None Meals Breaks Coffee Breaks All Breaks Breaks and Meals Coffee Breaks and Meals or All Breaks and Meals 4 Inthe Maximum Amount field enter the maximum amount of time HH MM that will be credited 5 In the Break Credit box select how the unused Break time will be credited to using the dropdown list The choices are None Meals Breaks Coffee Breaks All Breaks Breaks and Meals Coffee Breaks and Meals or All Breaks and Meals 6 Inthe Maximum Amount field enter the maximum amount of time HH MM that will be credited 7 Inthe Coffee Break Credit box select how the unused Coffee Break time will be credited to using the dropdown list The choices are None Meals Breaks Coffee Breaks All Breaks Breaks a
260. hapter 16 Web Configured Output Reports Web Reports are the largest and most important output from the system Below is a list of the reports available in Time Guardian Pro utilizing the Web for the system administrator port Name Lists employees total minutes hours worked by paycode with oie SAna AERO total dollars and signature lines Lists daily employee punches hours exceptions and TNE AERON schedules in a portrait style format Portrait format list of employees with showing employee Employee Report information such as address phone numbers hire date E mail schedule type payclass pay type SS etc Grouping of hours worked by employees in labor categories a Menor from each labor level showing wages and billable rates Lists by employee and date hours that are not authorized to go Unauthorized Hours Report to the payroll export file Shows by day all employees who were present and absent dd sl and at what time they punched in and out Landscape calendar like view of selected exceptions Historical Hours Report generated by an employee and the hours worked by day Exception number with minutes for exceptions are also listed Lists all employees exceptions by day with IN OUT punches EXCeP ens REPON Used to make corrections Lists daily employee punches hours exceptions and PENSE schedules in a landscape style format Audit Report Lists by user and date parameter changes made to the system with old and new val
261. he employee s selected from the list by filtering Make the desired edits and click on the button when finished The Global Apply Confirm screen shows a list of the employee s that would be affected by the Global Apply operation selections and provides the user with the chance to go back Previous button Cancel Cancel the operation as shown in the following figure Click on the button perform the operation ne PRO Setup Daily Activities Output Preferences Welcome SYSDBA Global Apply Confirm Number Payroll LastName First Name 1009 08768 Wilson Karl 1008 08767 Parikh Vijay 1007 08752 Patel Ramesh 1002 08742 Smith John 08744 Lee Howard 08746 Abbate Jon 08749 Romwell Manuel 08753 James Wiliam 08757 Paxton Jeffrey Apply Cancel 15 6 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Enabled Employee Administration Employee Navigation Web From the Employee Window see the following figure use the employee dropdown list to navigate quickly between employees from any employee screen The First Previous Next and Last I 4 Pl arrows can also be used See the following figure Adding Employees Web 1 Select the Employee submenu from the Daily Activities menu and the Employees list will appear in the Table View 2 To add a new employee click on the button The following employee creation window will appear The employee creation window can consist of the following tabs General Personal
262. he Company module within the Setup group in the Tree View Highlight the company and click on the button and the Company General tab will appear Ls Company ME Al led General Settings Mame mano Cincinnati Inc Address 140 Harrison Ave Ciby Roseland State NI eal Zip 070681239 p Country UNITED STATES Phone 973 403 1900 ME el 2 Enter the following yellow Fields are required e Company Name Enter your company name here e Address Enter your company s street address e City The city where your company is located e State The state or province where your company is located Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 1 Zip The postal zip code of the city where your company is located Country The country where your company is located Phone The phone number of your company 3 Click on the Settings tab see the following figure for an example Company EA General Settings Hours Formak Access Control a Hoursi Minutes C Auto Sync Access Control On Login O Hundredths Repunch Protection Time Format Misc Standard Close Pay Period O Military Auto Poll on Login IM Settings Default Paycode NJ REG Escalation Frequency da Benefit Tracking Type Deaccruals it Mone Deaccr als Import Balances 4 Select the following Hours Format
263. he Overrides Column tab is used to set the width and show properties for the columns displayed when the Overrides tab of the Timecard grid is selected 7 10 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Timecard Administration User Preferences H ae z w m7 H Punches Columns Overrides Column Column y width Show Date Day schedule Cost Center Jobelass LEVEL3 LEVEL4 LEVELS LEVEL6 Zone Paycode Hours aaa lla Comments Reason Default Settings e Width Width of the Column See description in Preferences Punches Columns Tab e Show See description in Preferences Punches Columns Tab To restore the default settings of the Punches columns click on the Default Settings button Preferences Adjustment Columns Tab The Adjustment Columns tab is used to set the width and show properties for the columns displayed when the Adjustment tab of the Timecard grid is selected Fe User Preferences E Punches Columns Overrides Column Adjustment Columns Exception Period Totals Miscellaneous Column Width Show y Date Day schedule Cost Center 55 Department JOBCLASS LEVEL4 LEVELS LEVELE zone Paycode Hours t Dollars Gaia aaa Comments Reason Default Settings e Width Width of the column See description in Preferences Punches Columns Tab e Show
264. he button Deleting a User Account To delete a user account select the desired User name in the Tree View and click on the El button Note The Administrator and Support accounts cannot be deleted Paycodes Paycodes determine how an employee s hours will be categorized and displayed throughout the system To create a Paycode 1 Click on the Paycodes module within the Setup group in the Tree View see the figure KOX A Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA File Edit Help Ei Today y 2 Setup Pl Company 48 Users Ho Groups q Ej Shifts BP Daily Rules 4 Payclass H Schedule 2 Locations 4 Daily Activities 63 Output if Name E Description Position Regular Primary Type Hours Hours Type Worked Hours Attendance Split Overtime Hours Worked Hours Double Time Hours Worked Hours Triple Time Hours Worked Hours Sick Hours Non Worked Hours qT e Vacation Hours Non Worked Hours Personal Hours Non Worked Hours Holiday Hours Non Worked Hours Bonus Dollars Jury Duty ojala jaja a oo mi Worked Hours Non Worked Hours Bereavement M3 Corporate MFG t Paycodes General fr Description Triple Time Name Position 4 Primary Type Hours Type Cost Multiplier Billable Multiplier Split Hours Counts Towards Attendance E BR
265. he date selected will appear see figure Enter the individual schedule information Click on the button The screen will return back to the Individual Scheduler screen view with employees and the newly created individual schedule will appear in the cell Click on the button to return back to the Individual Scheduler screen view with employees and no individual schedule will appear in the cell Dh Individual Schedule Microsoft mierim Goplorer Fis OE few Favorites Took eb Qu E a a fi q mts irr martes E pi ee 8 hp 192 100 a geo pdrduschedale Feces Time Guardian Zetu dar filed Cvlgul Preferentes p Daly Actnabed pul F Schedule Start Schedule End Day Gumam de Mme Time isl Cumter 1 Cos Center SS Jobelass Deteslt LEVEL 1 Cioferdi LEVFLA 01 Cota LEVELS 1 letauli LEVEL 1 Ceteelt Apply Cancel 14 8 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Enabled Individual Schedule To create an Advanced Schedule for particular day 1 Click on the New AS 4 3 Advanced Schedule link from the desired employee and day on the Individual Scheduler grid screen and the following Advanced Schedule screen for the date selected will appear F Time Guardian o Saip Chg cia Output Prier Advanced Schedule 2 Enter the Advanced Schedule information 3 Click on the button The screen will return back to the Individual Scheduler screen view with employees and the newly created advanced schedule will ap
266. he properties of an existing Outside Shift Overtime template for another Shift Overtime template select the desired Outside Shift Overtime template from AS the Outside Shift Overtime window open it enter in a new name and click on the button The new Outside Shift Overtime template will appear in the Outside Shift Overtime 6 Click on the Before Shift tab 4 52 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro Dutside Shift Overtime General Before Shift After Shift a Y Level Count From To Base EF 00 00 E 02 00 Schedule leveli ozo rec Level 2 i Level 3 Level 4 i 7 In the Level table enter the threshold limits and assign a Paycode to each level of overtime 8 Click on the Count tab Outside Shift Overtime General Before Shift After Shift Level Count Q lt v N x 2 lt o wo Paycode Base Level 1 PpoboobnDoaa pobobbpbuoe poooocooaaa pooboooaaaa i 9 Inthe Count table check the Paycodes in each column that you want to be combined to achieve each level s threshold For example if you checked REG and HOL in the Level 1 column then the hours for REG and HOL Paycodes will be combined to reach Level 1 s threshold value Note You can select all the Paycodes in a given column by clicking on the column heading You can also deselect any checked Paycodes in a column by clicking on the
267. he schedule using the dropdown list in the Shift field In the Start Day field select the Start Day that the schedule will start and the Start Time of the day that the schedule is to begin The choices for Start Day are 1 days before Current Day or 1 days after 8 In the End Day field select the End Day that the schedule will end and the End Time of the day that the schedule is to end The choices for End Day are Current Day 1 days after 2 days after or 3 days after 9 If you want to return to the main screen without configuring a new template schedule click on the button to cancel your settings 10 When you have finished configuring the template schedule click on the Apply button to save your settings e Labor Reference This field represents the labor categories that will be used in the Individual Schedule From the Individual Scheduler screen you can select the labor categories from the dropdown list or click on the button to create a custom labor reference and the following window will appear 14 6 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Enabled Individual Schedule moss o Sebup i Daly Actribes Output Preferences Welcome Sy SDA Labor References Lost Center 55 3 03 Departmeni 1 Delna JOLLA 1 Dokl LEVELS 1 Dieta LEVELS LEVELG Cost Center 553 Joaca LEVEL4 LEVELS LEVELE J oS Chae Fade 3af i Dafsult t Default i F Ve Lebar Cat go Senda Rata for BGM 1 Chelle 1 Dari i Diihanitt
268. hecks for a schedule in the following order 1 Schedule Override 2 Template Schedule 3 Auto Schedule Schedule Timeline A schedule timeline can be displayed by selecting a schedule from the schedule list in the Schedule module tree view and clicking on the button This button is enabled when at least one schedule has been created A Schedule Timeline To close this view click on the button Schedule Coverage The Schedule Coverage feature illustrated below allows you to view a report or image of the schedule hours and verify that you have adequate coverage for peak times during the day This feature can only be used after you assigned Schedules to employees in the Employee Module Schedule Coverage Legend E Template t Auto lal Individual 2 on 12 00 Tue 12 00 Wed 12 00 Thu 12 00 Fri 12 00 Sat 12 00 Sun 12 00 Mon To create a Schedule Coverage report 1 Click on the Schedule Coverage node within the Schedule module in the Tree View see the following figure Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 103 A Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA File Edit Help 4 Today Setup Description JA Company E s schedule 2007 Holiday schedule G8 Users p Paycodes Sy Shifts be Daily Rules 0 Payclass E by Schedule 18 Template Schedules 7 bad Auto Schedules B Schedule Coverage i 1 schedule Rotation 2 Click on the button and the
269. hedule Ys Actual Schedule Ys Actual Time Card Time Card Time Card New Time Card New Tips Report Tips Report Unauthorized Hours Hours Unauthorized Hours Ces Ed o E o 2 Click on the button and the following type of a Reports window General tab will appear E f Date Range Title Page Footer Jl Sort Exception Mame Historical Hours Description Report Historical Hours Historical Hours Report Exceptions Per Output Format 5 PDF 3 0 Excel DER l Paycodes Display Weekly Total Day of week Mon In the Name field enter a name for the report required field E Employees 4 Enter in a brief description of the report in the Description field 5 In the Report field select the type of report you want to create The choices are Hours Summary Report Time Card Report Employee Report Labor Analysis Report Unauthorized Hours Report Presence Report Historical Hours Report Exceptions Report Time Card New Audit Report Schedule Posting Report Schedule vs Actual Deaccrual Balance Report Deaccrual History Report and Tips Report 12 2 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Output 6 For Hours Summary Report Check the following options to include them on the report e Show zone number e Cost rate e Billable rate e Employee signature line e Supervisor signature line 7 For Time Card and
270. hedule that an employee has for a particular day Sun Mon Tues Wed Thurs Fri or Sat For example Employee 1 will have a schedule setup as follows The template schedule consists of start and end times Fixed type only which may span across multiple days limited by maximum shift length paycode shift rules and the days to apply the schedule so open schedules do not generate any exceptions on the punches for the day To create Template Schedules 1 Click on the Template Schedules node within the Schedule module in the Tree View see the following figure Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 99 Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA File Edit Help Start Day Start En End Day End Type aycode Current Day 109 00 AM Current Day 06 Fixed rrent Day z JE 0 DO 8 5 urre 8 0 Standard schedule 1257 Current Day 07 00AM Curren NJ Flex 10hr day Schedule Current Day lor 00 AM fee 5 REC 7 4 ids jays before 07 00 AM Cur 04 00PM Fixed RE emplate scnecuies bad Auto Schedules 51 Schedule Cov G Schedule Rotation S Locations Daily Activities E output c urren t Day 05 00 PM al Enter a name for the template schedule in the Name field required field 4 Inthe Type field select either Fixed Off or Open If Open is selected Start and End Times will be disabled Assign a Paycode to the schedule using the dropdown list in the Paycode field A
271. hours Hours Fix Time 00 00 03 00 Schedule Start First IN Punch thi th 9 1 Fix Time 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 6 00 p Ah 10 00 1 00 p 1 30 p 5 30 p Hours to Qualify lt gt Worked Hours To qualify for the the zone window 7 00 to 6 00p the employee must be scheduled to start greater than 20 of th e hours after the zone window start including all paycodes and labor In the example the employee was scheduled 9 1 of the hours after the zone window start and therefore does not qualify for the zone The hours in the zone window 7 00 6 00p will be set to zone code 2 Fix Time 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 7 00 6 00 p 1 00 p Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Zone Window Examples 1 30 p 5 30 p 17 19 Zone Schedule End Before Qualify Example Type Condition Paycode Compare Zone Schedule End Before gt Qualified Zone 4 Connector Not Qualified Zone 2 3 Fix Time 03 00 Schedule Start First IN Punch Fix Time 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 9 00 6 00 p 1h 10 00 100p 1 30p 5 30 p A a A a Hours to Qualify E S lt Worked Hours 3h 4h To qualify for the the zone window 9 00 to 6 00p the employee must be scheduled to end greater than 30 mins before the zone window end including all paycodes and labor In the example the employee was scheduled 1 hour before the zone window e
272. iFt Weekly Description Period Type Fa Rate Template Combined Cost Rates P Combined Billable Rates l HAA Users E EM Paycodes ES Shifts l E laf Daily Rules ag E H Schedul Ej A Locations E gt pp Daily Activities t g output 2 Click on the button and the Payclass window will appear 4 90 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 10 11 12 Payclass 10l o x General Day Change Schedule Rounding Overtime Definition Overtime Execution Overtime Authorization Holiday Benefit Execution Name Tes Description Shift Son 20Ff 7am 4pm Daily Rule 7am 4PM Shift x Shift Auto Punch Out schedule End bd 120 minute s Payperiod Type None Schedule End Last In Punch Day of Month Hours Authorization Required Enter a name for the Payclass in the Name field required field Enter a description of the Payclass in the Description field Using the dropdown list select the Shift that will be used for any employee belonging to this Payclass who is not assigned to a schedule Select the Daily Rule that will be used in this Payclass Using the drop down list select for the Shift Auto Punch Out based on none Schedule End or Last In Punch The following two scenarios can be used to understand how this selection affects punching in and out For Scenario 1 if Schedule End is selected for an employee that
273. ile To generate a payroll file from the Payroll Profile select the desired Payroll Profile from the list ty in the Table View and click on the Run Payroll appear button and the following message will A Payrall Generating payroll interface Note An error message may appear if the Payroll interface can not be created Please check the Payroll Settings and or consult Amano support if necessary IM Profile The IM Profile module is used to configure profiles for the Instant Messaging Jive Messenger system Profiles are created to inform the supervisor of exceptions absences warnings etc in real time when they occur instead of after the fact Creating an IM Profile 1 Click on the IM Profile node within the Output module in the Tree View see the following figure A Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA File Edit Help Si Today 3 Setup L Daily Activities 2 69 Output 3 Reports a Payrolls PAS Profile A Import a Export gt Auto Process Description NJ Corporate HQ Absent IM 12 14 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Output 2 Click on the button and the following IM Profile window will appear o p 2 IM Profile AE pa ost Center SS Department JOBCLASS LEYEL4 Employee General Paycode Threshold Exception Payclass Name NJHQ Description NJ Corporate HQ Absent IM Active Send absent message if not in after 09 30 e H Me lol In the Name field enter a nam
274. ily Rules E Payclass F Schedule PE Template Schedules Auto Schedules fii 53 Schedule Coverage E i tt me a A General Name Std NJ Auto schedule Based on IN punch Based on OUT punch Based on IN and OUT punch Template Schedule 8 5 Schedule Start Schedule End Before 15 00 Before 10 00 After 10 00 After 15 00 3 Enter a name for the auto schedule in the Name field required field 4 Select the punch that the schedule will be based on e IN Punch If selected only the Schedule Start Before and After times need to be entered OUT Punch If selected only the Schedule End Before and After times need to be entered IN and OUT Punch If selected both the Schedule Start End Before and After times need to be entered 5 Assign a template schedule using the dropdown list in the Template Schedule field 6 When you have finished configuring the template schedule click on the button to save your settings To exit without saving click on the button Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 101 Creating A Schedule In creating a schedule the user defines schedules that are made up of template schedules and auto schedules Together these schedules form the weekly work pattern that can be applied to an employee The screen below shows an example of the template schedule and auto schedule assignments into a schedule To Create a Sch
275. ime Guardian Pro is as follows 1 Insert the Time Guardian Pro CD into your CD ROM drive Time Guardian Pro will automatically launch InstallAnywhere Wizard Do not connect the software sentinel key on your computer included in your software package until you are prompted to do so InstallAnywhere 4 o Install nwwhere is preparing to install Cancel 2002 2005 Macrovision Europe Ltd andor Macrovision Corporation AC A 2 The Introduction screen will appear Click on the Next button to continue LL xi D Introdu ction InstallAnywhere will guide you through the installation of Time 9 icense Aoreemeni Guardian Pro i Casals ael Itis strongly recommended that you quit all programs before gt gt OANSET continuing with this installation da Inet ladies La Geb e ut laa a tia 0 ita TO Microsotcalmaraaio You may cancel this installation at any time by clicking the Cancel Cragee ari eau tal tr aaa ar iaa polar ali Ld lretallicorinlere Click the Next button to proceed to the next screen If you want to change something on a previous screen click the Previous button aclararon Time Guardian Pro V3 7 Installation 2 1 3 The License Agreement screen will appear Check the selection to accept the terms of the License Agreement and click on the Next button 2 Time Guardian Pro 0Ee Teta Ger ee EUNET SEN GIUIMHET aa crioaselneaiaden dcir lle Ud Race Dana cepo Pao atar ua Giiuose MEME GUE
276. import benefit balances you can only keep track of how the imported amounts are used by showing Benefit Balance From the Employees screen click on the Benefit tab and the following type of screen will appear Y Employees a dono Wilson Karl 1009 0 A ps General Personal Contact Assignments Scheduling Labor Level Certification Wages Benefit Web Access Adjust Benefit Time Benefit Balance Paycode SCK W Amount Taken Available 00 00 10 00 00 00 00 00 Sep 29 2006 00 00 00 00 Sep 29 2006 00 00 00 00 _ Sep29 2006 10 00 00 00 _ Sep 29 2006 _00 00 BSE Select a Paycode from the dropdown list The choices are all non work hours type paycodes SCK VAC PER HOL JURY and BRV To adjust the benefit time for an employee click on the Add button Setup gt Company gt Settings Tracking Type must be set to Deaccruals for Add to be enabled e Click on the calendar icon to enter the date e Click in the Amount field and enter the amount e To reset the available amount to the entered value check the Reset box The benefit balance for an employee will appear under the Benefit Balance column if the Tracking Type has been previously set to Deaccruals or Import Balance See Web Configured Output for additional information on reports showing benefit balances f E i Note This function can also be done with Global Assign EA Global Assign from the ma
277. in employee list see Web Access Tab This tab allows the supervisor administrator when signed into the Time Guardian Pro system to set the web access rights for an employee From this screen the supervisor can assign the employee a password to use for initial login to the web module Retype this password in the confirm password 5 14 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Employee Administration Next select the modules below from the web client that you wish this employee to have access to Modules that are not checked off will not appear as menu selections when the employee logs In From the Employees screen click on the Web Access tab and the following type of screen will appear A Employees a ogg wison kar 1009 a Ah iil a General Personal Contact Assignments Scheduling Labor Level Certification Wages Benefit Web Access Password Confirm Password e Available Modules Module Access Punch Previous Punch Adjustments Reset Password Schedule Posting Report SOREL Module Description Allows the employee to punch IN OUT ten the employee to view previos punches record on the Time Sheet Allows the employee to view his or her timecard in read only screen Allows the employee to allocate hours he or she worked for the Adjustments Payperiod Reset Password Allows the employee to change his or her password Schedule Posting Report Allows the employee to schedule
278. in the Template Schedule list Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Individual Schedule From the Individual Scheduler e Assign Schedule la Assigns the currently displayed template schedule in the Template Schedule list to the employee for the particular day e Assign Additional Schedule Assigns an additional template schedule in the Template Schedule list to the employee for the particular day e Save ei Saves the template schedule assignments e Delete ial Deletes an assigned template schedule from the selected cell Copy Cut and Paste m j and Ey Allows you to cut copy and paste schedule assignments to different days and employees To assign an Individual Schedule to an employee 1 Select the desired cell in the grid 2 Select the desired template schedule using the dropdown list or create a custom template schedule using the button 3 Select the desired labor category click on the button and the schedule will appear in the cell To add an additional Individual Schedule to particular day 1 Select the desired cell in the grid that already has a schedule assigned to it 2 Select the desired template schedule using the dropdown list or create a custom template schedule using the button 3 Select the desired labor category and click on the button and the schedule will appear in the cell Schedule Icons When an Individual Schedule is applied to an employee an indicator will appea
279. ing window will appear Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 69 Al Zone Awards Available Selected NJ Summer CT Zone Award Move Payt Add Add All Remove All E To add a Zone Award to the Qualification select the desired Zone Award from the Available list and click on the Add button To add all the Zone Awards click on the Add All button To remove a Zone Award from a Qualification select the desired Zone Award from the Selected list and click on the Remove button To remove all the Zone Awards click on the Remove All button c To add more Qualification Rules repeat the previous steps To change the order of the Qualification Rules select the desired rule in the list and click on the Move Up or Move Down buttons To remove a Qualification Rule select the desired rule from the list and click on the Remove button d Click on the button to save your settings and return to the Zone Qualifications window To exit without saving click on the button 8 Click on the button to save Sl settings and return to the Zone Differential window To exit without saving click on the button 9 To Set zone code for all windows to click on the dropdown box and select one of the following choices None Highest Zone Code Majority hours First In Punch or Last Out Punch 10 To add more Zone Differential Rules click on the Add button and repeat Steps 4 thru 6 To change the ord
280. ing to this Payclass that is not assigned to a Schedule If you wish to use a 3 12 button Daily Rule for this Payclass you must also assign a default Daily Rule Click on the Next Payclass Setup Defines the payroll and attendance policies for a company Some of the pay policies include type of pay period and weekly range and pay period overtime Select the default shift rule to assign to an employee if one is not AMANO STANDARD y assigned to their schedule Would you like to specify a default daily rule for this Pay Class Select the default daily rule to assign to an employee if one is not assigned directly to the employee Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Setup Wizard 32 33 34 Select the Payperiod Start Date type The choices are e Weekly Select the day of the week the Payperiod will start on e Bi weekly Select the start date of the Payperiod using the Calendar button e Semi monthly Select first and second start dates of the Payperiod e Monthly Select the day of the month the Payperiod starts on To enable the Hours Authorization feature click Yes When enabled a check must appear in the Hours column of the Timecard Grid for an employee s hours to be placed in the payroll export file Payclass Setup Please define the pay frequency for this payclass Weekly Enter the start day of week period starts on Sun y Will the employee s assigned to this payclass hours require super
281. ings by clicking on the box next to the selection If no checkmark is placed in the box then the selection will not be applied to the employee s In the example figure above the user is choosing to override the employee s password with the specified setting and to grant the Punch Previous Punch and Reset Password privilege to the employee s The Override setting for the password determines if employees that already have a password are affected If selected then the password is changed but if not selected then only the employees that do not have passwords are affected When the Global Apply Wizard is completed all these settings will be applied to all the employee s selected on the list Make the desired edits and click on the button when finished Note IMPORTANT Global Apply assign will only effect override the modules i e Previous Punch that have a checkmark in the Access column Therefore any module where the Access column is not checked will not be changed updated by Global Apply Finishing Global Apply The final screen shows a list of the employee s that would be affected by the Global Apply operation selections and provides the user with the chance to Cancel the operation as shown in the following figure Click on the button perform the operation 5 26 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Employee Administration Global Apply Are you sure you want to apply the settings to the following employee selection 7 Wilson
282. io Rolas metil lag etal eatin Ele NEIRA NETA ET Cancel Server This option will install database server TG Pro database and server configuration files all application files Ey a Client This option will install client file for connection the database and Standalone Se This option will install database server TG Pro database server configuration files install client file for connection the database and all application files IM Client will install the IM Client only Bae i _ 5 The Product Serial Number screen will appear Enter the serial number that came with your software package and click on the Next button 2 2 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Installation 2 Time Guardian Pro 10 E Enter requested information ua CHGoSeN Teta THET Ud GenUserinnut Pia aci ada A Enter Product Serial Number ol ae Mro SoTi SEA as CHOUSE IESE ler ale We renee laloneutiainielsy ATEO ae ENOICEAIOAET Pe MERMA sello alai Wnsenlerrciriare sip weeroyisiors Cancel Previous i 6 If Server was selected as an installation option you will be prompted to enter the IP Address of the Time Guardian Pro Server If you did not proceed to Step 7 Enter the IP Address and click on the Next button uD Time Guardian Pro ip E Enter IP address of Time Guardian Pro Server dd Get User lr Pi ricas dia A gt IP Address 192 1681119 SSS ss S ae CIEN Gt iinaubty wa CHOOSE
283. ions highlight the desired Exceptions in the Selected list and click on the Remove button see above procedure for selecting multiples e o remove all selected Exceptions click on the Remove All button e Click on the Date Range tab to select date range for the exceptions filter The following is an example of the screen that will appear A Exception Preferences Exceptions Date Range Date Selection REX K Excludes Today From Date 9 4 2006 Until aa Forward 2 Backward 121 Week s e Inthe Date Selection field select the date range for the report The choices are Today Yesterday Last Open Period Previous Open Period Current Week Previous Week Current Month Previous Month Last 2 Weeks Date Range Current Payperiod and Previous Payperiod Note When Current Payperiod and Previous Payperiod are selected the first Payclass in the Selected List on the Payclass tab will be used as the date range for the report e lf Date Range was chosen as the Date Selection you must enter the From Date and Until Date using the Calendar icon You also have the option of going forward or backward as many days weeks months or years from the From Date using the Forward and Backward options e Click in the Excludes Today box to exclude today from preference marking Click on the button when finished Employees that have the Exceptions selected in the Date Range selected will be highlighted in yellow
284. ired labor category from the their dropdown list s for all Labor Levels Enter information into the Comments Reason field for all employees fitting the criteria Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Enabled Employee Administration lf Break Meal is selected Enter information into the Comments Reason field for all employees fitting the criteria Select Meal Type from the dropdown list The choices are Meal In Break In Smoke In meal Out Break Out Smoke Out Meal Break or Smoke Global Edit Utilizing Hours Information Web In the Hours field enter the time i e 08 00 AM to edit employees Select the Paycode from the dropdown list The choices are user defined Select the Zone Code from the dropdown list The choices are user defined Check the Home Labor box to bypass all labor levels and just use home labor category for all employees lf Home Labor box not checked select the desired labor category from the their dropdown list s for all Labor Levels Enter information into the Comments Reason field for all employees fitting the criteria Global Edit Utilizing Dollars Information Web In the Dollars field enter the time i e 25 00 for Bonus to edit employees Select the Paycode from the dropdown list The choices are user defined Select the Zone Code from the dropdown list The choices are user defined Check the Home Labor box to bypass all labor levels and just use home labor category for all employees
285. is a meal that can be taken at any time of the day There are 4 types e Clock Employees must press a button on the clock before punching IN and OUT for breaks Only works with MTX 15 clock e Interval Punches that occur within certain preset intervals are assigned to breaks or meals This takes a look at the amount of time an employee punches out for e Sequence Breaks or meals are assigned in sequential order and each punch pair is assigned to a break or meal in the order that they occur This setting requires an employee to take a break and meal in the proper sequence e Window Punches that occur within certain preset windows of time are assigned to breaks or meals To create a Flexible Interval or Clock Meal Template 1 Click on the Meal Templates node within the Shifts module in the Tree View 2 Click on the button and the Meal Templates window will appear Meal Templates General Breaks Coffee Breaks Meals Assignments Break Credit Mame NJ Corporate Breaks Description corporate HO meal template Default Position 2 Start O End Type Flex e Flex Type Interval Auto Meal Musk work at least 04 00 hour s to have meal deducted el 3 Enter a name for the Meal Template in the name field required field 4 38 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro Enter a description of the Meal Template in the Description field 5 Select the Default Punch Position
286. ith John 1006 Romwell Manuel Add All Remove All _ Show Active Employees Only Employees can be sorted by Employee Number Badge Number Payroll ID Last Name First Name or Comment using the Sort field Employees can be filtered in both the Available and Selected lists by entering data into the Criteria field above each list Only employees matching the data entered will appear in both lists Also employees can be filtered by clciking alongside Show Active Employees Only Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Output 12 17 To select an employee highlight the desired employee in the Available list and click on the Add button e To select all employees from the Available list click on the Add All button To remove an employee from the Selected list highlight the employee in the Selected list and click on the Remove button e o remove all selected employees click on the Remove All button 13 When you have finished click on the button to save your settings Configuring the IM Server 1 Right click on the Y in the system tray in the lower right hand corner and click Launch Admin E Jive Mesrenger Setup Microsoft inbena Esoploner Fie foe Ver Frias Tools Hein E Piee p aih 7 Fitti E Address El Hotes 1270 0 ii P0 a Jive Messenger Setup Setup Progress Lanquege Selection Uaioe Secci W lkimr lo Ima Master St Thit adi wili ad pos racha riial setup oe B Garver Gena
287. ith Time Guardian Pro e E Exceptions EAER General Exception Available Selected IMPNT Meal Penalty Is Add All Remove All Minute Requirement Gui el 6 To add an Exception highlight the desired Exception note Meal Penalty MPNT can now be selected in the Available list and click on the button To select all the listed Add Al Exceptions click on the button To remove an Exception from an employee s record highlight the desired Exception in the Selected list and click on the button To remove all the listed Exceptions click on the button 7 For some Exceptions in the Selected list you can enter in the Minute Requirement HH MM which will determine if the Exception will be reported once the Minute Requirement has been reached For example Time Guardian Pro can be configured to not generate a LI Late In Exception if the employee is late by less than 5 minutes 8 When you have finished configuring the Ed set click on the button to save your settings To exit without saving click on the button Meal Templates Meals are the deduction of hours taken from an employee or hours given to the employee for meals and breaks The meals are broken up into 3 categories meals breaks and coffee breaks There are two types of deduction fixed or flexible Note l you wish to duplicate the properties of an existing Meal template for another Mea
288. ive overtime after a certain number of hours in the Level 1 The employee receives overtime after 00 00 hours should be putinto paycode REG Level 2 The employee receives overtime after 00 00 hours should be put into paycode REG v 28 Select the Paycodes you want to count towards daily overtime If you wish to select all click Yes If No you must w a check in the Counts column of the Paycodes you wish to use Click on the Next button Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Setup Wizard 3 11 Daily Rules Setup Do all paycodes count toward the accumulated hours for overtime calculation Select the paycodes that count lv Vv Vv M Vv lt 1 lt 1 lt 1 lt 1 xI 29 Enter a name and description for the Daily Rules template you just created Click on the Next button Daily Rules Setup Please enter name and description for this template Name Description 30 If you would like to create another Daily Rules template select Yes otherwise the Daily Rules Setup is complete If you are adding another Daily Rules template the wizard will repeat the previous screens Steps 25 through 27 for the next template otherwise the wizard will proceed to the Payclass Setup Click on the Next button Daily Rules Setup Would you like to create another Daily Overtime Yes No 31 The Payclass Setup screen will appear Select the default Shift that will be used for any employee belong
289. k on the button c Start Time Enter the time of day HH MM that you want the process to run e Monthly The process can be set to run on a specific day of each month for a set number of months See the following example Auto Process Alle General Settings Recurrence O Daily Day tf ofev ft month s O Weekly Start Date 10 23 2006 INNER Start Time 08 00 AM O Yearly Enter the following a Day Enter the day of the month b Month s Enter the number of months that the process will repeat c Start Date Enter a start date manually in MMDDYYYY format or click on the button The Select Date dialog box will appear When you have finished click on the button d Start Time Enter the time of day HH MM that you want the process to run e Yearly The process can be set to run once every year on the date specified Auto Process y General Settings Recurrence O Daily Every February s weekly Start Time 08 00 AM Monthly E Yearly Enter the following a Every Select the desired Month from the dropdown list and enter in the day of the month in the field provided b Start Time Enter the time of day HH MM that you want the process to run e When you have finished click on the button Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Output 12 31 This page intentionally left blank 12 32 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Output Chapter 13 Time Guardian Pro Web I
290. l Overtime template select the desired Meal template open it enter in a new name and LAS click on the button The new Meal template will appear in the Main View Fixed Meal Template A fixed meal or break has to be taken at a set time of the day To create a fixed Meal Template 1 Click on the Meal Templates node within the Shifts module in the Tree View and the list of meal templates will appear Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 35 amp Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA fa File Edit Help 4 Today Name v Setup Name Description Default Position e EY Company Son 20ff 7am 4pm Monday Friday standard NJ shift Start UA Users Holiday Shift Holiday Shift Start En Paycodes dew Jersey Plant Ist shift Meal template For ist shift j EEF Skit Coffee Breaks Breaks for NJ standard 7am 4pm shift Start oe ant _ NJ Corporate Breaks Corporate HQ meal template Sequence Start j P Rounding Templates New Jersey plant 1st shift Meal template for 1st shift Fixed Start ES Exceptions YT Meal Templates B Shift Overtime 5 Outside Shift Overtime E be Daily Rules H Payclass bah Schedule Meal Templates General Breaks Coffee Breaks Meals Assianra Break Credit Name New Jersey plant 1st shift meals Description Meal template For 1st shift Default Position Start End Type a y Flex Type Window Auto Meal Deduct meal when
291. l Name Format from the dropdown list Note This field will be available for assignment in the Import Field Map Settings tab 10 Click on the Import Default Settings tab This tab allows you set the defaults for data being imported Select the following Import a ES General Import File Format Settings Import Default Settings Import Field Map Settings Employee Number Badge Payroll Number amp s itis As it is As it is O Same As Badge O Same As Employee Number O Same As Employee Number Manual Increment From O Manual Increment From Default Labor Default Assignment Cost Center 55 CC3 v Payclass EES Department Department Labor Category 4 Daily Rule None JOBCLASS JOBCLASS Labor Category 6 Time Zone GMT 12 00 International Date Line West LEVEL4 Standard Rate for MFG NJ el Schedule schedule Zone Zonel e Employee Number Select how the Employee Number will be defined The choices are As it is Same as Badge or Manual Increment From If Manual Increment From is selected you must enter the starting number in the field provided e Badge Number Select how the Badge Number will be defined The choices are As it is Same as Employee Number or Manual Increment From If Manual Increment From is selected you must enter the starting number in the field provided 12 24 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Output e Payroll Number Select how the Payroll Number will be defined The choices
292. l be rounded e Exceptions Codes used to track employee s time deviations from assigned schedules Note Meal Penalty has been added to provide feature to penalize a company when an employee does not take lunch break or takes the lunch break late In this instance penalty hours are generated in the Paycode plus the MPNT exception code will be generated e Meal Templates Defines employee breaks and meal breaks e Shift Overtime Defines the overtime rules for the schedule Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA File Edit Help Today h Name sa Mec S Setup Name Description ae Company mote Zoffe7am tpm Monday Friday standard NJ shift 4 Users Holiday Shift Holiday Shift Paycodes NJ Corporate HQ Standard NJ Corporate HQ Standard MFG Shift _ shift shift TP R La ding Templates GSE The Schedule Rules describes how to pay the employee For the day AY Meal Templates 8a Shift Overtime B Outside Shift Overtime be Daily Rules E Payclass cp Schedule H 5 Locations 4 Daily Activities 63 Output Rounding Templates Rounding moves an employee s punches or hours to an even amount to make it easier for calculations There are 2 methods available either by rounding individual punches Punch or by rounding the total hours Hours Only one method can be selected A Rounding Template is used to set a particular rounding rule The template can then be assigned to a Shift
293. l have a short meal of 00 40 minutes 01 00 00 20 Therefore the short meal of 00 40 minutes is more than the threshold and then the software will deduct the Amount Taken of 00 20 minutes e If you have selected Interval as the Flex Type Click on the Assignments tab Meal Templates Ela General Breaks Coffee Ereaks Meals Assignments Break Credit Intervals Type From To break WL LILI Uuuu A Coffee Break 00 00 00 00 h 00 00 al w gt a 18 f Enter the From and To interval times for each break The employee punch times will be assigned to one of the Meal Template types Break Meal or Coffee Break based on the time between the OUT and IN punches Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 41 g When you have finished configuring the Meal cal click on the button to save your settings To exit without saving click on the button To create a Flexible Sequence Meal Template 1 Click on the Meal Templates node within the Shifts module in the Tree View 2 Click on the button and the Meal Templates window will appear Meal Templates General Breaks Coffee Breaks Meals Assignments Break Credit Name INJ Corporate Breaks Description Corporate HQ meal template Default Position Start C End Type Flex Flex Type EATE Y Auto Meal Deduct meal when employee does not punch out for meal Must work at least 04 00 hour s to hav
294. labor categories matching the data entered will appear in both lists e To select a labor category highlight the desired labor category in the Available list and click on the Add button e To select all labor categories from the Available list and click on the Add All button e To remove a labor category from the Selected list highlight the desired labor category in the Selected list and click on the Remove button e To remove all selected labor categories from the Selected list click on the Remove All button 8 Click on the Employee tab This tab allows you to select employees By default all employees are selected The following is an example of the screen that will appear aiii PRO Setup Daily Activities Output Preferences Welcome SYSDBA Individual Scheduler Sort Number vY Available Selected 1004 Abbate Jon 1002 Smith John 1006 Romwell Manuel 1007 Patel Ramesh Ada 1008 Parikh Vijay 1009 Wilson Karl Add All 1113 James William 1117 Paxton Jeffrey AMANO Amano Cincinnat Inc 140 Harrison Ave Roseland NJ 07068 1240 800 526 2559 Employees can be sorted by Employee Number Badge Number Payroll ID Last Name First Name or Comment using the Sort field Employees can be filtered in both the Available and Selected lists by entering data into the Criteria field above each list Only employees matching the data entered will appear in both lists e To select an
295. late in the name field required field Enter a description of the Rounding Template in the Description field Click on Break Meal if rounding template is to be applied gt oO e amp Select the desired rounding type and options hour rounding or punch rounding If selecting Punch Rounding the boxes alongside Grace First IN Last OUT All IN OUT Open Schedule and Transfer will become selectable The corresponding tab on the Rounding Templates screen will become configurable depending upon the type s of Punch Rounding selected 7 When you have finished configuring the Rounding Template click on the EZ button to save your settings To exit without saving click on the 2 button Note l you wish to duplicate the properties of an existing Rounding Template for another Rounding Template select the desired Rounding Template open it enter in a new LAS name and click on the button The new Rounding Template will appear in the Main View 4 26 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro Note f you wish to visualize the properties of a Rounding Template view the Rounding Demo by clicking on the button on the bottom of the Rounding Templates screen The following Rounding Demo view will appear Rounding Demo Hour 5 Minute 72 Unit 15 e Point 7 2 Clicking in the dropdown boxes for Hour and Minute will set the actual time clock display while clicking in the dropdown boxes in Unit and Point will en
296. ld and press the Delete button When you have finished click on the Save button in the toolbar to save your changes Adding Editing and Deleting Employee Tips Adding Employee Tips To add an employee tip click on the desired Tip field and enter in the desired dollar amount When you have finished click on the Save button in the toolbar to save your changes Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Timecard Administration 7 15 Editing Tips To edit an employee tip double click on the desired Tip field and enter the desired dollar amount When you have finished click on the Save button in the toolbar to save your changes Deleting Tips To delete an employee tip click on the desired Tip field and press the Delete button When you have finished click on the Save button in the toolbar to save your changes Schedule Override Overriding a schedule consists of changing an employee s schedule for a given day within another existing schedule To do so select the schedule cell in the Timecard grid for the day that you wish to change for the selected employee and right click on the mouse A dropdown list will appear with existing schedules Schedule Hours B Sch 8 Sc p p a 0715 1600 0815 1700 0915 1800 SCHOOL BUS SHIFT 1 SCHOOL BUS SHIFT 2 sl a a Click on the desired template schedule you wish to use as a replacement The selected schedule will appear in the Schedule cell When you have finished click on the Save b
297. le and reset password The Daily Activities menu provides the employee access to the following features depending on what rights the system supervisor has granted to the employee Previous Punch Fa Time Sheet Ro Adjustments 4 Schedule Posting Report NAM Reset Password Note The Username is always the employee Badge Number while the password is defined by the user system administrator Punch Web The Punch menu selection within the Daily Activities menu allows the employee to punch from their workstation using any web browser after the employee has logged into the system To create a standard punch 1 Select the Punch submenu item from the Daily Activities menu and the following type of screen will appear Click on the Punch et button to perform a standard IN OUT punch at that time Note The actual time of day and TZ will appear below the heading Time Guardian gt Daly Activities Preferences itenni Panton Janey Punch 05 55 AM EDT Lather Transtar Peet Cni 4 Erana BOLA LEVEL Pinch typi 2 The system will confirm the user has successfully punched as illustrated in the following example Pa ee PRO Daily Activities Preferences Welcome Smith John Successfully Punched 1 15 2008 07 19 AM EST 16 10 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Configured Output 3 Click on the Continue continue button for the system to complete the IN OUT punch and the system will display to the
298. le 5 00 p Zone Window 5 30 p Not Covered by Zone Window Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Zone Window Examples 17 21 Move Paycode Award Example The move paycode award will take the hours worked in the zone window and transfer or move the hours to other paycodes Through the pay code filter the user can select which paycodes will be moved In the paycode map the user will select where hours of each paycode will be moved to Source Move Paycode Type Paycode Filter All Labor Value Award Paycode Fix Time Paycode Map lt gt worked Hours Fix Time Fix Time REG gt PRM 00 00 03 00 Schedule Start OT1 PRM1 First IN Punch 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 6 00 p 10 00 1 00 p 1 30 p 5 30 p gt A 3h 4h AR lt gt Worked Hours After Award 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 6 00 p 10 00 1 00 p 1 30 p 5 30 p Move Paycode Award Example 2 The move paycode award will take the hours worked in the zone window and transfer or move the hours to other paycodes Through the pay code filter the user can select which paycodes will be moved In the paycode map the user will select where hours of each paycode will be moved to Source Type Paycode Filter Labor Value Award Paycode Move Paycode Selected See below 18 00 Fix Time 03 00 Schedule Start 02 00 First IN Punch g 10 00 g 00 0
299. le the employee worked 7 hours The employee punched in at 10 00 which 71 4 of the hours before the start of the zone window Therefore since the employee punched in 71 4 of the hours before the zone window start the employee qualifies for the zone The hours in the zone window 3 00p 5 00p will be set to zone code 4 See result below First IN Punch 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 3 00p 5 00 p 10 00 100p 1 30p K 5 30 p Zone Punch After Qualify Example Type Condition Paycode Compare value Labor Connector zone Punch After gt 25 Qualified Zone 4 Not Qualified Zone 2 Percentage a 10 00 12 00 Fix Time Punch time Before zone window Total Hours a 00 00 03 00 Schedule Start o 05 00 0200 First IN Punch 1 5h 7h 21 4 First IN Punch 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 3 00p aan p 15h 10 00 100p 1 30p gt gt 530p 6 00p 6 30 p Hours to Qualify 5h lt gt Worked Hours To qualify for the the zone window 3 00p to 5 00p the employee must Punch OUT greater than 25 of the hours after the zone window end including All paycodes and the hours must be in All labor In the example the employee worked 7 5 hours The employee punched out at 6 30p which 21 4 of the hours after the end of the zone window Therefore since the employee punched out only 21 4 of the hours after the zone window end the employee does not qualify for the zone The hours in the zone
300. lected employees click on the Remove All button 28 When you have finished click on the LSE button to save your settings and return to the Reports main view Generating a Report Web To generate a report from a Report Profile Click on the Run Report E button on the row of the desired report from the Reports screen The report will be generated on screen in Adobe Acrobat PDF format v7 Copy Report to Another User Web This option will copy the selected report profiles to other users of your choice 1 Select the report profile to copy by clicking on the checkbox at the beginning of the row 2 Click on the button from the bottom of the Reports window and the following will appear Time Guardian Setup Daily Activities Output Preferances Copy report settings c ra to copy report settings to SYSDBA AMANO supere super 3 Select the user s to copy the report profile to the designated user 4 Click on the button to return to the Reports main view 5 Click on the button to copy the report profile Note When a report gets copied all the filtering is eliminated and reset to default settings for the purposes of generating a report for a different user Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Configured Output 16 9 Employee Web Access The Daily Activities menu from Time Guardian Pro allows employees after logging into the system from the Web to punch view previous punches view timesheet allocate hours view schedu
301. led to C Program FilesiTime Guardian Pro Press Done to quit the installer Previous i PMiessa wail Tima Guardian Pro le being configured tor your gadem This miy iake a Moment 27 The Login screen will appear Enter the default Username and Password and click on the button dbc firebirdsql localhost 3051 C Program Filesi Time Guardian Pr Time Guardian Pro V3 7 Installation Note The default Username is and password are case sensitive This is the Administrator account for the system and cannot be changed Desktop Client Login The Login Desktop client view allows supervisors to connect to Time Guardian Pro in an orderly manner For long periods of non use and security reasons it is suggested to always logout Upon Login the screen shown above will appear An attempt to login via the desktop client to the Time Guardian Pro system without the proper USB security key will result in the following display Time Guardian Click on the OK button to terminate locate the proper security key and install it in a USB slot and restart the application 2 12 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Installation Chapter 3 Setup Wizard Time Guardian Pro s 5 Setup Wizards help guide the user to a seamless setup The setup wizard functions are e System Allows you to configure the entire system e Shift Setup Allows you to create Shifts after an initial Shift has been created in the System Setu
302. licable between the physical location of your PC and the terminals 7 In the Output Path field enter the path of the output XML file If necessary press the Browse button to navigate to the location of the XML output file Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 117 8 If necessary check the Secondary Output File box and In the Output Path field enter the path of the secondary output file Press the Browse button to navigate to the location of the secondary output file 9 For DLS Daylight Savings Time Settings enter the following Start Date The date that the DLS period will begin Start Time The time of the day of the Start Date that the DLS period will begin End Date The date that the DLS period will end End Time The time of the day of the End Date that the DLS period will end Press the Reset button to Reset the DLS at the Terminal 10 Click on the Connection tab 2 Locations f fay _ General Connection Terminals Connection Direct Ethernet i 7 Modem rect COM Pork COMS Baud Rate 9600 11 In the Connection field select the type of connection you are using to communicate with the terminal s The required information in the Connection Info will depend on your connection Ethernet The terminals communicate to the Host PC via Ethernet connection If selected you must enter the IP Address and Port Modem A modem is used at the Com Port of the
303. lick on the button e To remove all selected employees click on the button e Use the Sort field dropdown list to sort employees The choices are Number Badge Payroll Last Name First Name or Comment e Use the Criteria field above the Available and Selected lists to filter sort employees in the respective list The choices are Number Badge Payroll Last Name First Name or Comment 12 Click on the Apply button and the following Global Edit dialog box will appear Global Edit 2 A Do another global edit 13 Click on the Yes button to configure another global edit or no to exit global editing of timecards Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Timecard Administration 7 23 This page intentionally left blank 7 24 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Timecard Administration Chapter 8 Individual Schedule The individual schedule is a schedule that an employee has for a particular date For example employee number 1 will have schedule setup for 08 00 am to 05 00 pm on 06 25 06 This employee may have a different schedule on another date The schedule might be from 09 00 am to 6 00 pm on 6 26 03 The individual schedule is applied to employee when it qualifies based on the rules setup in Payclass for schedule assignment Creating an Individual Schedule Profile To add employees to an Individual Schedule profile 1 Inthe Tree View select the Individual Schedule node within the Daily Activities module see the following figure
304. list See the following for an example LE VEL1 Default e Default Finance Sales Marketing Human Resources 3 Click on the Punch button and from the Successfully Punched screen click on the Continue button to complete and view the punches To create a Meal Break or Coffee Break punch 1 Select the appropriate option for punch type The option coffee break will create a punch for punching IN OUT for coffee break The option break will create a punch for punching IN OUT for break The option meal will create a punch for punching IN OUT for meal Punch Type 2 Click on the Punch button and from the Successfully Punched screen click on the Continue button to complete and view the punches Note Each time the Punch button is pressed and confirmed a punch is generated Each punch cycles between an IN or OUT punch depending on the prior punch The Exceptions column on the Time Sheet grid will indicate what Punch type has been taken based upon previous setup For example a CB in the Exceptions column will signify that a Coffee Break has been taken while a MP will indicate a missing punch etc Several IN and OUT punches could exist per day for an employee e g employee punches OUT to go outside for a smoke then back IN 5 minutes later Previous Punches Web The Previous Punch menu selection within the Daily Activities menu allows employees to view the Previous Punches logged on the system
305. ll be paid for the schedule using the EE button The following Select Date window will appear March 2006 Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu 1 a 6 F E 12 13 14 15 19 20 zl 22 6 27 E 29 Today it Wed 29 Mar 2006 Note The Hours for the Pay in Advance will be put into the Payroll Export file on the Pay in Advance date The hours on the Timecard will indicate the date they occur e Labor Select the labor category or categories that the Schedule will use When you have finished click on the button and the Advanced Schedule you just created will appear in the selected cell Click on the button to return back to the Individual Scheduler screen view with employees and no newly created individual schedule in the cell The second method is to select the employees and days you would like to apply an advance schedule to Then select one of the user defined advanced schedules from the dropdown list on the right hand side of the Individual Scheduler screen i e Newschedule 06_ y and click on the right hand button Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Enabled Individual Schedule 14 11 Editing Advanced User Defined Schedules Web The Edit Advanced User Defined Schedules button enables you to create a custom Advanced Schedule There are 15 User Defined Advanced Schedules to choose from From the Individual Scheduler screen click on the button and the following screen will appear Time Guardian IE Setup Daly Act put Proferences Adva
306. lors Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Interface 13 19 Tine Guardian gt Sabu Coty Activities ipat Prat Save Cancel Daia trat Bartibaarcas aa Ml E eer smh Joon A pmi AN ML ee Fura hrs Mar hreh T Pra Tein hra Ai Dre hee Ee Has Black punches on the Timecard grid means the punches are from the employee while red indicates the punches have been performed by a supervisor Miscellaneous Colors Menu Selection Web The Miscellaneous Colors submenu is used to change the colors for items listed on the Timecard grid Select the Miscellaneous Colors and the following User Preferences Miscellaneous Colors window will appear oh User Preferences M isccllanents Colors Microsoft Interne Explorer Pie Edt Wes Pawortes Took Help Qu gt y E E j Search Sp Favertes e gt el bebo SE 145 1 47 0000 ooir eiere nea haces Time Guardian Setup Daily Actwties Output Preferences Walne SYS0RA User Preferences Miscellaneous Colors Pumchos Holiday Punches Schedule Group Punches Edited In punch font Punches Edited Car punch fort Punches hato Font Punches OLS Font Punches Adjustment Fant Adjustment Edited hours font Adjustment Sunday Adiostoent Monday Adjustment Tuesday adjustment Wednesday Adjustment Tharsiday Adjustment Friday adjustment Saturday Work Hanirs Award Hours Aard Hours Override Par in aikare Remainder de e e a a Apipihy l Rasm Detaulis AMANO cma tic
307. ls Levels Active Names Level 6 kees t V Active E Names Once entered the main Labor Level name will appear in the desired field number To add levels within each Labor Leve The Labor Names window for example I click on the Edit Names button in the desired row the selected Labor Level will appear as shown in the following Labor Names LEVEL1 0 E a General Name Number Description Expires On EX El a g 10 Marketing Marketing 10 Maximum of 4 digits For MTX 15 terminal 2j14j2008 To add a Labor Name click on the button All the fields in the window will go blank In the Name field enter a name for the Labor Name In the number field enter a number that will be associated with the Labor Name Enter a brief description of the Labor Name in the Description field 4 4 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro If the Labor Name is to expire on a specified date click on the button and select an expiration date from the calendar When you have finished click on the settings and return to the Labor Names window button to save your When the labor expires the labor name will be flagged in Red see User Accounts and the EXPIRED LABOR WILL NOT BE DOWNLOADED TO THE CLOCK There is a 4 digit maximum for a labor number that can be downloaded to the MTX 15 terminal clock To save the Labor Name click on the button The Labor Name
308. ls from Locations module within Setup group in the Tree View Terminal Selection Available Selected TEB ALLI H Remove Remove All 0371120857 _ Terminal selection is as follows a To select a terminal highlight the desired terminal in the Available list and click on the Add button b To select all terminals from the Available list click on the Add All button c Toremove a terminal from the Selected list highlight the desired terminal in the Selected list and click on the Remove button d To remove all selected terminals click on the Remove All button When you have finished making your selections click on the button to save your settings 10 If Import or Export is selected select the name from the dropdown list 11 Select Synchronize Access Control to run auto process of synchronization upon startup and or settings defined on the Recurrence tab 12 Click on the Recurrence tab The following is an example of the Recurrence tab window that will appear 3 Auto Process General Settings Recurrence Daily Every 1 day s Starting 10 30 2006 O Weekly Start Time DS OOAM O Monthly O Yearly iba e Daily The process can be run everyday or every number of days or every number of hours Enter the following Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Output 12 29 a Every Enter the number of days that the process will run For example if you want to run the proce
309. lter a Period Overtime Secondary H Payclass filter field E bah Schedule Locations PP Daily Activities 63 Output Zone Codes The Zone Code is used to name or reference the window of time in a day that an employee can work to receive premium pay Zone Codes are assigned to Zone Differentials To create a Zone Code perform the following To create Zone Codes 1 Click on the Zone Differential node within the Daily Rules module in the Tree View 2 Expand the view of the Zone Differential node and click on Zone Codes 3 Click on the button and the Zone Codes window will appear er Zone Codes Seles Name Pones Description MJ Summer Work Schedule Mumber I al 4 62 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro Enter a name for the Zone Code in the name field required field Enter a description of the Zone Code in the Description field Assign a Number to the Zone Code in the Number field required field Duplicate numbers are not allowed 7 Click on the button to save your settings To exit without saving click on the button Qualification Rules Qualification Rules are rules that govern whether an employee can be awarded hours Zone Award in a particular Zone Code for working inside the eligibility windows To create Qualification Rules 1 Click on the Zone Differential node within the Daily Rules module in the Tree View 2 Expand the view of the Zone Differential node
310. m and To times of the shift and the size of each break for that shift When you have finished entering the number of breaks and break sizes click on the button to save your settings Click on the Combine multiple employee breaks to one check box if you wish to have all employee breaks combined together as one break Meal Templates General Breaks Coffee Breaks Meals Assignments Break Credit Base size on Default Size w Number of breaks 1 a Default break size 15 00 Combine multiple employee breaks to one Deduction for short break Threshold 00 00 Less than or equal to threshold Nothing y More than threshold Nothing Deduction for long break Threshold 00 00 Less than or equal to threshold Nothing y More than threshold Nothing Allowed break Amount taken Amount under or over Nothing Allowed break and taken time Allowed break and amount under or over Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 43 10 In the Deduction for Short Break box configure how much time will be deducted from the employee when an employee punches out for a shorter period of time than they were allocated for in the break a b Enter in the amount of time HH MM that the action is to be taken Set the conditions if the time taken for the break is either less or more than the threshold in the fields provided The choices are Allowed break Which is the amount of time the employee is alloca
311. masked Contact Tab From the Employees screen click on the Contact tab and the following type of screen will appear Y Employees wA En El E Pi Paxton Jeffrey 1117 P General Personal Contact Assignments Scheduling Labor Level Sl Web Access Address Street 147 Mockingbird Lane city Middletown State New Jersey Country USA Zp 0777 Telephone Home 732 555 1212 Work 973 401 1900 Ext 1130 Cell 908 343 3434 E Mail jpaxton annex com Emergency Contact Name Diane Paxton I Phone 732 744 1224 VA A fe REEL e Address a Street The employee s home street address b City The city or town where the employee resides c State The state or province where the employee resides d Country The country where the employee resides e Zip Code The zip code or postal code of the town where the employee resides e Telephone f g h j Home The employee s home telephone number Work The employee s work telephone number Ext The employee s work extension number Cell The employee s cellular telephone number E mail The employees e mail address e Emergency Contact a b Name The person to contact in case of an emergency Phone The telephone number of the person to contact in case of an emergency Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Employee Administration 5 5 Assignments Tab From the Employees screen click on the Assignments tab and the following type of screen will a
312. mbined to achieve each level s threshold For example if you checked REG and HOL in the Level 1 column then the hours for REG and HOL paycodes will be combined to reach Level 1 s threshold value Note You can select all the Paycodes in a given column by clicking on the column heading You can also deselect any checked Paycodes in a column by clicking on the column heading To select all Paycodes in the grid click on the button This button will also deselect all the Paycodes in the grid if all were selected Note l you wish to duplicate the Weekly Overtime properties from the General Level and or Count tabs select the desired Weekly Overtime template open it enter in a new name AS and click on the Save As button The new Weekly Overtime template will appear in the Main View 9 Click on the button to save your settings To exit without saving click on the button Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 75 Editing a Weekly Overtime Template To edit a Weekly Overtime template select a template from the list and click on the button or double click on the desired template When you have finished your modifications click on the button to save your settings Deleting a Weekly Overtime Template To delete a Weekly Overtime template select a template from the list and click on the button Consecutive Overtime Consecutive Overtime awards overtime based on the qualifying number of consec
313. me or First Name and the entire employees list displayed will be sorted in either ascending or descending order based on the column selected An arrow will appear in the column heading indicating the direction of the sort Note Whenever you Login to Time Guardian Pro the Employees sorting criteria is reset Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Enabled Employee Administration 15 1 Filtering Employees Web 1 Select one the four default filter categories None Active Inactive and Exception Filter or any User defined filter and the entire employees list displayed will be filtered and displayed based on the selected filter criteria Note Whenever you Login to Time Guardian Pro the Employees filter criteria is not reset and remains as configured The filter criteria has precedent over the sorting criteria 2 To create a User filter click on the User filter icon and the following screen will be displayed Time Guardian PRO Meno Cincinn Setup Daily Activities Output Preferences Welcome SYSDBA User Filters s Name Description Software Engineering This filter displays all software engineering employees 2 ii AMANO Amano Cincinnati Inc 140 Harrison Ave Roseland NJ 07068 1240 800 526 2559 Copyright 2006 Amano Cincinnati Inc All rights reserved ae Setup Daily Activities Output Preferences Welcome SYSDBA User Filter General z i gt Name Software Engineering Description This filter displays
314. n Punches Overrides Adjustments Date JOct 10 2006 Oct 11 2006 oct 12 2006 Oct 3 2006 Day Indicator BR Day IN Punch we AB 9 29 06 1012 06 O B E actual a E Preferences IN Punch Day OUT Punch OUT Punch Total Hours Adjustment Break H 07 03 AM Tue 08 00 Oct 4 2006 07 56 AM Wed 03 00 Oct 4 2006 04 55 PM Oct 5 2006 07 59 aM Thu Oct 6 2006 Fri 08 03 AM Fri 05 05 PM 08 00 08 00 Oct 7 2006 Oct 8 2006 Oct 9 2006 J 08 15 AM 08 00 07 52 AM 08 00 elelole lelos lololo 05 12 AM 08 00 I lt Preferences Period Totals Tab Category 07 48 4M Hours Dollars Cost Cost Total i Billable Category 08 00 Period Totals Hours Dollars Cost Cost Total Billable The Period Totals tab is used to set the properties of each of the columns in the Period Totals of the Timecard grid 7 12 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Timecard Administration Ee User Preferences Punches Columns Overrides Column Adjustment Columns Exception Period Totals Miscellaneous Column width Category Dollars Cost Cost Total Billable Billable Total Default Settings e Width Width of the column See description in Preference
315. n field of each overtime type When the Action field is set to Stop any overtime types that are listed in the table where this occurs will not be executed if employee qualifies for that overtime To proceed you must change the Action field from Continue to Stop in the selected overtime type To do so click on the Action field for the desired overtime type and select the Action from the dropdown list See the previous illustration for an example 28 Click on the Overtime Authorization tab 35 Pay Class Seles ee General Day Change Schedule Rounding Overtime Definition Overtime Execution Overtime Authorization Holiday Benefit Execution Hours worked before an assigned schedule require authorization C Hours worked beyond an assigned schedule require authorization Hours worked on an unassigned schedule require authorization OMe e lf your company s policy requires overtime authorization check any one of the 3 possible scenarios where employees may work overtime The scenarios are Hours worked before an assigned schedule start Hours worked after an assigned schedule Hours worked on an unassigned schedule When checked the employee will only be awarded overtime for each of the above if a check is placed in the corresponding column of the Timecard grid B Sch A 4 Sch U 05 ET Day Change Schedule Rounding Overtime Definition Overtime Execution
316. n the Punch Overrides or Adjustments Timecard grids Previous Payperiods can only be adjusted if they are still open by using the Punches tab for punches and the Adjustments tab for hours Cancel any Timecard adjustments and return to the Employees screen Deletes the selected row s in the grid Inserts a row below the selected row in the grid Will display the benefit balances for the selected employee and show the amount taken available and current balance up to the Payperiod shown Will display the Individual Schedule for the selected employee and date to allow schedule modification At least one row must be selected to display Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Interface Preferences Web The display preferences for the Timecard grid are set by clicking on the appropriate Preferences submenu selections from the Preferences menu Overndes columns Adjustment columns Exception colors Miscellaneous colors Period Totals Punches Columns Punches Columns Menu Selection Web The Punches Columns selection is used to set the properties of each of the columns in the Punch tab view of the Timecard grid Select the Punches Columns and the following User Preferences Punches Columns window will appear Time Guardian gt Setup Daily Activities Output Preferences User Preferences Punches Columns El Coburn Color Vebath ate 75 pay EFFFFTF indicator SFTTTTr i STFFFFF Day IN Punch FFFF
317. na ii 14 13 Chapter 15 Web Enabled Employee Administration cccsssseeecsesseeesenseeeecenseeeees 15 1 Sorting Filtering Employees Web cccoooccncccconcnococoncnonononcnnnonononnnonononncnnnnnnnnnnancnnnnnaneninnnos 15 1 Sorring Employee VV CD ct oi te crete ete o de do 15 1 Ferna Employees WD ice ai 15 2 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Table of Contents V Table of Contents Employee Global Edit Web sesser a EEEE RASE ERTE OAIN 15 4 Global Edit Utilizing Punch Information WebD cooncnccccccnccccnncccccnnonononccnncnnnnaconononencnnnoos 15 4 Global Edit Utilizing Hours Information Web ooooccccnocccnccccoccncnnnnconnnnnnccnnnnnanenonnnacinnnnnos 15 5 Global Edit Utilizing Dollars Information Web ooonccccocnnccccnonocononconannconacononononnonanononnnos 15 5 Employee Global Apply Web oooocccccoocnoccccconoccccnonononcnoconconononnnononcnnnonancnnnonannnnnonannnnnos 15 5 Employee Navigation VV CD lirica ira 15 7 Adding Employees WED Jussirtria rd cia 15 7 Employees General Tab Fields Web ooccccccocccocccconconoccononnnnnnconnononroncononnnncnnenenonos 15 7 Employees Personal Tab Fields Web occooocccccooncnococcnonococcnconcononcnonononronnonancnnnns 15 9 Employees Contact Tab Fields Web occcccccconnccnnccccnonnconcnononcconnnnnonancnnnnonnnancnnnnnnnnos 15 9 Employees Assignments Tab Fields Web oooocccccnnnocccconoconccconcon
318. nced User Defined Schedules Humber Active Name Hours Remamder Click on the button to exit the screen and return back to the Individual Scheduler screen The Advanced User Defined Schedules must be enabled before use To do so click on the f on the row of the desired advanced schedule to edit and the following screen will appear Time Guardian Selup Daly Achvites Didpul Preferences Welcome SYEDA Advanced User Defined Schedules mame Uoer Demedts Paria RECS Zone OME1 inure T00 Fl active CL Remnainiter iome Lalar Tei Center 1 Lostiamel SS Juitioti Caliu LEE 1 Detay LEVLLa Diecut LEWELS 1 Dialsuk LEVELE Det Apah Cancel nc 140 Hamsin Ave orale HMI OBE 12D T0 56 Ses A E A All AE Enter name of the advanced user defined schedule Select paycode using the dropdown lists to make a selection Select zone using the dropdown lists to make a selection A RN a Enter amount of hours HH MM or check the remainder check box 14 12 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Enabled Individual Schedule 5 Click on the Active check box to use this user defined advance schedule in individual schedule 6 Select the labor levels using the dropdown lists 7 When you have finished click on the button Click on the button to return back to the Individual Scheduler screen view with employees and no newly created advanced user defined schedule will appear in the cell Removing an Advanced Sche
319. nd Meals Coffee Breaks and Meals or All Breaks and Meals 8 Inthe Maximum Amount field enter the maximum amount of time HH MM that will be credited 9 When you have finished configuring the meal template click on the button to save your settings To exit without saving click on the button Shift Overtime Overtime is the time an employee works that extends beyond a certain level of time set by the company s policies Shift overtime is based on hours worked and is a way of rewarding the employee for working more hours than a set hour value in one shift Schedule The hours that exceed the set hour value are normally paid at a high wage or rate Up to 4 levels of Shift Overtime can be used Each level can be assigned its own threshold limit The hours worked beyond the threshold will be moved to the specified OT paycode To create a Shift Overtime template 1 Click on the Shift Overtime node in the Shifts module in the Tree View see the figure A Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA File Edit Help El Today sit Name Ww a Setup Name Description pd Company Wi Corporate OT WI MFG OT i BA Users ial Paycodes F os Shifts o a ah Rounding Templates ES Exceptions 3 hI Meal Templates at Eee 2 E Outside Shift Overtime 3 E3 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 49 2 Click on the button and the Shift Overtime window will appear Shift Overtime Ge
320. nd and therefore qualifies for the zone The hours in the zone window 9 00 6 00p will be set to zone code 4 Fix Time 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 9 00 6 00 p Zone Schedule End Before Qualify Example Type Zone Qualified Zone 4 Condition Paycode Compare Value Labor Connector Schedule End Before gt 10 Not Qualified Zone 2 A Percentage Q 09 00 18 00 Fix Time Schedulehours Zone Hours D 00 00 03 00 Schedule Start a 05 00 02 00 First IN Punch 1h i Qh 11 1 Fix Time 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 9 00 i 6 00 p 10 00 1 00 p 1 30 p 5 30 p Hours to Qualify E gt i 4h lt gt Worked Hours To qualify for the the zone window 9 00 to 6 00p the employee must be scheduled to end greater than 10 of the hours before the zone window end including all paycodes and labor In the example the employee was scheduled 11 1 of the hours before the zone window end and therefore qualifies for the zone The hours in the zone window 9 00 6 00p will be set to zone code 4 Fix Time 8 00 9 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 17 20 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Zone Window Examples Zone Schedule End After Qualify Example Type Zone Qualified Zone 4 Condition Paycode Compare Value Schedule End After gt 0 30 Not Qualified Zone 2 Labor Connector
321. nding Templates A enera Grace First st INfLast OUT AIMINOUT Gpen Schedule Transfer He Break Meal Limit Point AIN Punch ai All OUT Punch Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 29 Open Schedule Open Schedule rounding is used when a schedule for the day has no start or end time defined There are four types of rounding performed for the open schedule A Unit and Point must be entered for each type They are e First IN punch of the day e All OUT punches e All IN punches e Last OUT punch of the day ee Rounding Templates DER i General Grace First IN Last OUT allinjouT Open Schedule Transfer Break Meal Unit Point First IN Punch 7 All IN Punch 7 AIlOUT Punch 7 7 Last OUT Punch 4 1 3 Li OBR Transfer Rounding Transfer rounding is used on punches that are designated as transfer punches by an employee pressing the transfer button on the terminal Rounding Templates Cal i General o Grace First IM Last GUT A A eae IS Bi _allinjout Openschedule Transfer Break Meal Transfer IN Punch Transfer QUT Punch Fr oe OBES el Transfer rounding works the same way as Break Meal rounding When a punch is designated as a transfer punch it will use transfer rounding if it is activated If it is not activated then IN OUT rounding will be used Hour Rounding Hour Rounding is enabled in the Ge
322. ndividual Scheduler submenu from the Daily Activities menu To launch the Individual Scheduler select an Individual Schedule Profile in the Main View and click on the c button to launch Scheduler for profile see figure SEE FRS Seb Dah Actis Output Pruferancas Welcome oy SOBA Individual Scheduler Saree l Deise Seledecton Cleo Selection Cancel EA Sat Add 7 lt Haza ae Est Aaa MA Coqporas Vac abon Cie 7 Employee Ed 1 Saa jm DEA O Moca 151 0 Tun 1010 Wad os Mm 130 rial Cl eet 150 1H oO Ela a Sr dl Hari O bama ra dy E Frik imak O prnl ek O hara aa O ee il O j IHT z 2 Wiser Karl Mar AO oF RSG OT a Toe 0700 AM oF Thu 87 00 AMS a j eed Sheh a A E Fiai e RER JH REJIET AES bo G IDLE T mamma ll muriera ramal mom ra aa lO et L 123451 sl Paria Vip GTa a Zoe e har bm ia E imij arih O bmi io O ia a UNA bara rad T Smil Herik O Sra ll Harak oO ber d bm hi l imil mal a The Individual Scheduler consists of the following components e Grid One row for each displayed employee and a column for each day in the profile Select the entire employee s grid by checking the box under employee s name Scroll forwards or backwards as per how your schedule is defined e if weekly every click will move display 1 week by clicking on the gt arrows There is no limit to the amount of schedules that can be added e Template Schedule This dropdown list is used to assign
323. ner eneral Level Count Name NJ Corporate OT Description NJ MFG OT 3 Enter a name for the Shift Overtime rule in the name field 4 Enter a description of the Shift Overtime rule in the Description field Note f you wish to duplicate the properties of an existing Shift Overtime template for another Shift Overtime template select the desired Shift Overtime template from the Shift Overtime window open it enter in a new name and click on the L Es button The new Shift Overtime template will appear in the Shift Overtime window 5 Click on the Level tab a Shift Overtime AE e General Level Count from To Base a 00 00 in 08 00 Schedule Level 1 08 00 00 oT Level 2 1000 12 00 DT ml Level 3 EEEN TT al uE VENS E 6 Inthe Level table enter the threshold limits from and To times and assign a reasonable Paycode to each level of shift overtime For example in the example shown in the previous figure an employee will be paid based upon the schedule for a regular 8 hour day From the 8 hour to the 10 hour the employ will be paid for an OT overtime rate While from the 10 to 12 hours the employee will be paid at a DT double time rate and from the 12 hour till the end of the day the employee will be paid ata TT triple time rate 7 Click on the Count tab Lewel 4 50 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guar
324. neral Rounding tab You must select either Punch Pair or Schedule as the Rounding Type Punch Pair rounds the amount of time worked between two punches after the automatic break meal deductions are taken out Schedule rounds the total amount of time worked for a schedule after the automatic break meal deductions are taken out 4 30 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro Rounding Templates General E Hour Rounding Break f Meal Type Punch Pair C Schedule Setting unit we Den Example Interval punch pair rounding occurs on multiple punches in a day The first interval or punch pair is 8 07 AM and 11 00 AM These punches calculate to 2 hours and 53 minutes of time If a Unit of 15 and Point of 7 is used then this time would be rounded to 3 hours and 0 minutes The second interval or punch pair is 12 32 PM and 5 00 PM These punches calculate to 4 hours and 28 minutes of time This time is rounded to 4 hours and 30 minutes This would give the employee a daily total of 7 hours and 30 minutes Schedule 08 00AM 05 00 PM 08 07 AM 11 00 AM 12 32 PM _ _ S a Total hours for the Total hours for the interval 2 53 interval 4 28 After rounding 3 00 After rounding 4 30 Example Schedule Rounding The first schedule is from 8 00 AM to 12 00 PM The four punches within the schedule calculate to 3 hours and 21 minutes of time If the Unit is set to 15 and the Point is 7 this time woul
325. nge schedule Rounding Overtime Definition Overtime Execution Overtime Authorization Holiday Benefit Execution Time 02 00 AM Occurs Before midnight After midnight Override Maximum shift length Shift Requirement Maximum number of punches RES 14 Enter the time in 24 hour format that your business day ends in the Time field 15 Enter the Maximum shift length or window of time HH MM that will enable punches to be grouped together for one shift 12 to 13 hours is a recommended number for this field thus allowing all lunch or break punches to be applied to the correct schedule 16 Enter the number of punches allowed that cross the day change time to be calculated for the schedule in the Maximum number of punches field If O is entered the Maximum shift length will be used to override the Day Change Time 17 If you are using both Maximum shift length and number of punches to override the Day Change Time you must select how punches will be applied to the schedule in the Shift Requirement field The choices are e AND The punches are brought back to the same shift until both the maximum number of punches and maximum shift length conditions are satisfied e OR The punches are brought back to the same shift until either the maximum number of punches or maximum shift length conditions are satisfied Example Max Number of Punches Max Shift Length relation with Shift Requirement x A punch
326. nge will begin or click on the button to select a date The Select Date dialog box will appear as shown in the following 4 5 6 7 8 3 10 l 13 14 15 16 17 19 0 21 22 3 4 b 7 8 29 30 When you have finished click on the click on the Save button to enter the date Until Enabled when Date Range is selected as the Date Selection Enter the date that the Date Range will end or click on the button to select a date The Select Date dialog box will appear as shown in the following 4 5 6 7 8 3 10 l 13 14 15 16 17 19 20 21 22 3 4 b 7 8 29 30 When you have finished click on the click on the Save button to enter the date Forward and Backward Enabled when Date Range is selected as the Date Selection Allows the option of going forward or backward as many days weeks months or years from the From Date Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Individual Schedule 6 Click on the Payclass tab This tab allows you to select those employees that belong to particular Payclasses By default all Payclasses are selected Individual Schedule Cost Center 55 Department JOBCLASS General Date Range Payclass Available Selected STD NIJ 1sk Shift da Add All Remove Remove All e To select a Payclass highlight the desired Payclass in the Available list and click on the button e To select all Payclasses click on the button e To remove a Payclass from the Selected list highlight
327. ngs selected will appear in the list box To delete a daily rounding rule select the break meal rule from list and click on the button To update change a break meal rule select the rounding rule from the list and make the appropriate changes in Day of week Holiday s unit and or point fields and click on the button 21 Click on the icon to activate the Rounding Demo to visualize the results of the rounding rules Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 73 Payclass Weekly Overtime Weekly Overtime rewards employees overtime hours for working more hours than a set hour value for that particular week or Payperiod The hours that exceed the set hour value are normally paid at a higher wage than regular REG Paycode hours Weekly Overtime is set in the Weekly Overtime window which is accessed by selecting the Weekly Overtime node within the Payclass module in the Tree View Up to 4 levels of Weekly Overtime can be used Each level can be assigned its own threshold limit that move the hours from one Paycode to another See the following table for an example O iewe eo Cowes a o Cwe a Additionally you can set the Paycodes that will count toward weekly overtime level Creating a Weekly Overtime Template 1 Click on the Weekly Overtime node within the Payclass module in the Tree View A Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA File Edit Help E Today hj Name w gt Tg Setup Name Description 6 Jl
328. nnos 13 15 TotalS WeODIiissicaniisi ii iii a 13 15 consi COMMANGS Web os 13 16 PrelerenceS WED a la ciao 13 17 Adding Editing and Deleting Employee PUNCHES ooccccconcnccnnccnccnccncnnncnnonncnnonnnoncnnanonenncnnos 13 21 Addino Punches VV CD isspiinin e E t 13 21 EGINO PUNCHES WED imss neces otetenseaad e pRa 13 21 Deleting PUNCHES WVVED se e 13 21 Adding Editing and Deleting Employee Tip oocccccocccccncccconnconccnncncnnncnconnconcnnaronnnncnnnnncnnos 13 21 Adding Employee MOS WV ED ce ctu e o 13 21 Editino THOS VVED naaa 13 21 Deleng TPSA WED usina aa e a a 13 22 SNE dui OVE IOS AAA ic 13 22 Ovenime AULMONZaA Oe 13 22 AUMOrnzina Payroll EXPO din a A A eal 13 23 Chapter 14 Web Enabled Individual Schedule ooccocooonnnnccccconcnnncccnononannncncnonannnonnnananannnos 14 1 Creating an Individual Schedule Profile Web oooccccccccncccccncconnnnocononoconnncnoncnnnnanonos 14 1 Assigning Individual Schedules Web oooccccccocncccccconcnnononccnnononccnnononnnncnnnanoncononnnenonaness 14 5 Schedule Indicator S ir di n 14 9 Selecting Cells For Individual Scheduler Web cccconccccccccccccccnconococonoconononcnononcncnnonos 14 9 Editing Advanced User Defined Schedules Web ooccccconcnncconnncnocononononnonanononanonos 14 12 Removing an Advanced Schedule Web oooocccccoccncccccnccccononocononocononononcncnconenononons 14 13 Editing an Advanced Schedule WeDiain
329. nononcnnnonannncnnnnnnos 15 10 Employees Schedule Tab Fields Web occcccocccccooccncccccnnccnnnnccncnnncononncnannncnanonos 15 11 Employees Labor Level Tab Fields Web cooooncccccocococcnnnccononcncnconoconcnonannncnnanonos 15 12 Employees Certification Tab Fields Web ccooonccccccccnccnccocnonnccnoconnononnnnnononnnnnononens 15 12 Employees Wages Tab Fields Web ccccsssseecceeseeeeseeeeeeeseeseeeessaseeeessaneeesseaseees 15 13 Employees Benefit Tab Fields Web ccooocccccccnocococonocononocononcnnncononanononanonononennos 15 14 Employees Access Tab Fields WeD cccccsssscceceeseeeeceeeseeeeeeeseeesseseeeessaneeeessaeees 15 15 Chapter 16 Web Configured Output cccccsssssessseeesseesseeeeeeeesseeeeseneenseeeeeeeeeseeesssenenseeeees 16 1 Repons VV CD medal a A a iia 16 1 Creating a Report Profile Wep arisna aa i ae ietin 16 2 Generating a Report Web sissors eenia ra iaee AET EE tai 16 9 Copy Report to Another User Web ccccoocccnnccoccnccoconnnnncconnnnnnonononnnnonnnnnnnnnnonnnnonnoncnnnos 16 9 EMPIOYES WoD ACCESS id A A A A A 16 10 PUNCH WG EM Oe o E asi cecsh conc iadent cette hens he nnceae asuiodeat acon taisasnanecdeaess 16 10 PREVIOUS PUNCHES VV CD a e O no Sd 16 12 HUIS SIC CL VVED zarrai a a coin TE 16 13 Totals WED liura li 16 17 Reset PassWord WED re scessi ienr EEE diia 16 17 Schedule Posting Report Web c
330. nterface Login Web To login the Time Guardian Pro Web section there are two paths 1 Open any Web browser 2 For non secure login type htip localhost 8080 tgpro Replace localhost with the IP address of the Time Guardian Pro server The standard port is 8080 For secure SSL login type http localhost 3443 tgpro Replace localhost with the IP address of the Time Guardian Pro server The standard port for SSL is 8443 3 Log In Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Q Back Address http flocalhost 8080 tgpro w G Search 0 we Bho blocked he Check gt Username Password Reset 3 Enter Username For employees this is his or her badge number For supervisors this is the user login name 4 Enter password For employees it is the password setup in the web access of the employee module see Reset Password For supervisors this is the user password for the username see Time Guardian Pro Installation 5 Press the button Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Interface 13 1 Supervisor Web Access The Setup Daily Activities Output and Preferences menus from Time Guardian Pro allow a supervisor to schedule edit time sheets run reports edit add employees and reset passwords The supervisor allowed menu items provide this user group with access to the following features a cera Template Schedules Adjustment columns i Auto Schedules Exception colors f
331. o edit a Combined Billable Rate Template select the desired template within the Combined Billable Rates module in the Tree View and click on the button or double click on the template row To save your changes click on the Y button Deleting a Combined Billable Rate Template To delete a Combined Billable Rate Template within the Combined Billable Rates module select the desired template in the Tree View and click on the button Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 15 Rate Templates A Rate Template allows you to create a rate to assign to employees or labor levels Rate Templates are assigned to employees in the Wages tab of the Employee window To create a Rate Template 1 oF Br A e Select the Rate Template module within the Company module in the Setup group in the Tree View Click on the button and the Rate Template window will appear o Rate Template Ea General Mumber E Mamie Description Enter a number for the Rate Template in the Number field required field Enter a name for the Rate Template in the Name field required field In the Description field enter a brief description of the Rate Template To add a rate click on the Add button and a row will appear on the Rates box o Rate Template E Ek I Number 15 Name Standard Rate Description NJ Manfacturing Rates Date Rate Add 121 8 7 2006 HA rE el 1 Click on the button in the D
332. o highlight the additional original cells selected 3 To apply or add the selected schedule to these days click on the set or Ada buttons next to the template individual schedule selection To clear the selection highlighting click on the _ Clear Selection button Note Holding the mouse pointer over the buttons and or icons on this screen will provide tool tips 4 Assigning Advanced Schedules Advanced Schedules allow you to schedule an employee for time off in the future Advanced Schedules can be assigned to an individual This can be done in two ways The first is to click on the New AS 45 Advanced Schedule link to create an advance schedule for the selected day 14 10 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Enabled Individual Schedule Pis Get veme Favorites Took Hele Qu mj g ri jp Search wy Favorites e i EA Time Guardian Setup Daly Actwites Output Preferences Welton SY SOBA Advanced Schedule Dale 4 26 06 Paycade EG lore Code Zt Hour Allocation Ray lin acer Pay Cate Cost Center Jolla Crafts LEVELI i Deimuh LEVELA hetat LENLLS 1 f LEVEL 1 Ciauh Select the following e Paycode Select the Paycode that the schedule will be in e Zone Code Select the Zone Code that the schedule will be in e Hours Enter the amount of hours HH MM for the day e Allocation Select Normal Pay in Advance or Remainder If Pay in Advance is selected you must enter the date that the employee wi
333. obal Edit Date Range Date Selection Date Range _ Excludes Today From Date 1 3 2005 until Forward Backward 1 S Day s e Date Selection select from the dropdown list The choices are Today Yesterday Last Open Period Previous Open Period Current Week Previous Week Current Month Previous Month Last 2 weeks Date Range Current Payperiod or Previous Payperiod e Check Excludes Today box to bypass editing today s Timecard with user configured global edits e If Date Range is selected enter the From Date using the calendar dialog screen Also select either Until and enter the date using the calendar dialog screen or select Forward or Backward If using Forward or Backward pick an amount of time and type a fixed time from the dropdown lists The choices for time segments are Day s Week s Month s or Year s Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Timecard Administration 7 21 9 Click on the Next gt button and the following is an example of the Payclass Global Edit window that will appear A Global Edit Payclass Available Selected Amano Corporate Hg STD NJ 1st Shift o a E Add All Remove Remove All BHE E To add a Payclass highlight the desired Payclass in the Available list and click on the button To add all Payclasses from the Available list click on the button To remove a Payclass highlight the desired Pay
334. ocated for the Regular break or Coffee break Nothing Which is to deduct no time from the employee Allowed and taken time Which will deduct the time allocated for Regular break or Coffee break plus the time taken for Regular break or Coffee break Allowed break and amount under or over Which is the amount of time the employee is allocated for the Regular break or Coffee break and which is the amount of time that exceeds or is under the time allocated for the Regular break or Coffee break 12 Click on the Coffee Breaks tab Repeat steps 10 through 12 for the Coffee Breaks 13 Click on the Meals tab Repeat steps 10 through 12 for the Meals 14 Click on the Assignments tab 4 44 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro Meal Templates Alca i General ll Breaks I Coffee Breaks ll Meals Assignments Break Credit Type Sequence Order Meal 1 Break Break 2 Meal Coffee break Add Remove Move Up Move Down 15 Assign sequence of Meal Template types 16 When you have finished configuring the Meal Ed click on the button to save your settings To exit without saving click on the button To create a Flexible Window Meal Template 1 Click on the Meal Templates node within the Shifts module in the Tree View 2 Click on the button and the Meal Templates window will appear Meal Templates General Breaks Coffee Breaks Meals Assionmnen Break Credit Name New Jersey
335. of 4 00 PM Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 27 Schedule Start Schedule End 08 00 am 04 00 pm Grace Zone 1 Grace Zone 1 Grace Zone 2 Grace Zone 2 Start End Start End If the punch falls within If the punch falls within the window it gets the the window it gets the schedule start time schedule end time First IN Last OUT This rounding occurs outside of the grace rounding windows and when an employee has a schedule with start and end times Rounding Templates AIIN OUT Open Schedule General Grace First IN Last OUT First IN Unit and Point Unit Early IN Late IN Last OUT Unit and Point Unit Early OUT Y Late OUT 17 6 EA 2 In the First In Last Out tab there are 4 Units and 4 Points used to determine rounding A Unit is a numeric value used to adjust employee punch time to a consistent measurement of time Common units are 1 3 6 15 and 30 minutes The Unit is used in conjunction with the Point A Point determines if the punch will be rounded backward or forward The Units and Points to be set are e Early IN The first punch of the day before the start of the schedule and not inside the grace window e Late IN The first punch of the day after the start of the schedule and not inside the grace window e Early OUT The last punch of the day before the end of the schedule and not inside the grace window e Late OUT The last punch of the day befor
336. on Cost Center 5S C Department C TOBCLASS LEVELA C Bmiployee Hame No Caninia HO MPG Frapan HI FYOS Hours Factory Daseniptisn Norkera Houra Summary Repl Moure Sienmary Heporn et slim Cone aly HC eet ata Me rato CjEsmpduyae signs ine ura algara le pan Fogar POF Excel Appt Cencal 3 Inthe Name field enter a name for the report Enter in a brief description of the report in the Description field 5 In the Report field select the type of report you want to create The choices are Hours Summary Report Time Card Report Employee Report Labor Analysis Report Unauthorized Hours Report Presence Report Historical Hours Report Exceptions Report Time Card New Audit Report Schedule Posting Report Schedule vs Actual Deaccrual Balance report Deaccrual History Report and Tips Report 6 For Hours Summary Report Check the following options to include them on the report LI Show zone number Cost rate Billable rate Employee signature line ODO O Supervisor signature line 16 2 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Configured Output 7 For Time Card and Time Card New Report Check the following options to include them on the report Q Show terminal number Enter No of Punch in a Row Enter No of Paycode in a Row Show zone number Cost rate Billable rate Employee signature line Supervisor signature line ODUOODUOCDOO LO Check Actual Punches or Rounded Punches 8 For Labor Analysis Report Check
337. on Paycode Compare Connector Zone Schedule Start Before gt Qualified Zone 4 Not Qudified Zone 2 E Fix Time 00 00 03 00 Schedule Start E First IN Punch Fix Time 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 9 00 6 00 p th i 10 00 1 00 p 1 30 p 5 30 p Hours to Qualify Ke HS 3h 4h lt gt Worked Hours To qualify for the the zone window 9 00 to 6 00p the employee must be scheduled to start greater than 30 mins before the zone window start including all paycodes and labor In the example the employee was scheduled 1 hour before the zone window start and therefore qualifies for the zone The hours in the zone window 9 00 6 00p will be set to zone code 4 Fix Time 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 1 00 p 1 30 p 5 30 p x x y Zone Schedule Start Before Qualify Example Type Condition Paycode Compare Value Labor Connector Zone Schedule Start Before gt 10 Qualified Zone 4 Not Qualified Zone 2 Percentage Schedule hours Zone hours Hours E Fix Time 00 00 03 00 Schedule Start First IN Punch 1h 9h 11 1 Fix Time 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 9 00 6 00 p 1 00 p 1 30 p Hours to Qualify gt Worked Hours To qualify for the the zone window 9 00 to 6 00p the employee must be scheduled to start greater than 10 of the hours before the zone window start including all paycodes and labor In the example the employe
338. on in the Name and Description fields and then click on the button Click on the button when finished To edit a Certification highlight the desired item in the list The selected Certification will appear in the Name and Description fields After making your changes click on the button when finished To update a Certification highlight the desired item in the list The selected Certification will appear in the Name and Description fields After making your changes click on the update button when finished To delete a Certification highlight the desired item in the list The selected Certification will appear in the Name and Description fields Click on the button To add a Certification to an employee s record highlight the desired Certification in the Available list and click on the button To select all the listed Certifications click on the Add All button To document the date the Certification was achieved enter the date in the Date Achieved field or use the Calendar icon provided To remove a Certification from an employee s record highlight the desired Certification in the Selected list and click on the button To remove all the listed Certifications click on R Remove All o L Remove al button Note This function can also be done with Global Assign from the main employee list see Global Assign Wages Tab This tab allows you to assign wages to employees The Cost and Billable Rate boxes will only be enabl
339. on to an employee s record click on the dropdown list under the Certifications field select the proper certification and enter the date achieved If the correct certification does not exist create a certification by selecting the Certifications menu within the Daily Activities menu Click on the button from the Certification main view listing of all current certifications and the following new row will appear Certifications Date Achieved Ta This Certification will be a copy of the one listed above Click on the dropdown box to select previously defined certifications created on the desktop client side If no certifications exist in the system the Add button will not be enabled Click on the el icon from the Date Achieved view listing of all current certifications and the following will appear to select the certification completion date 15 12 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Enabled Employee Administration January Sun Mon Tue Wed Today i Mon 14 Jan 2006 Click on the button when finished to save the new certification and return back to the main certifications view Click on the to return back to the main certification view without saving To edit a Certification click on the amp button on the desired item in the list from the main certification view The selected Certification will appear in the Name and Description fields After making your changes click on the button when finished to save the changes To
340. onth s 10 In the Date Selection field select the date range for the report The choices are Today Yesterday Last Open Period Previous Open Period Current Week Previous Week Current Month Previous Month Last 2 Weeks Date Range Current Payperiod and Previous Payperiod Note When Current Payperiod and Previous Payperiod are selected the first Payclass in the Selected List on the Payclass tab will be used as the date range for the file 11 lf Date Range was chosen as the Date Selection you must enter the From Date and Until Date using the Calendar icon You also have the option of going forward or backward as many days weeks months or years from the From Date using the Forward and Backward options 12 Click on the Breaks tab The Breaks tab determines which Labor Levels in Time Guardian Pro will be passed to the Payroll Export file The number of Labor Levels to be passed is dependent upon the payroll company you are using The selection will leave that particular labor level field blank in the payroll file The following is an example of the Breaks tab window Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Output 12 11 Payrolls DER General Date Range Breaks Payclass Cost Center 55 Department JOBCLASS LEVEL4 Employee Available Selected fises JOBCLASS Add All Remove Remove All Department n Movelp Move Down e To add a Labor Level to the payroll
341. oocncccccccconoconcccnnonncnnncnnnancnnnonnnonnnnnnnss 17 8 Schedule Punch After Qualify ExamMple ooocccccccccnnccnnccconoconnnocnnoncnnnnononnnnnnnnononanonnnons 17 8 schedule Type Quality ExXamplencinondo ic tia 17 9 Zone Work Before Qualify Example ccccccocccnnccnnccccnnccnonccononccnnnonnnonnnnnnonnonccnnnnnnnonnnnnnnns 17 9 Zone Work Within Qualify Exa Mpe serne as 17 10 Zone Work After Qualify ExamMple ooocccccccccoconononococonccononononnnnnnonononcnnnnnnnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnns 17 10 Zone Work Belore 7 Qualify Example ii a 17 11 Zone Work Within Qualify Example serisi e E 17 11 Zone Work After Qualify Example oi o Rie eat 17 12 Zone Punch Before Qualify ExamMple cccccooocnccnnccccconcnonccononcnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnannnnnnnnnnnannnns 17 12 Zone Punch Atter Qualify Example insista 17 13 Zone Punch Before Qualify Example oocccccccccnccononoconcnconononononnnconanononananononcnnnnos 17 14 Zone Punch After Qualify ExamMple cccccococonnccncoccconccnncconoonncnnnnononononnnonnnannnnnnnnnnnnnnos 17 14 Zone First In Punch After Zone Quality ExamMple oooocccncccccconccncccononccnnnonnonancnnnnonnnnnnos 17 15 Zone Last Out Before Zone End Qualify Example ccocooccccccccncccocnncconcncnnnconononennnnos 17 15 Zone Schedule Within Qualify Example ooooccccccccccnnconcconoocncnnnnononnconnnnnnnancnnncnnnonnonns 17 16 Zone Schedule Within Qualify Example oocccccccccocncnccccc
342. oooccncoccccnccccccnnncononnnnnnnnnncnnnnnannnnnonannnnnnnnnenonnnaneninnnos 17 25 Alter Schedule Award Example 2 mico idas 17 26 schedule Award Examinar 17 26 Schedule Award Clit ZOMG EXIME 17 27 ZONE AW AIG EX AINDIC usar iii 17 27 Valle Fours Award EX GMD le takimata Rasatantal os 17 28 Value Dollars Award Example cccccsccccsecccseeeceneeceaseeceecessuseseueesesseeseeeessueessaseeseeeens 17 28 Hour Multiplier Hours Award Example ooocccococcccccnoconnconcnconnnnonannnonnncnnnnconnnnonannnnns 17 29 Change Rate Fixed Award Example nerse aniser e ia a E ENEE 17 29 Change Rate Add to Award Example ocoooccccccccnconcconcconcnnonccnnononnnncnnonnnnnononennconenennns 17 30 Change Rate Base Award Example ccccoconccccccocccnccconconnononcononnnncnnnnnoncnncnnenennns 17 30 Set Zone Number Set All Award Example ccccccoccccccccocconcccononnncnoncnncnnononnnonannnnonnanennns 17 31 Set Zone Number Award Set Window Example oocccccccocccncccccconcccononnconenonnconeninnnos 17 31 Guaranteed Hours Single Shift Example occccccccccccccccccnnccconcnnnononcnnnnnonnnnnononinncnnenennnos 17 32 Guaranteed Hours All Shifts Example oooccccccccncnncccncnoncnnocononononcnnonnnncononnonnnncnnanennnss 17 32 Set Zone Code for All Windows Example ooccccccocccccoccccnnnoccnonononnnncnnononcnnnnnoncnnnnnnaneness 17 33 Highest Zone Code Example saeson AEREE Ea 17 33 Marv EA ea do 17 34 INST U
343. or Level tab to utilize available labor levels as a filter for employee reports and follow the same preceding procedure 12 8 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Output 27 When you have finished click on the button to save your settings Editing a Report Profile To edit a report from a Report Profile select the desired Report Profile from the list in the Table View of the Reports module click on the button and the reports window will appear Also double clicking on the report will perform the same task Running a Report To run a report from a Report Profile select the desired Report Profile from the list in the Table View of the Reports module and click on the Cid button The report will be generated and displayed on screen if Adobe Acrobat PDF Output format was selected If Excel Output was selected the report will be generated and an Excel worksheet created and saved in the Time Guardian Pro directory in the Reports folder C Program Files Time Guardian Pro reports Payrolls The Payrolls module provides a way of transferring data in the system to payroll software The data is usually transferred by means of a text file formatted to the payroll company s specifications or directly into the payroll company database Creating a Payroll Profile 1 Click on the Payrolls node within the Output module in the Tree View see the following figure Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA File Edit ak Y Today be ee setup Description Pay
344. or the the zone window 10 00 to 12 00 the employee must work greater than 15 of the hours after the employee s schedule including all paycodes and labor In the example the employee work 8 7 of the hours after the schedule and therefore does not qualify for the zone The hours in the zone window 10 00 12 00 will be set to zone code 2 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 10 00 12 00p Fix Time 6 00 10 00 1 00 p 1 30 p 530p 600p 6 30p x K x x KX x Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Zone Window Examples Schedule Punch Before Qualify Example Type Condition Paycode Compare Value Labor Connector Schedule Punch Before All gt 1 30 All Qualified Zone 4 Not Qualified Zone 2 Fix Time il 08 00 11 00 Schedule Start First IN Punch 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Pan Zone Window Fix Time gt 2h 7 00 10 00 1 00 p To qualify for the the zone window 10 00 to 12 00 the employee must Punch IN greater than 1 30 hours before the employee s schedule inaliding All paycodes and the hours must bein All labor Hours to Qualify gt Worked Hours In the example the employee work 8 hours The employee punched in at 6 00 which 2 hours before the start of the schedule Therefore since the employee punched in 2 hours before the employee s schedule the employee qualifies forthe zone The hours in the zone window 10 00 12 00 will be set to zone code 4 See result below 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p
345. ore the schedule end and after the schedule end Different schedule for each day and schedule crosses days Yes to question 3 and No to questions 1 and 2 Each day of the week will have its own screen Enter the Start and End Times for each day of the schedule Start and End Day of the schedule the days that the schedules will apply to and enter the start and end zone times for the IN and OUT punches that will be used to apply the schedules When you have finished click on the Next button Schedule Setup Monday Start a End Abo Current Current Apply the schedules ifthe first IN punch is between before the schedule start and after the schedule start Apply the schedules ifthe last OUT punch is between before the schedule end and after the schedule end 3 20 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Setup Wizard 46 Enter a name for the Schedule you just created and assign it a Paycode If you want to assign a Shift to this Schedule answer Yes to the question and select the Shift name from the dropdown list Click on the Next button Schedule Setup Please enter a name for this schedule and select the required information Name Paycode REG v Shift AMANO STANDARD v 47 lf you would like to create another Schedule select Yes otherwise the Schedule Setup is complete If you are adding another Schedule the Wizard will repeat the previous screens Steps 43 through 45 fo
346. orking With Time Guardian Pro 4 89 Holiday Group o ales General Seniority Elgibity Schedule Eligibility Holiday Selection Available Selected gt Year 5 Day 1217 AAA Shemini Atzeret Martin Luther King Birthday 1219 Wizard Simkhat Torah 11223 Wizard Tu E shewat 1221 Wizard Chanukah 1228 Wizard Passover ae Day e Add All mest Day IColumbus Day Remove Remove all Thanksoivina Daw E Hil President s Day Washington Birthday Move Up Mowe own To add a Holiday to the group highlight the desired Holiday in the Available list and click on the Add button To select all Holidays to the group click on the Add All button To remove a Holiday from the group highlight the desired Holiday in the Selected list and click on the Remove button To remove all selected Holidays click on the Remove All button e Click on the Move Up or Move Down buttons to move a holiday up or down in the Selected column to change the priority 15 When you have finished click on the button to save your settings The Holiday Group will appear as a row in the Table View Creating a Payclass 1 Click on Payclass module within the Setup group in the Tree View see the following figure A Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA Ela Edit i Help g ul Today Name i z Setup E E A Company i qee 2 Labor Levels Amano Corporate Hq a Rate Setup STO NJ 1st ShiFt ISTD NI 1 st Sh
347. otal Billable Billable Total Mon Mar 20 Tue Mar 21 wed Mar 22 Thu Mar 23 Fri Mar 24 Mon Mar 27 Tue Mar 28 wed Mar 29 Thu Mar 30 Fri Mar 31 BBBBBBBDDBDBED The Time Sheet total rows can be expanded to show more detail about the hours for the Payperiod or a given day by clicking on the left hand side of the row on the node to drill down Reset Password Web The Reset Password menu selection from the Daily Activities menu provides employees a way to change his or her login password for Web access To change the password 1 Enter old password for employee Web access 2 Enter new password for employee Web access 3 Confirm by entering new password for employee Web access 4 Click on the Apply button to save Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Configured Output 16 17 e AS Time Guardian PRO E Daily Activities Preferences Welcome Patel Ramesh Punch Previous Punch Reset Password Kb Time Sheet Saas a asswor E Adjustments y New Password LA ____ Schedule Posting Report 182 Reset Password DN Confirm Password a Apply Schedule Posting Report Web The Schedule Posting Report menu selection from Daily Activities menu allows employees to view his or her schedule for the current or next Payperiods See the following example Time Guardian PrO 3 Daily Activities Preferences Welcom
348. ou must specify the interval of time that the meal will occur in If the meal was setup then the Interval or Window of time will be used from that selection Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Setup Wizard 3 9 Meal Setup Are employees going to punch for the meal Would you like the system to apply punches to this meal by a window that the punches must fall in or by looking at the internal amount of time taken for the meal Hours To Work If Window was selected you must create meal windows Punches that occur within the window of time set will be considered by the system as meals Click on the Add button to create a meal window and enter the following Windows 00 00 Schedule Start e Hours to work The starting point of the meal window The number of hours the employee must work after the From field setting before the meal window begins e Length Length of window in which the employee must punch to be awarded the meal e From Select the Schedule Start or 1st IN Punch To delete a meal window select the desired row and click on the Delete button When you have finished click on the Next D button 24 If you want the break and meal automatically deducted select Yes You must specify the number of hours that the employee is required to work before the deduction occurs and the time that the deduction will occur from the scheduled start time Click on the Next button Break Setup Do you want the size o
349. oyee will appear under the Benefit Balance column if the Tracking Type has been previously set to Deaccruals or Import Balance See Web Configured Output for additional information on reports showing benefit balances Employees Access Tab Fields Web This tab allows supervisor to assign employee s a password for employee access from the Web side of Time Guardian Pro The supervisor can grant employees access to Web menus for Punch Previous Punch Time Sheet Adjustments Reset Password and or Schedule Posting Report When selecting the Wages tab the following screen will appear pa Time Guardian U7 awp Dady Acbwitiag Output Pralerantar Malcom SSI Loqsut li j H 171457 rra Jahn i i Save Aaa The Web password will be required when you save this screen by pressing the Apply button If the Access box is not checked the module will not be active for that employee when they login Non access modules will not appear under the Daily Activities menu With Access granted for all employee modules an employee will see the following after logging in using their employee number username and password Daily Activities i fF Previous Punch Time Sheet i Adjustments O Reset Password 3 Schedule Posting Report Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Enabled Employee Administration 15 15 This page intentionally left blank 15 16 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Enabled Employee Administration C
350. p Wizard e Daily Rules Allows you to create Daily Rule templates e Payclass Allows you to create Payclasses e Schedule Allows you to create Schedules After initial logon only the System Wizard will be enabled The remaining Setup Wizards will be enabled as data is entered into each corresponding part of the System Wizard System Wizard 1 When the installation is complete the Login screen will appear Enter the default Username Y button and Password and click on the 2 The initial Time Guardian Pro screen will appear with the 5 Setup Wizards System Shift Setup Daily Rules Payclass and Schedule in the Wizard table with a tree view Only the System Wizard will be enabled The remaining Setup Wizards will be enabled as the necessary data is entered into each corresponding part of the System Wizard You may have to click on Setup in the tree view to see the Icon view as shown in the following figure Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Setup Wizard 3 1 A Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA File Edit Help E y Today 3 e Daily Activities e galPr Schedule Shift Setup Sd Payclass Daily Rules 3 Click on the Globe icon to launch the System Wizard The following screen will appear Press the Next arrow D button to continue 4 Setup Wizard Welcome to the Time Guardian Professional setup wizard This wizard will guide you through the initial setup of the application Please press next to continue
351. pany module is select as Deaccrual or Import Balances If None was selected in this field no Benefit tab will appear on the Employees screen The following is an example of the Web Employee Benefit tab Time Guardian PRO Setup Daily Activities Output Preferences Welcome SYSDBA Employee 1 4 F WP 123457 Smith John v Save Add Adjust Benefit Time Benefit Balance _Paycode Date Amount Taken Available Current SCK 9 1 2006 00 00 20 00 20 00 Paycode SCK x Sa 7 e _ 9 23 2006 90 00 90 00 00 00 _Date__ Amount Reset PER 9 29 2006 _ 00 00 00 00 00 00 9 1 2006 FF 20 00 M ti HOL 9 23 2006 90 00 00 00 00 00 1 JURY 9 29 2006 00 00 _ 00 00 00 00 BRV 19 29 2006 00 00 00 00 00 00 Appi 15 14 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Enabled Employee Administration Note f Import Balances was selected then the Add button to Adjust Benefit Time will be grayed out because you will not be able to adjust benefit time When you import benefit balances you can only keep track of how the imported amounts are used to show balances Select the Paycode from the dropdown list The choices are all non worked type paycodes To adjust the benefit time for an employee click on the Add button e Click on the calendar icon to enter the date e Click in the Amount field and enter the amount e Toreset the available amount to the entered value check the Reset box The benefit balance for an empl
352. pattern and the user chooses a Weekly pattern as in the figure example the Schedule Rotation pattern will be completely replaced Also if the user had a Weekly Pattern and the user choose to apply a Schedule Rotation Pattern the weekly pattern would be replaced with the Schedule Rotation Pattern See the following figure for an example Note To completely remove a pattern assigned to the selected employee s select the Override ands do not any schedules to the pattern When the Global Apply Wizard is completed all these settings will be applied to all the employees selected on the list 5 22 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Employee Administration A Global Apply Scheduling Schedule Settings Schedule None E Schedule Pattern e Schedule Rotation i Weekly Override Pattern End D ie End Date End After Oc ah ate Teel i Labor Level Global Apply If selected the Labor Level window for the Global Apply Wizard see the following figure will be the 4 to appear This corresponds to the Labor Level tab found on the Employees screen see Labor Level Tab A Global Apply Labor Level Labor Level 1 Setting Cost Center 55 3 003 EA Labor Level 2 Setting Department 4 Department Labor Category w Labor Level 3 Setting JOBCLASS 8 Holiday Shift Labor Level 4 Setting LEWEL From this window the user can choose to apply a specific setting by clicking on the box next
353. pear in the cell 4 Click on the button to return back to the Individual Scheduler screen view with employees and no advanced schedule will appear in the cell Schedule Indicators When an Individual and or advanced schedule is applied to an employee an indicator will appear along side the scheduled hours in the cell Below is a list of the indicators that may appear in the cell NS Advance Schedule a a Advance Schedule with Pay in Advance T Schedule Rotation Fi Labor transfer exist for this row Selecting Cells For Individual Scheduler Web Multiple cells can be selected at the same time to perform operations on the cells together To select multiple cells 1 Click in the appropriate box for each of the cells in the date header or in the employee header Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Enabled Individual Schedule 14 9 O Time Guardian gt Setup Dady Activities Output Preferences Welcome SYSDDA Set or Add Individual Schedule Set or Add Advanced Schedule hes cr Va ye Date Header Create Advanced Schedule Save Delete Setsaifeton Clear Selecton Office e Set Add 7 i Home Yv Set Add NJ Corporate Vacation Dofned aal w Sot Mon 10 2 Tee 10 30 Wed 10 4 D The 10 59 Frit0 6 7 Sat 10 70 Sun 10 81 Mon 10 9 A A meets as O newts m s E A D meets mas eris mesas E e Wisan Kart NY Sun 07 00 AUO Y Tue 04 00 AM Y Tue 07 00 AU OS The 07 00 AMO 4 Sun 07 00 AMO 4 Employee Head
354. plate When you have finished your modifications click on the button to save your settings Deleting a Period Overtime Template To delete a Period Overtime template select a template from the list and click on the button Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 61 Zone Differentials Zone Differentials are a way to increase an employee s pay for working during certain times or Zones of the day Zone Differentials consist of Zone Codes Qualification Rules and Zone Awards The Zone Differential module is located within the Daily Rules module in the Tree View Zone Differentials are assigned to a Daily Rule Zone Differentials can be initially filtered in ascending order by using a field with a dropdown list located on the top of the zone differential window see the following figure The choices in this list are Name or Description Additional filtering in ascending order can be accomplished by entering characters in a case sensitive field located to the right of the dropdown list see above illustration Click in the column headings anywhere to further sort both columns Each click toggles between ascending or descending order Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA DEAR Fie Edit Help Y Today e 4 Setup Description JA Company Zone Differ ential T Zone Differe al NJ MA Users En Paycodes Shifts Click to sort columns m lee Dai Rules Dropdown list sg Daily Overtime for initial fi
355. plate click on the Add button A row will appear in the Rates box as shown in the following example Combined Cost Rates Ea General Employee 1001 Ryan Robert Y v Cost Center SS 3 CC3 Department 4 Department Labor Category 4 Ww JOBCLASS 1 Default LEVEL4 1 Default 10 2 2006 5 Click on the button in the Date field to enter the effective date for the rate will be in effect When you have finished click on the button to save your settings and return to the Rate Template window 4 10 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro Use Rate Template Employee 1 Smith Mike JOBCLASS 6 6 CC6 a Select Date x a Month IM Year 2006 S MT WTF S 1 Pes eB Ee Foe 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 MN 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 130 31 6 Enter a rate in the Rate field A Combined Cost Rates General Use Rate Template Employee 1 Smith Mike JOBCLASS 6 6 CC6 Add 7 Repeat Steps 3 thru 6 to add additional Rates to this template 8 To delete a rate select the desired row and click on the Delete button 9 To automatically increase the rate by a click on the Percent Increase button Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro AS Use Rate Template Employee 1 Smith Mike Delete 10 Click on the Pl button in the Date field to enter the effectiv
356. posting his or her timecard g q k Note This function can also be done with Global Assign KI from the main employee list see Global Assign Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Employee Administration 5 15 Nexus220 Tab Use to setup access control integration with PIN numbers and or tags for each employee The Nexus220 tab will be active if you selected to integrate the Nexus220 for Access Control during software installation When Nexus220 Access Control software connected to an AC or EC controller 4 tags are available see the following figure for an example Tag1 can be used to assign access levels sites and tag options to the badge or tag number entered in the General tab Tag2 thru Tag4 can be used to add and configure additional tag s or badge s for the employee to use Click on the Nexus220 tab and the following type of screen will appear Note This tab is only visible from the client Windows side of Time Guardian Pro Therefore this tab will not be present if looking at Employees from a Web browser Yh Employees l io xl a a Et EN OY os cocons pre EIA General Personal Contact Assignments Schedule Labor Level Wages Nexus 220 PIN S numbers Lo3s Tags Tag 1 Tag 2 Tag3 Tag 4 PERHEEN le For Nexus220 Access Control use e PIN The 5 digit number that an employee may have to enter at an access control device e Tags Click on Tag 1 through Tag 4 and the following
357. ppear TE a PRO Setup Daily Activities Output Preferences Welcome SYSDBA Schedule Rotation Name NJ Flex 4on 3off new Description NJ Flex 10hr day Relative Start Date 12 17 2007 T Length in Days 4 December 2007 Sun Mon Tue 20 Mon O Mon 07 00 AM Y 2007 Thu 07 00 AM 4 Mon 07 00 PM fi Thu 07 00 PM fi REG 12 00 2009 REG 12 00 Today is Fri Using the dropdown lists select the Month and Year Click on the desired day in the pop up calendar When you have finished close the calendar and return to the Schedule Rotation window 6 In the Length In Days field select the number of days that this template will span Click on the Pattern to display a schedule grid in the Pattern box The days to be included in the template are indicated by cells see the following figure Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Interface 13 7 nda Setup Daily Activities Output Preferences Welcome SYSDBA Schedule Rotation Name INJ Flex 4on 3off Description yg Flex 10hr day Relative Start Date 12 17 2007 E Length In Days 4 Pattern 7 4 M 3 1 1 11 1 8 7 Click on the button to exit without saving your settings and return to the main Schedule Rotation screen showing a list of already created schedule rotations Note To complete you must have at least one schedule assigned to a day 8 Schedules and Labor Levels are assigned to each day of the rotation by any one of the following m
358. ppear Lal Employees tal le g Paxton Jeffrey 1117 A j 1 ja RSE ZART i i ET General Personal Contact Assignments Scheduling Labor Level Certification Payclass Payclass Time Zone GMT 05 00 Eastern Time LIS amp Canada Daily Rule 7 Daily Rule Supervised By 11009 Wilson Karl Validation None Mone Weekday Bldg Validation Door 5 gt EFE e Payclass Assigns a Payclass to an employee Payclasses are created in the Payclass group in the Tree View e Time Zone Assigns the time zone of the location that the employee works in e Daily Rule Assigns a set of Daily Rules to an employee Daily Rules are created in the Daily Rules group in the Tree View e Supervised By Assigns the employee s supervisor e Validation Assigns the employee s terminal validation location Note To lookup employees click on the Filter Employee icon on the top of the Employees screen and an Employees Filter screen will appear similar to the following example A Employee Filter Selected Amano Corporate Hq By default all employees are selected You can filter out employees by selecting the Labor Levels they are assigned to in each of the available Labor Level tabs Employees that are assigned to the selected Labor Levels will appear in the Available list From the Employee Filter screen click on the Employee tab to
359. ppear in the Selected window To remove a labor category select the desired category in the Selected window and click on the Delete button h When you have finished click on the button to save your settings and return to the Schedule Rotation window i Click on the button The displayed schedule in the Schedule list and labor category in the Labor Reference list will be applied to the cell Copy Cut and Paste Schedules can be assigned to other days in the rotation pattern by using the Ej El and Copy Cut and Paste buttons once there is at least one schedule assigned to a day in the rotation pattern 8 To add an additional Schedule and Labor Reference to particular day a Select the desired day in the rotation b Select the desired schedule from the Schedule list c Select the desired labor category from the Labor Reference list d Click on the button 4 112 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 9 When you have finished configuring the schedule click on the button to save your settings To exit without saving click on the button Removing an Assigned Schedule Assigned schedules are removed from days in the rotation pattern by selecting the desired day in the rotation pattern and clicking on the button Editing a Schedule Rotation Template To edit a Schedule Rotation template select the desired Schedule Rotation template from the list and click on the button or double click on it When yo
360. pplied to holidays Otherwise the day the holiday occurs on will be skipped and the Schedule Rotation pattern will resume after the holiday Apply on Advanced Schedule When checked the Schedule Rotation pattern will be applied to Advanced Schedules Otherwise the days that the Advanced Schedule occurs on will be skipped and the Schedule Rotation pattern will resume after the Advanced Schedule Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Enabled Employee Administration 15 11 Employees Labor Level Tab Fields Web This tab allows you to assign previously defined default Labor Levels to each employee Click on the Labor Level tab and the following screen will appear oe PRO Setup Daily Activities Output Preferences Welcome SYSDBA Employee 14 4 P 5 123457 Smith John y Add Labor Level Home Labor Level Assignments Cost Center SS 3 C3 Department 4 Department Labor Category 4 JOBCLASS LEVEL4 eee Cancel Employees Certification Tab Fields Web Click on the Certification tab and the following screen will appear Be AE PRO Setup Daily Activities Output Preferences Welcome SYSDBA Employee A 123457 Smith John v Save Aas General JE SU Schec Labor Certification E Certifications Date Achieved Pmi mirarz0os fa lada pm 2 123208 a a Apply Cancel This tab allows you to track the employee s training education achievements or certifications To add a certificati
361. put Prlerences Welcome SYSDBA Exception Filter Exceptions Ema Selection Date Range gt Exchnies Talar fan Da 14006 a gt Uberti A Deis Lo Macia Appt Cancer AMANO c amano Cincinnati Inc 140 H rric n Awe Err land Mi MSA 1240 900 53175569 5 Spy rm 006 Amano Cescmrati lnc All nghes reasery en 8 From the Date Range tab select the following e Date Selection The choices are Today Yesterday Last Open Period Previous Open Period Current Week Previous Week Current Month Previous Month Last 2 Weeks Date Range Current Payperiod or Previous Payperiod e From Date Enabled when Date Range is selected in the Date Selection field Enter the date that the Date Range will begin or click on the EE button to select a date and the Select Date dialog box will appear e Until Enabled when Date Range is selected in the Date Selection field Enter the date that the Date Range will end or click on the EE button to select a date and the Select Date dialog box will appear e Forward and Backward Enabled when Date Range is selected in the Date Selection field and Forward or Backward is selected in the From Date field Allows the option of going forward or backward as many days weeks months or years as desired from the date Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Enabled Employee Administration 15 3 Click on the button to save the new Exceptions filter criteria and return to the Emplo
362. qualify for consecutive overtime answer Yes to the question and enter the minimum hours required Click on the Next button Pay Class Setup Do employees receive overtime after a certain number of days worked in a row Yes No When should the system reset the count of the days worked Ina row 2 Every Week Pay Period Day OF Week Start C Every Pay Period What day of week does the overtime start on Sun Is There a minimum number of hours the employee must work for the day to count O Ho Minimum hours required 00 00 39 Each level of consecutive overtime can have 2 tiers of overtime For each level of consecutive overtime you must specify the number of consecutive days the employee must work to qualify and the thresholds and Paycodes for each tier When you have finished click on the Next button Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Setup Wizard 3 15 Payclass Setup Consecutive Overtime Level 1 Number of consecutive days the employee must work o Tier 7 Employee receives overtime after 00 00 hours and should be put into paycode free y Tier 2 Employee receives overtime after 00 00 hours and should be put into paycode res y Consecutive Overtime Level 2 Number of consecutive days the employee must work Ta Tier 7 Employee receives overtime after 00 00 hours and should be put into paycode ec v Tier 2 Employee receives overtime after 00 00 hours and should be put into paycode Rec y 40 Sele
363. r along side the scheduled hours in the cell Below is a list of the indicators that may appear in the cell A Advance Schedule MXN Advance Schedule with Pay in Advance Schedule Rotation Labor transfer exist for this row Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Individual Schedule 8 7 Note By putting the mouse over the icon you can see the information that the icon represents Assigning Advanced Schedules Advanced Schedules allow you to schedule an employee for the time off in the future To assign a Advanced Schedule to an individual click on the desired cell in the grid and right click once A menu will appear Scroll down the menu to Advanced Schedule A submenu will appear Select either New or Edit User Defined A individual Scheduler no E M F ist Shift Employee Fri Jul 21 Sat Jul 22 Sun Jul 23 Mon Jul 24 1 Sat 11 00 PM Sun 11 00 PM 4 un C va Sa nt Cut Ctrlex Bat 1 Y Copy Ctrl C ung EJ Paste Ctrl EG Delete Ctrl D ak New 1001 Paxton Jeffrey 1200 108 Sun 08 00 AM Brady i Sun 05 00 PM Robert REG 09 00 Dd 1202 Sat 08 00 AM at 05 00 PM EG 09 00 ree Manalo Romwell 1205 Patel Ramesh 1207 Dominico David 1208 Bodjona Piniti New Paycode OT 3 Zone Code 2 Not Qualify Zone 2 v Hours 04 00 Allocation O Normal Pay in advance 7 24 2006 PE Remainder Labor C Home labor Cost Center 55 1
364. r than 25 of the hours within the zone window including all paycodes and labor In the example the employee worked 28 6 of the hours within the zone window and therefore qualifies for the zone The hours in the zone window 3 00p 5 00p will be set to zone code 4 First IN Punch em Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 3 00p 5 00 p 10 00 100p 130p 5 30 p x xX X xX pa Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Zone Window Examples 17 11 Zone Work After Qualify Example Type Condition Paycode Compare Value Labor Connector Zone Work After gt 10 Qualified Zone 4 Not Qualified Zone 2 0 10 00 1200 Fix Time Percentage 0 00 00 03 00 Schadil Start Hours After Schedule Total Hours 0 05 00 0200 First IN Punch O5h 7h 7 1 First IN Punch 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 3 00p 500p 5h 100p 430p Hours to Qualify lt gt Worked Hours To qualify for the the zone window 3 00p to 5 00p the employee must work greater than 10 of the hours after the zone window including all paycodes and labor In the example the employee worked 7 1 of the hours after the zone window and therefore does not qualify for the zone The hours in the zone window 3 00p 5 00p will be set to zone code 2 First IN Punch om Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 3 00p 5 00 p Zone Punch Before Qualify Example Type Condition Paycode Compare Value Labor Connector Zone Punch
365. r the next Schedule otherwise the Wizard will proceed to the confirmation message Click on the Next button Schedule Setup Would you like to create another Schedule ves No 48 A message will appear confirming that the System Wizard is complete Click on the Next button to exit the System Wizard Congratulation You have successfully completed the Time Guardian Professional setup wizard Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Setup Wizard 3 21 This page intentionally left blank 3 22 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Setup Wizard Chapter 4 Working with Time Guardian Pro Company Profile The Company profile and general settings can be set in the Setup Wizard or in the Company screen The Company window consists of two tabs General and Settings The General tab is used for the Company profile information while the Settings tab is used for the hours time format Payperiod data protection auto polling IM settings display units and auto synchronization with Access Control A Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA lea e Edit Help 2 Today Mame Hours Format Time Format Close Pay Period Sync4c Auto Pol Benefit Tracking ds CS Setup Amano Cincinnati Inc Hours Minutes Standard w a Deaccruals Ex A Company ca del Users o N Paycodes SS shifts e H b Daily Rules H Payclass E Pq Schedule H AM Locations 6 Daily Activities mgg Cutput To set the Company Profile with General Settings 1 Select t
366. r wall saett ura pabis Ty Paycodo Fitir AI Wabao foyard Payecdo Foc Time 0 00 Schedule fort First IN Punch 11 00 stheduls Ta p Zone Window 10600 50 Fix Time r o qEE o oE35c o Y Ti 1000 o 1 30 p Shp Am F E Vikid cat Tere Ss on 7 Ss aS 7 Labor 1 2 4 5 gt Y ad After Award 11 00 Schedule 7 00 p Zone Window Fix Time 1 00 p 1 30 p Hours to Award N si MA REG y L 7 gt Labor 1 3 4 5 oT1 Z gt E Z Labor 1 2 4 5 2 Auro A pie gt Worked Hours k Add Hours Paycode Labor Hours PRM 1 3 4 5 1hour 17 24 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Zone Window Examples Within Schedule Award Example ra ho other cer a A prada Tha r hin beds aad ml La the hars a o ed ce plo ae ha bo Thr agh the paycods iter the user can select be eee dador dupbcaed the piye hourg of each partode wal be duplicabedio NOTE AE dupbcated hours vall be dere through the acid hours Labie EE where the Sonqo Type Pam cde Fike Labor Value wadParode Wiha du le al Wong In ba Tine ESE Pid IM Pant io Schedule 00 p Zoni Window niid boop Fix Time D ss 100080 i p 15 p TMi r x x x wW NA an il h T 1 e Worked Hours a re sell E T L r E REG 7 zi L 2 Labo dE ori a rd A Z Labor 424 6 t o E Y bai ETS After Award 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window Fix Time 1 00p 130p Hours to
367. rate Click on the Add button and a row will appear in the Rates box In the Date field enter a date when the rate for the labor level will be in effect Enter a rate for the labor level in the Rate field In the Operation field select Rate Add to Percentage Rate is the labor level s actual rate Add to will add to the existing rate as defined in Rate Setup Percentage will increase the existing rate for the labor level by the percentage as defined in Rate Setup Billable rate C Use Rate Template Rates Date Operation well Add To v Add To TTM Rates can be increased using the Operation field or clicking on the Percent Increase button The following window will appear for percent increase percenos x 0 6 2005 Click on the button to enter an effective date for the increase and enter in a percentage of the rate you wish to increase the rate by Click on the button when finished To delete a rate or rate operation select the desired row and click on the Delete button 4 6 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro Rate Setup The Rate Setup module allows you to classify employee wages or rates in terms of cost or billable rates per employee or Labor Level s There are 2 types for each Standard or Combined Standard applies the rate based on the order set and Combined applies the rate based on the combination of items Employee and Labor Levels selected For multiple employe
368. ration 7 9 olumn ustment Columns Exception Period Totals Miscellaneous Color Width Show gt Day IN Punch IN Punch PAP IN Punch DLS IN Punch Shift Override IN Punch Location IN Punch Day OUT Punch OUT Punch PAP OUT Punch DLS OUT Punch Shift Override OUT Punch Location OUT Punch ooogoamoonp noona Default Settings Preferences Punches Columns Tab The Punches Columns tab is used to set the color width and show properties for the columns displayed when the Punches tab of the Timecard grid is selected e Color Color of the Column The default is white The color can be changed by double clicking on the desired column field and selecting a color from the Pick A Color palette e Width Width of the Column To change the width of the desired Column enter a number You can also change the width directly on the grid by dragging the boundary on the right side of the column heading until the column is the width you want e Show The Column will be displayed in the grid if this field is checked Columns that are fixed cannot be deselected You can also change whether the column shows directly on the grid by right clicking on column heading and click on the show column box To restore the default settings of the Punches columns click on the Default Settings button Preferences Overrides Column Tab T
369. rdian Pro can be configured to use the punches stored in the Nexus220 and AmanoNet database for time and attendance This can be accomplished automatically when polling is performed or manually when the Synchronize Access Control command is selected from the Settings tab in the Auto Process module see figure Auto Process General Settings Recurrence Process Type Note The terminals must be set up for Time and Attendance in Nexus220 or AmanoNet Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Access Control Integration 6 1 This page intentionally left blank Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Access Control Integration Chapter 7 Timecard Administration Employee punches can be viewed added edited and deleted in the Timecard module The Timecard module is accessed by selecting the Timecard node within the Daily Activities module in the Tree View amp Time Guardian Pro 5YSDBA Last Mame Firat Kame Pidde Name Pyan GE Paycodes dy hits E bE Daly Rules K Pay Class E schedule D Locations Filter tool for Employee Click on any column PP Daly Activities AN heading to sort complete J list by ascending or Secondary filter descending order toggled tool using 17 Individual Schedule charcters El Recaloulate El Parpertods JE Output TE Employees can be initially filtered in ascending order by using a field with a dropdown list located on the top of the Timecard window see abo
370. reak Length in HH MM format 11 Click on the button to add more breaks or click on the button to remove a break 12 Click on the Coffee Breaks tab Meal Templates SEES General Breaks Coffee Breaks Meals Assioninents Break Credit Fixed Coffee Breaks el 13 To add a Coffee Breaks interval click on the button A row will appear in the Fixed Coffee Breaks box Must double click on From To and or Length fields to enter data 14 Enter From and To times for the break in 24 hour format and Break Length in HH MM format From To Delete 15 Click on the button to add more breaks or click on the button to remove a break 16 Click on the Meals tab Meal Templates AE AAA General Breaks Coffee Breaks Meals Assignments Break Credit Fixed Meals From 00 00 00 00 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 37 17 To add a meals interval click on the button A row will appear in the Fixed Meals box Must double click on From To and or Length fields to enter data 18 Enter From and To times for the interval in 24 hour format and Meal Length in HH MM format 19 Click on the button to add more meals or click on the button to remove a meal 20 When you have finished configuring the Meal Template set click on the button to save your settings To exit without saving click on the button Flexible Meal Template A flexible meal
371. required on next schedule day 04 00 Worked Hours Y 10 Max Days Work on previous unscheduled day automatically qualifies the employee for previous schedule day requirement Work on next unscheduled day automatically qualifies the employee For next schedule day requirement 10 In the Schedule Shifts field select the requirement from the dropdown list for the employee to be awarded Holiday hours e None No requirement 4 88 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 12 13 e Must work previous scheduled day To be awarded holiday hours the employee must work a required minimum amount of hours in the designated Paycode s on the previously scheduled day before the holiday e Must work next scheduled day To be awarded holiday hours the employee must work a required minimum amount of hours in the designated Paycode s on the next scheduled day after the holiday e Must work next and previous scheduled day To be awarded holiday hours the employee must work a required minimum amount of hours in the designated Paycode s on the previously scheduled day before and the next scheduled day after the holiday e Must work next or previous scheduled day To be awarded holiday hours the employee must work a required minimum amount of hours in the designated Paycode s on the previously scheduled day before or the next scheduled day after the holiday For each eligibility requirement you must select the minimum
372. roll i a Daily Activities NOHO Payroll PeopleSoft FYO6 Payroll File Peoplesoft 8 Output A Reports gt hal o a JE ase Run Payroll JE a 2 To create a new Payroll Profile click on the button and the following Payrolls Profile window will appear Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Output 12 9 1 Payrolls EJE i General Date Range Breaks Payclass Cost Center 55 Department JOBCLASS LEVEL4 Employee Name hi HQ Payroll ra Description PeopleSoft FY06 Payroll File Payrall PeopleSoft Y Payrol ID Social Security Number v Output Path C Documents and Settings jpaxtoniMy De mM 3 In the Name field enter a name for the payroll profile required field Specific Payroll Settings Enter a brief description of the payroll profile in the Description field 5 Inthe Payroll field select the type of Payroll Export file you want to create The choices are ABRA ACCPAC For Windows ADP DOS ADP PC Payroll for Windows Ahola Amano americanhealthtech Ameripay CBS Payroll Ceridian Encore Ceridian Esource Ceridian Insync Ceridian Power Pay Ceridian Source 500 Ceridian Web CYBORG DacEasy DELTEK DM Payroll EasyPay EVOLUTION Excel Fidelity Gevity HR Great Plains Dynamics HRPS ScorPEO JD Edwards Lawson 8 1 MAS 90 Millenium Pay Choice PayAmerica PayChex Paylink PayChex Preview Paycom Paycor PayDay PayMaxx PayPlus Payroll 1 PayTime PayWeb PeachTree Win PeopleSoft QuickBooks
373. rs for each schedule s with all punches ignored An employee can not punch for a schedule and hours will be paid for only scheduled days Exceptions will be generated when employees punch for meal overtime and zone processing However exceptions will not be generated for absence A schedule is a day that has an Individual Schedule or Template Schedule defined for it Comment The place to enter specific comments about an employee Hours Enter the number of hours day week Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Enabled Employee Administration Employees Personal Tab Fields Web Click on the Personal tab and the following screen will appear Time Guardian TOE Setup Daly Acinibes Output Preferences Welcome SYSDDA Employee fl P 123457 Sra John Save Ada a Personal i g MES Gerdes 2 Male Female oc Sec Ho 03744134 Barth Date 4 25 1943 E Marial Status Mamed kai education ened Wk fan Mon Tue Wed Thu Fe fat i t 3 4i iM Pasman I 3 6 7 ON 4 106 1 6 iz 13 14 is 16 47 38 i if 2 H 212 233 14 15 EE 16 17 7 ih 30 Confim WA Passwcid 44505 Today a Mon 14 Jah 2004 e Gender Male or Female e Soc Sec No The employee s 9 digit social security number e Birth Date The employee s birth date MMDDYYYY and can be set by clicking on the calendar icon e Marital Status The employee s marital status Single Married Divorced or Widowed Default is Not Specified e Educational Level
374. s Write Rates 2 In the General tab enter the name of the individual or account you are adding in the Name field 3 Select the Group that this user will belong to In the Account Settings section select the following e Disabled If checked the user will be disabled Enabled is default e Expires When checked the password will expire on a given date When the date arrives a check will automatically be placed in the disabled option e Read Rates When checked the user will have read only access to the Rates modules e Write Rates When checked the user will have write access to the Rates modules 5 Click on the Password tab 25 Users EER General Password Payclass Cost Center 55 Department JOBCLASS LEVEL4 Employee Password a 44 Confirm Password FRARAAA Options Eos change password on next login Never Expires Expires after Days O Cannot change password ME al 4 20 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 6 Enter in a password for the user The password must then be confirmed Note The minimum required password length is 6 characters and can be any combination of letters and numbers and is case sensitive 7 Setthe password expiration options The choices are e Must change password on next login The user will be prompted to enter a new password for this account at login e Never expires The password cr
375. s Punches Columns Tab Preferences Miscellaneous Tab The Miscellaneous tab is used to change the colors for the listed items in the Timecard grid To do so double click on the desired Color column for the item and select a color from the Pick A Color palette afama Litad hairs ore Aipim Sri To restore the default color settings of the listed items click on the Default Settings button Saving Preferences When you have finished setting your Timecard grid user preferences click on the button to save your settings Grid Navigation Timecard grid navigation can be accomplished through the following keys and mouse clicks elas O Up one cell l l M Will accept data entered in a cell or scroll through the characters in the cell when the cell is in Edit Mode val Down one cell Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Timecard Administration 7 13 K pa SHIFT TAB Left one cell Li Z Will accept data entered in cell regardless of what mode the Hl 1 77 ENTER fenter Down one cell Note Holding down any of the above keys will cause the cursor to move rapidly in the designated direction Mouse Movement Action Si Will set the cell under the mouse arrow to the current cell and will ingle Click allow changing the value Double click Will set the current cell into Edit Mode Hot Keys The table below lists hot keys for commands for the Timecard grid Some may also used throughout Time Guardian Pro
376. s Control use PIN The 5 digit number that an employee may have to enter at an access control device Site Assigns the relevant site number from the dropdown list that the employee will have access to Employee Type Select Employee or Visitor Hosted By This choice is active for a visitor to be assigned to a specific host Tags Click on Tag 1 through Tag 4 or Tag 8 depending on controller and the following type of screen will appear TAG Code Tag Type any ag Type Tag Group 1 Default Employee Group Group 6 None Group 2 None v Group None Group 3 None _ e Group 8 None Group 4 None 5 Group 9 None None Group 5 None l Group 10 Y Start Date 1 7 07 End Date 1 14 08 2 End Time Tag Options Type Normal v APB Override Report Always e TAG Code The number of the tag or badge you wish to use Use the Read Badge icon to the right of the TAG Code field to enter the number from the RR e TAG Type The choices from the dropdown menu are Slim Tag 5 bytes ISO Animal WriTag 2048 WriTag 128 ASCII Barcode Magstripe Sagem Biometric Personal Access Code RF InfraRed Tag Mifare Tag HID Tag Felicia Tag General 13 56 MHz Tag and Any Tag Type e Group 1 to 6 for 4 Tag systems and 1 to 10 for 8 Tag systems Access groups that will be assigned to the tag 5 18 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Employee Administration e Start Date The date when the tag will be activated YYYYMMDD
377. s all defined schedule rotations Removing an Assigned Schedule Assigned schedules are removed from days in the rotation pattern by selecting the desired day and clicking on the button in the cell To delete a Schedule Rotation select the a Schedule Rotation from the main list and click on the icon Editing a Schedule Rotation Template To edit a Schedule Rotation template select the desired Schedule Rotation from the main list and click on the Ea icon To edit a specific schedule for a day click on the 2 icon within that cell Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Interface 13 9 Timecard Grid Web 1 To view an employee s Timecard grid click on the Employees menu selection from the Daily Activities menu see the following figure Time Guardian PrO N Setup Output Preferences Welcome SYSDBA Employees p y Certifications R o Individual Scheduler POSNET SUNS Exception Filter l El Employees Badge Number Payroll Last Name First Name z Payclass _ schedule Exceptions T 1 _ _ _ MMM 123455 Patel IRamesh Payclass schedule 123456 Watson Matt Amano Corporate Ha UW bg J A A ee eS ki J y 1123457 A 08742 Smith ohn Payclass schedule paa 4 1123458 108744 Lee Howard Payclass schedule j ETE a q et a late PAS 1123459 08746 Abbate Jon Payclass schedule Er y K A x7 1123468 i la mes William Payclass EE
378. s dropdown list is used to assign existing Template Schedules to an employee for a particular day You may also use the and buttons to move the Date Range of the Individual Schedule Grid Custom schedules based on Template Schedules can be created by clicking on the Template Schedules button and the following screen will appear A Template Schedule General Name 7 4 Type Fixed Paycode REG Shift Son 2off 7am 4pm Start Day Current Current v Time 07 00 8m oro To create a custom schedule from the Template Schedule click on the button and select the following a Name Enter a name for the schedule Type Select Fixed Open or Off from the dropdown list Paycode Select the Paycode for the schedule from the dropdown list Shift Select the Shift for the schedule from the dropdown list Start Select Current Day 1 days before or 1 days after for the Start Day and enter the Start Time in the Time field End Select Current Day 1 days after 2 days after or 3 days after for the End Day and enter the End Time in the Time field o 29 5 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Individual Schedule 8 5 To copy an already existing schedule select the desired Template Schedule using the Template Schedule list or the Ed E m and buttons Enter a new schedule name and click on the button Click on the button to apply your settings and return to the Individual Scheduler window Th
379. s for Synchronize Access Control will synchronize employee and department data in the background as a service with a frequency level based upon Recurrence settings 7 lfa report is desired select the Report profile from the list in the Report Name field and the printer from the Printer field If Keep file is selected enter the Output Path use the browse button lf Communications is selected you must select the operation to be performed and the Location for the Operation See the following figure for an example Auto Process General Settings Recurrence Process Type Report Communications Import O Export Synchronize Access Control Operation EME Location Setting Location Active Terminal Selection Terminal e Operation Select Poll Set Time or Download When Download is selected the Poll before option will be enabled Check this option if you want to poll the selected terminals before downloading e Location Setting The Location Setting window lists all Locations that are configured in Time Guardian Pro To enable the use of a Location for Auto Process check the Active option To use all the terminals in the Location select All in the Terminal Selection 12 28 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Output column and the browse indicator will be displayed The Selected option in the Terminal Selection column will allow you choose terminals using the Terminal Browse button Note Setup termina
380. sae PT 7 a Show Active Employee e Only 12 By default all employee records are selected and will appear in the Selected list Employees can be removed from the Group by selecting them in the Selected list and clicking on the Remove button All the employees can be removed from the Selected list by clicking on the Remove All button Employees can be simultaneously filtered in both the Available and Selected lists in ascending order by using the Sort field dropdown list The choices in this list are employee number badge number payroll number last name first name or comment field Additionally Employee s can be filtered in the Available or Selected lists by entering additional case sensitive characters in dedicated Criteria fields see above illustration The Criteria field located above the Available list filters only that list while the Criteria field above the Selected list filters that list Each list is filtered independently in ascending order Also employees can be filtered by checking the Show Active Employees Only box for each list independently Note By unselecting Payclasses it will reduce the Employees that the user can have access to 4 22 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro Editing a User Account To edit a user account select the desired User name in the Tree View and click on the button To save your changes click on t
381. se Table Employee Cost Center 55 Department JOBCLASS Er JE Company Billable rate E 10025mith J 3 003 1 Defaut 1 Default e Labor Levels Billable rate Sn E Rate Setup Billable rate Fl 11007 Patel R 1 Default 11 Default A Rate Template A Combined Cost Rates 2 A 4 E Eu Paycodes TER as Shifts The items assigned to the Billable Rate Order in the Combined tab of the Rate Setup window will appear in the Combined Cost Rates window 2 Click on the button and the following is an example of the Combined Billable Rates window that will appear Combined Billable Rates General Use Rate Template Employee Cost Center 5 3 CE3 Department 1 Default JOBCLASS 1 Default LEVEL4 1 Default 3 Using the dropdown lists provided select the employee or the Labor Level subcategory you wish to track 4 To add a rate based on a Rate Template check the Use Rate Template option and select a Rate Template from the dropdown list in the Rate field Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 13 Combined Billable Rates Seles Employee 1002 Smith John Cost Center 55 E ECA Department 1 Default JOBCLASS 1 Default LEVEL4 1 Default Rake Standard Rate If you do not wish to use a Rate Template click on the Add button and a row will appear in the Rates box see the following figure Combined Billable R
382. show Available and Selected lists of employees Both the Available and Selected lists of employees can be sorted by typing in the Criteria fields above each list To add an employee highlight the desired employee in the Available list and click on the Add button To select all the listed Available employees click on the Add All button To remove an employee from the Selected list highlight the desired employee in the Selected list and click on the Remove button To remove all the listed employees click on the Remove All button 5 6 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Employee Administration Also you can independently filter each list of employees by clicking on the checkbox alongside Show Active Employees Only e Employee Filter Pay Class LEVEL1 LEVEL2 Employee Sort Number Criteria Criteria je Available Selected 1004 Abbate Jon 1002 Smith John 1003 Lee Howard 1006 Romwell Manuel Add All Remove All PF Show Active Employees Only Note This function can also be done with Global Assign from the main employee list see Global Assign Scheduling Tab From the Employees screen click on the Scheduling tab and the following type of screen will appear O Employee Gl EX El O gt wison Karl 1 1009 General Personal Contact Assignments Scheduling Labor Level Certification Wages Benefit Web Access Schedule None
383. ss O Five Phase O Six Step 10 A Labor Names screen will appear for each main Labor Level category you entered in the previous screen This screen will allow you to create sub categories for each Labor Level An unlimited number of entries can be created To create a Labor sub category click on the Add button and enter in a number name and description To edit an entry select the desired item from the Names list make the desired modifications and then click on the Update button To delete an entry select the desired entry from the Names list and click on the Remove button After you have finished adding entries click on the Next D button This screen will repeat for each main Labor Level category Labor Names Cost Center SS Number Name Clear Description Add Update Remove 11 Once the Labor Levels have been set the system will prompt you to choose which Default Paycodes will be counted toward Attendance and Split Hours If checked for Attendance the Paycode will count towards employee attendance not absent and prevent the Absence Exception from being triggered The Split option will allow the Paycode hours to be split into overtime When you have finished click on the Next button Paycodes Paycodes are used to categorize hours into buckets Please select which paycodes you would like to count towards attendance and which paycodes hours can be split into overtime AttendanceFlag SplitFlag
384. ss every 2 days enter 2 b Starting Enter a start date manually in MMDDYYYY format or click on the button The Select Date dialog box will appear Select Date x 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 le 13 14 15 16 17 19 0 21 22 3 4 b 7 8 9 30 When you have finished click on the click on the button Start Time Enter the time of day HH MM that you want the process to run d Run Every Check this option if you wish to run the process on an hourly basis You must enter the number of hours HH MM that you want the process to repeat e Weekly The process can be run every set number of weeks on specific days of the week See the following example Auto Proc ess KBR r General Settings Recurrence O Daily Recurr every 1 Weeks on 2 Weekly Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday O Monthly Thursday Friday Satur O Yearly Start Date rt e 2006 Start Time Enter the following a Recur Every Enter the number of recurring weeks that the process will run For example to run the process every week enter 1 Place a check next to the day s of the week that you want the process to run on b Start Date Enter a start date manually in MMDDYYYY format or click on the button The Select Date dialog box will appear Select Date _ i 4 5 6 7 8 3 10 lz 13 14 15 16 17 19 20 21 22 3 4 b 7 8 29 30 12 30 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Output When you have finished click on the clic
385. ssign a Shift to the schedule using the dropdown list in the Shift field In the Start box select the Day that the schedule will start and the time of the day that the schedule is to begin The choices are 1 days before Current Day or 1 days after 8 In the End box select the Day that the schedule will end and the time of the day that the schedule is to end The choices are Current Day 1 days after 2 days after or 3 days after 9 When you have finished configuring the template schedule click on the k2 button to save your settings To exit without saving click on the X button Auto Schedules Auto schedules are used when an employee can work any one of many different schedules The schedule that is used for the employee can be based upon the employee s IN punch OUT punch or both The auto schedule uses the template schedules A template schedule is assigned to an auto schedule with its own start before and after setting and end before and after setting The following is an example of the Auto Schedules screen 4 100 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro To create Auto Schedules 1 Click on the Auto Schedules node within the Schedule module in the Tree View see the following figure amp Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA TER File Edit Help EY Today q gt i da Sg Setup Before Start Aft A Company Std WJ Auto schedule IN OUT BA Users ou Paycodes Sy Shifts 6 BE Da
386. t Description MJ Corporate HO Standard MFG Shift M F 7am 4pm Rounding Template Grace 15 before and after INfOUT 15 7 Exception Template Track all exceptions Meal Template NI Corporate Breaks Shift Overtime NJ Corporate OT Outside Shift Overtime Holiday workers Enter a name for the Shift in the name field required field Enter a description of the Shift in the Description field Assign a Rounding template to the Shift using the dropdown list provided Assign an Exception template to the Shift using the dropdown list provided Assign a Meal template to the Shift using the dropdown list provided Assign a Shift Overtime template to the Shift using the dropdown list provided E E E Assign an Outside Shift Overtime template to the Shift using the dropdown list provided 10 Click on the button to save your settings To exit without saving click on the button Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 55 Editing a Shift To edit a Shift select a Shift from the list and click on the button or double click on the desired Shift When you have finished your modifications click on the button to save your settings Deleting a Shift To delete a Shift select a Shift from the list and click on the El button Daily Rules The Daily Rules module is used to set the rules which govern daily punches such as Rounding Break Lunch Rounding and
387. t 15 Click on the Date Range tab and the following window will appear Time Guardian tO Setup Daily Activities Output Preferences Welcome SYSDBA Reports General Date Selection Date Range From Date 10 3 2005 E until fi 0 9 2006 E O Forward October 7 2006 Backward Wk Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu O Amano Cit seland NJ 07068 1240 800 526 2559 Today is Tue 3 Oct 2006 Copyright 2006 Amano Cincinnati Inc All rights reserved 16 In the Date Selection field select the date range for the report The choices are Today Yesterday Last Open Period Previous Open Period Current Week Previous Week Current Month Previous Month Last 2 Weeks Date Range Current Payperiod and Previous Payperiod Note When Current Payperiod and Previous Payperiod are selected the first Payclass in the Selected List on the Payclass tab will be used as the date range for the report 17 lf Date Range was chosen as the Date Selection you must enter the From Date and Until Date using the Calendar icon You also have the option of going forward or backward as many days weeks months or years that is desired from the Date using the Forward and Backward options 18 Click on the Title tab and the following is an example of the window that will appear Time Guardian gt Setup Daily Activities Output Preferences Welcome SYSDBA Reports General K Date Range lt Sort K Exception lt cost Center ss
388. t Break Out hs y Break In hs y MealOut hs gt Meal In 15 Y You must specify the Unit and Point for the Break IN Break OUT Meal IN and Meal OUT punches When you have finished click on the Next button 18 The Exceptions Setup screen will appear If you wish to track exceptions select Yes If No the Wizard will proceed to the Break Setup screen Click on the Next D button Exceptions Setup Exceptions are flags used to track employee deviations from assigned schedules work patterns Do you want to track exceptions Yes No 19 Select the exceptions you wish to track by highlighting the desired exceptions in the Available list and then clicking on the Add button To select all the exceptions in the Available list click on the Add All button To remove an exception from the Selected list select the desired item and click on the Remove button To remove all exceptions from the Selected list click on the Remove All button When you have finished click on the Next button Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Setup Wizard 3 7 Exceptions Setup select the exceptions you would like to track Available selected Absence Add MPNT Meal Penalty Break Not Taken Call Back Add All Coffee Break Not Taken Early In Remove Early In Break Remove Ai Early In Grace Early In Meal Early Out Early Out Break Early Out Grace Early Out Meal Long Break Long Coffee Break 20 The Break Setup screen will app
389. t nro Base Award Example B CA FA id e rana j Ae pay ed an ACERA et A well Eee pph a n w rabo 1G 1h GUS oO vahin Iie Pond randai he hanes Uta Ped Mho eee hi i AS AA ee a peaa a a em a Sand Type Change Robo B ba ghode whe A ii Praca Fiber Percentoga bara All Volue Award Poyc ode 1 a ra a a a Si Z2 ZE a at Fm Time Schedule E Era MN Punch amp ch Fix Time it a schedule Zone Window 1h L E L E Fi T 4h de i i Veorked laure i 1 i m a a aan a r a Tot il Zone A Fare d 2 LE Pa po Rate 10 0000 gt Z Rate 15 0000 me AA EEE gt After Award Fix Time 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 3h 1 00 p 1 30 p Hours to Award N N AS _ ISO ny 5 phan lt REG om1 L a 27 e gt 4 zone 4 2 Z Zone Window E SS Rate 11 0000 Pa ait ee See 5 AN Aon aT Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Zone Window Examples Set Zone Number Set All Award Example The Set Zone Number Award will apply a zone number to the hours worked within the zone window or all the worked hours for the day Threw the paycode filter the user can select which paycodes the zone number will be changed Note The default zone number for any hours is zone 1 Source Type Paycode Filter Labor Value Award Paycode Set Zone Number Set All All 5 n 09 00 16
390. t any checked Paycodes in a column by clicking on the column heading To select all Paycodes in the grid click on the button This button will also deselect all the Paycodes in the grid if all were selected Note f you wish to duplicate the Consecutive Overtime properties from the General Consecutive and or Count tabs select the desired Consecutive Overtime template JAS Le open it enter in a new name and click on the Save As button The new Consecutive Overtime template will appear in the Main View 10 Click on the button to save your settings To exit without saving click on the button Editing a Consecutive Overtime Template To edit a Consecutive Overtime template select the desired template from the list and click on the button or double click on the desired template When you have finished your modifications click on the button to save your settings Deleting a Consecutive Overtime Template To delete a Consecutive Overtime template select the desired template from the list and click on the button Range Overtime Range Overtime awards overtime based on the qualifying number of hours in a given period or date range A start and end date are required for each period An unlimited number of Ranges or periods can be setup in a given Range Overtime template but they cannot overlap 4 78 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro Creating a Range Overtime Template 1 Click on
391. t module in the Tree View see the following figure 12 22 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Output amp Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA File Edit Help ll B Today i 3 Setup E 4 Daily Activities is 63 Output E tA Reports Payrolls IM Profile a Import Description Employee records For FYOS ios a Export gt Auto Process 2 Click on the button and the following Import window will appear Import AE General Import File Format Settings Import Default Settings Import Field Map Settings Name NJ Emplyee Records P Description Employee records for FYOS File Name C Documents and Settings jpaxton Desktop Jeff ees Import Type Override Existing Benefit Note In Setup Company Settings the Tracking Type must be set to Import Balances for Benefit to appear on the Import General screen 3 Inthe Name field enter a name for the Import profile Enter a brief description of the Import profile in the Description field 5 Enter the name and path of the import file in the File Name field or click on the button to the right of the field to browse for the file you wish to import 6 Inthe Import Type area select the type of import you wish to perform The choices are Employee Individual Schedule or Advanced Schedule 7 Check Benefit if you want to import employee benefits from another database Note Benefit will only appear when Tracking Type
392. tals column will total each of the sorting criteria selected Placing a check in the Ascending column will list each of sorting criteria selected in ascending order on the report No check will list them in descending order Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Output 12 5 e Placing a check in the Show column will allow the selected sort criteria to appear in the report e The placement of the sort criteria in the report is accomplished by selecting a row and using the up or down arrow buttons to move the row to the desired position 22 Click on the Exception tab See the following illustration for an example Reports Employees E 3 at 1L e es General Date Range Title Page Footer Sort Exception Available Selected 1 0 Add All Remove Remove All e To add an Exception to the report highlight the desired Exception in the Available list MPNT Meal Penalty and click on the Add button e To add all Exceptions to the report click on the Add All button e To remove an Exception from the report highlight the desired Exception in the Selected list and click on the Remove button e o remove all selected Exceptions click on the Remove All button e To define a Minute Requirement for a selected Exception click on the Minute Requirement field and enter a time in HH MM format 23 Click on the Paycodes tab See the following illustration for an example Bl Reports f fol
393. tart Time 08 00 AM End Time 05 00 PM F Fri Different schedule for each day and schedule crosses days Yes to questions1 and 3 and No to question 2 Select the Start and End Days and enter the Start and End Times for each day of the week When you have finished click on the Next button Schedule Setup Day Start Time Day End Time Monday Current 08 00 4M Current 09 00 Tuesday Current Current Wednesday Current Current Thursday Current Current Friday Current Current Saturday Current Current Sunday Current Current Same schedule for each day and schedule does not cross days Yes to question 2 and No to questions 1 and 3 Enter the Start and End Times for each day of the schedule the days that the schedules will apply to and enter the start and end zone times for the IN and OUT punches that will be used to apply the schedules When you have finished click on the Next D button Schedule Setup Start Time End Time Fri 08 00 4M 09 004M a j C Tue C Sat wed Sun v C Thu Apply the schedules ifthe first IN punch is between before the schedule start and after the schedule start Apply the schedules ifthe last OUT punch is ea before the schedule end and after the schedule end Different schedule for each day
394. te a Location to communicate with your terminals A Location enables Time Guardian Pro to distinguish and interact with the desired terminal s Only one terminal type can be used per Location If you have more than one terminal type you must have multiple Locations To create a new Location 1 Click on the Locations module within the Setup group in the Tree View Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA DOS File Edit Help E Today i A E J e E Setup Description Term Type TZOF Connec aa 4 Company Front Door Front Door WTS O Direct A Users a Paycodes Se Shifts Ja Daily Rules 4 Payclass EEl EE EEl ofl Bell Schedules ome H Terminal Validation sa Name Description Front Door Term Type MTX15 Tz Offset o Output Path aupoll xml Secondary Output file Output Path DLS Settings Override DLS Start Date 3 11 2007 Start Time 02 00 AM _ Reset EndDate 12 28 2007 End Time 02 00 AM BM 3 Inthe Name field enter in a unique name required field that will be used to describe the area or site where a terminal or group of terminals is located In the Description field enter in a brief description of the Location 5 Inthe Term Type field select the type of terminal you are using at this location The choices are MTX 5 MTX 10 MTX 15 MTX 20 Hand Punch 1000 2000 3000 or 4000 6 Inthe TZ Time Zone Offset field select the time zone difference if app
395. te to this rule using the Period Overtime field AP E S Assign a Zone Differential to this rule using the Zone Differential field 8 Click on the icon to activate the Rounding Demo to visualize the results of rounding rules 9 Click on the Rounding tab Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 71 E Daily Rules ft P pe m General Rounding Break Meal Default Delete Day of week Holiday s EMI Unik Point is ml 7 10 Click on the button 11 In the Day of Week Holiday s field select the day that the rounding rule will be in effect The choices are Default Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat or Standard The Default setting will be used for any day s or Holiday s not defined explicitly 12 Select the Unit and Point in the fields provided 13 Click on the button and the rounding settings selected will appear in the list box To delete a daily rounding rule select the rounding rule from the list and click on the Delete button To update change a daily rounding rule select the rounding rule from the list and make the appropriate changes in Day of week Holiday s unit and or point fields and click on the button 14 Click on the e rules icon to activate the Rounding Demo to visualize the results of rounding Example How daily rounding occurs during a day Schedule 1 Schedule 2 08 00 AM 7 TTTT 12 00 PM 01 00PM 77777777 05 0
396. ted for the Regular break or Coffee break Amount taken Which is the amount of time the employee actually punched out for the Regular break or Coffee break Amount under or over Which is the amount of time that exceeds or is under the time allocated for the Regular break or Coffee break Nothing Which is to deduct no time from the employee Allowed and taken time Which will deduct the time allocated for Regular break or Coffee break plus the time taken for Regular break or Coffee break Allowed break and amount under or over Which is the amount of time the employee is allocated for the Regular break or Coffee break and which is the amount of time that exceeds or is under the time allocated for the Regular break or Coffee break In the Deduction for Long Break box configure how much time will be deducted from the employee when an employee takes a longer period of time than they were allocated for in the break a b Enter in the amount of time HH MM that the action is to be taken Set the conditions if the time taken for the break is either less or more than the threshold in the fields provided The choices are Allowed break Which is the amount of time the employee is allocated for the Regular break or Coffee break Amount taken Which is the amount of time the employee actually punched out for the Regular break or Coffee break Amount under or over Which is the amount of time that exceeds or is under the time all
397. ted row in the Timecard grid Displays either the Actual or Rounded punch times in the Punches Timecard grid Punch View Allows you to configure the Timecard grid display on a per user basis Punch tab columns Adjustments tab columns Exception colors and miscellaneous punch colors Preferences Allows you to view employee benefit balances This Benefit Balances icon is only present if Import Balances or Deaccruals selected as Tracking Type in the Company module Allows you to create individual schedule for the selected employee This icon is only present on the Timecard Grid Punches tab Create Individual Schedule Display Benefit Balances To display benefit balances for an employee from the Timecard grid click on the Benefit Balances a button in the toolbar and the Benefit Balances window for the selected employee will appear Fe Benefit balances Paycode Date Amount Taken Available Current 3 Sep 1 2006 00 00 20 00 20 00 Sep 29 2006 00 00 00 00 00 00 Sep 29 2006 00 00 00 00 00 00 Sep 29 2005 000 Om Sep 23 2006 00 00 00 00 Sep 29 2006 00 00 00 00 Note The benefit balances shown reflect the balances from the beginning of the time period selected User Preferences The display preferences for the Timecard grid are set by clicking on the Preferences button in the toolbar and the User Preferences window will appear Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Timecard Administ
398. ter a new password for admin account If you do not want to change the password for the admin user click Skip This Step button e Confirm Password Enter the same password as above 6 The Jive Messenger Setup Complete screen will appear The IM Server must be restarted To do so right click on the Y in the system tray on the lower right hand corner and click Launch Admin Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Output 12 19 3 live Messenmper Setup Microsoft latermot Exy te dt Yew Fagrortes Tools Me Q D Mi sn raros ae amp i Aoevers E tetp 127 0 0 1 909u setup firehed ep Jive Messenger Setup Jive Messenger Setup Complete dl S This matallanon of live Messenger Y now completa To contri i Please restart the server 2 oun fo te aimn orense 7 The Jive Messenger Screen will appear Click on Stop and the Start to restart the Jive server Y Jive Messenger lJive Messenger 2 1 3 Started Jun 17 2005 9 02 20 AM Admin console listening at http 127 0 0 1 9090 https 127 0 0 1 9091 Configuring the IM Client First Time Setup 1 Select IM Client s from the Start Menu or your Desktop from Time Guardian Pro folder and the following screen will appear ES Profile Editor Profile Editor Profile Name Time Guardian Escalation Server Set As Default i Account Options GnuPG Proxy Username Ivparikh Save Password v Password eeeeee Resourc
399. ter the rounding rules This presents a real time visual display of actual time versus rounded time Grace Rounding In grace rounding a window of time is setup around the start and end times of a schedule If the IN punch falls within the window for the scheduled start time it is rounded changed for calculation to the start of the schedule If the OUT punch falls within window for the scheduled end time it is rounded changed for calculation to the end of the schedule Rounding Templates AINUT Ope ll abr kaunad Break Meal General Y First IM Last OUT First IN Punch between after schedule round to schedule start Last OUT Punch between after schedule round to schedule end To create a grace zone enter the desired number of hours and minutes HH MM before and after the scheduled start time Repeat for the scheduled end time For example the schedule for the employee is 8 00 AM to 4 00 PM The grace window for the start of schedule is set for 15 minutes before 7 45 AM and 15 minutes after 8 15 AM the scheduled start time If the first IN punch for the day occurs between these two times it will be rounded to the scheduled start time of 8 00 AM The grace window for the end of the schedule is 30 minutes before 3 30 PM and 30 minutes after 4 30 PM the scheduled end time If the last OUT punch for the day occurs between these two times it will be rounded to the schedule start time
400. the Available and Selected lists by selecting a sort item in the dropdown list in the Sort field Then enter data in the Criteria field s above either or both lists Only categories of the Labor Level matching the data entered will appear in both lists 16 Click on the Employee tab The following is an example of a Employee tab window Payrolls l SS General Date Range Breaks Pay Class LEVEL1 LEVEL2 Employee i Sort Number Criteria Criteria Available Selected 1003 Lee Howard 1002 Smith John add 1004 Abbate Jon 1006 Romwell Manuel Add All Remove All C Show Active Employees Only e To add an employee to the payroll file highlight the desired employee in the Available list and click on the Add button e To add all employees to the report click on the Add All button Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Output 12 13 e o remove an employee from the payroll file highlight the desired employee in the Selected list and click on the Remove button e To remove all selected employees click on the Remove All button e Filter employees shown in the Available and Selected lists by selecting a sort category in the dropdown list in the Sort field Then enter data in the Criteria field s above either or both lists Only employees matching the data entered will appear in both lists 17 When you have finished click on the button to save your settings Generating the Payroll F
401. the desired Payclass in the Remove Selected list and click on the button R All e o remove all selected Payclasses click on the button 7 Click on any of the Labor Level tabs These tabs allow you to select those employees that belong to particular category of a Labor Level By default all categories are selected Individual Schedule enera Date Range Cost Center 55 Department JOBCLASS LEVEL4 Available Selected Add ada Remove All e To select a labor category highlight the desired labor category in the Available list and click on the button e o select all labor categories click on the button e To remove a labor category from the Selected list highlight the desired labor category in Remove the Selected list and click on the button 5 R All e o remove all selected labor categories click on the button 8 Click on the Employee tab This tab allows you to select employees By default all employees are selected Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Individual Schedule 8 3 7 Individual Schedule E EN General ll Date Range ll P Cost Center 55 I Department ll JOBCLASS IL LEVEL4 Employee Sort Number w Criteria Criteria l Available Selected 1004 Abbate Jon 1002 Smith John Add 1003 Lee Howard 1006 Romvwell Manuel 1007 Patel Ramesh 1008 Parikh vijay 1009 Wilson Karl Remove 11113 James Willian 1117 Paxton Jeffrey Remove All
402. the penalty window minus the lunch taken at the penalty paycode e Paycode Select appropriate paycode from the dropdown list e Apply Short Penalty Select this box to apply the short penalty To delete a break window select the desired row and click on the Delete button 12 Click on the Coffee Breaks tab Repeat steps 10 through 12 for the Coffee Breaks 13 Click on the Meals tab Repeat steps 10 through 12 for the Meals 14 When you have finished configuring the Meal Templates click on the button to save your settings To exit without saving click on the button Break Credit Break Credit is used to apply the left over or remaining time that an employee has from a meal or break to other meals or breaks where the employee exceeded the time allowed For example the Break Credit is setup to allow break time to be credited to meals for the Maximum Amount of 15 minutes The break time allocated for the employee is 20 minutes and the meal time allocated is 45 minutes The employee takes a 10 minute break and 55 minute meal The 10 minutes that employee did not take for the break will be applied to the 10 minutes the employee went over on the meal No extra time will be deducted from the employee for taking a longer meal than allowed The total time taken from the employee is 65 minutes If the Break Credit is not used set to None then 75 minutes would deducted from the employee 20 minutes for breaks and 55 minutes for meal To confi
403. the report click on the Add All button e To remove a Class from the report highlight the desired Class in the Selected list and click on the Remove button e To remove all selected Classes click on the Remove All button e Click on the Move Up or Move Down buttons to move an item up or down in the sort Selected column to change the priority 25 Click on any Labor Level tab up to 6 user defined See the following illustration for an example E Reports General Date Range _ Title Page Footer Sort ception Paycodes Cost Center55 Department JOBCLASS LEVEL4 Employees Available Selected 0 Standard Rate For MFG MJ Add Add all Remove Remove All tome e To add a category of the Labor Level to the report highlight the desired category of the Labor Level in the Available list and click on the Add button Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Output 12 7 e To add all categories of the Labor Level to the report click on the Add All button e To remove a category of the Labor Level from the report highlight the desired category in the Selected list and click on the Remove button e To remove all selected categories of the Labor Level click on the Remove All button 26 When you have finished selecting the labor levels for the report click on the Employees tab See the following illustration for an example Reports General Date Range Title Page Footer Sort Cost Center 55 Department JOBC
404. the same paycodes In the award paycode the user will select the paycode where the hours or dollars will be award to NOTE All awarded hours or dollars will be done through the add hours table Source Type Paycode Filler Labor Value Award Paycode Value Dollars Home Labor 25 0000 PRMVD Home Labor il Fix Time 1 3 4 6 00 00 03 00 Schedule Start First IN Punch 8 00 Schedule 6 00 p Zone Window 10 00 6 00 p Fix Time A 10 00 1 00 p 1 30 p 5 30 p gt K gt JA 3h 4h S Worked Hours a Sa N REG 7 pe s gt oT1 Z Labor 1 3 4 5 7 lt lt 7 E A Labor 1 2 4 5 EL as ASS After Award 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 10 00 6 00 p Fix Time _ _4 10 00 1 00 p 1 30 p 5 30 p XK x lt x lt x lt lt Y lt ar a 3h Ah K lt gt Worked Hours ps NI d N UY _ gt REG a Z Z Labor 1 3 4 6 2 2 oT1 4 Z Labor 1 2 4 5 2 AY S A oye Add Hours Paycode Dollars PRMVD 3 4 25 0000 17 28 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Zone Window Examples Hour Multiplier Hours Award Example E od to 4 word within the ow owt aod wm we over her e DayC Ode Fi the pa a fitter the user Can select wh oy Je map the user wil select ore me h f cach pa y mil De Guplicated to NOTE AM awarded ha mie Type Pa Fih Lat aue Award Pay gt Mut inbe Al Wh EIR Payctodo Mar REG PRMHM 1 HMM 800 Schedule 5p l Zone Window Fix Time 7 v F La
405. the terminals Button esto Poll the location s selected terminals Set the time for location s selected terminals Download validations and settings to the location s selected terminals Click on the button to close this dialog 9 2 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Communications Chapter 10 Recalculate The Recalculate module is used to recalculate employee hours for the selected Payperiods within a given Payclass The Payperiod must be open for hours to be recalculated Using Recalculate Module To Recalculate employee hours 1 Click on the Recalculate node within the Daily Activities group in the Tree View 2 Click on the L button and the Recalculate window will appear E Recalculate E E E eae SSeS Ren S Payclass Cost Center 55 Department JOBCLASS LEVELS Employee Payclass Payperiod ISTD M1 1 st Shift 9 24 06 9 30 06 10 1 06 10 7 06 10 8 06 10 14 06 10 15 06 10 21 06 10 22 06 10 28 06 10 29 06 11 4 06 11 5 06 11 11 06 11112006 418008 3 Inthe Payclass tab select the Payclass for the employee s hours you are going to recalculate or select All If All was selected for Payclass select Last Open Period Previous Open Period Current Payperiod or Previous Payperiod 4 Select the Payperiod that the hours belong to from the Payperiod list This list consists of Open Payperiods 5 Click on any one of the available Labor Level t
406. to the selection If no checkmark is placed in the box then the selection will not be applied to the employee s In the example figure above the user choose to change all the selected employee s home labor levels When the Global Apply Wizard is completed all these settings will be applied to all the employee s selected on the list Certification Global Apply If selected the Certification window for the Global Apply Wizard see the following figure will be the 5 to appear This corresponds to the Certification tab found on the Employees screen see Certification Tab Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Employee Administration 5 23 amp Global Apply Certification Override Available Selected ACC Lewel 1 CNE 12 13 07 ACC Level 2 di Java Developer I PMI 1 Add All PMI 2 Remove Remove All Date Achieved 12 13 2007 From this window the user can choose to add or replace an employee s certifications In the example figure above the user choose to add the CNE certification to the selected employee s with an Achievement date of 12 13 2007 In the example the Override check box is not selected If the Override checkbox is selected then the selected employee s existing certifications would be replaced with the new selections When the Global Apply Wizard is completed all these settings will be applied to all the employee s selected on the list Cost amp Billable Rate
407. to view the punches hours overrides and adjustments on the Time Sheet grid The Punches and Overrides Tab views are only read only for the employee while the Adjustments tab view allows some modification Punches Tab Web The employee Web access Punches Tab view is read only The following is an example of the Time Sheet grid Punches tab view Time Guardian O Daily Actwittes Preferences Welcome Smith John __Benefitbalances payporicas 2406 1120 Y Punches b E mba Date Dar indicator TZ Day M Punch 1M Punch Day OUT Punch OUT Puneh Total Hours Ausiment 9 25 2008 Fri 3160 EDT Fn OG 56 AM Fn 05 00 3 30 2008 5 EDT S Set EDT S Sun EDT Mon M s lent O72 AM Tue EDT O7F 56 AM Wed EDT We 04 55 PH Wed EDT iii 07 59 AM Thu EDT Fri DB 03 AM Fri EDT sa Sa ads i Furm Sun Hon 08 00 10 10 2006 c EDT Z 06 00 10412006 06 00 10122006 TI Thi D6 00 Totals Cost Total Bb wo Totals i a Penod Tatala O a Fri ay atte 13 00 To view the desired employee Punch information select a payperiod from dropdown list and the screen will be refreshed to display the selected payperiod Note Click on the Benefit balances button to show the Benefit balances for the employee The Punches Tab in the Web Timecard grid consists of the following columns that have to be displayed And the following additional user selectable columns that can be displayed Dates within Payperiod that have no punches or schedule
408. tual punched out for the Regular break or Coffee break Amount under or over Which is the amount of time that exceeds or is under the time allocated for the Regular break or Coffee break Nothing Which is to deduct no time from the employee Allowed break and taken time Which will deduct the time allocated for Regular break or Coffee break plus the time taken for Regular break or Coffee break Allowed break and amount under or over Which is the amount of time the employee is allocated for the Regular break or Coffee break and which is the amount of time that exceeds or is under the time allocated for the Regular break or Coffee break 11 In the Deduction for Long Break box set how the break will be deducted if the employee uses a longer period of time than allocated for the break a Inthe Threshold field enter the amount of time HH MM that will be used in the determination 4 40 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro b Inthe Less and More Than Threshold fields set the conditions if the time taken for the break is both less or more than the threshold in the fields provided They choices are Allowed break Which is the amount of time the employee is allocated for the Regular break or Coffee break Amount taken Which is the amount of time the employee actual punched out for the Regular break or Coffee break Amount under or over Which is the amount of time that exceeds or is under the time allocated for
409. type of screen will appear xi Tag Code 7777 m Access Rights Site New Site w Level Normal v Access Group No Access Tag Expiry Y Start Date fo Start Time 12 00 AM Y EndDate fo End Time 11 59PM Miscellaneous Type any Tag v Message Usage Reset APB Suspend 5 16 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Employee Administration Note For Tag 1 the badge number Tag Code is disabled as it is Read only but it is enabled in other tags lt will be Read only and the same as the Badge number Enter the following for Tag s e TAG Code The number of the tag or badge you wish to use Use the Read Badge icon to the right of the TAG Code field to enter the number from the Registration Reader RR e Site Select the site from the dropdown list to assign relevant site number that the employee will have access to Group 1 to 6 for 4 Tag systems and 1 to 10 for 8 Tag systems Access groups that will be assigned to the tag e Level Tag Options Assigns one of the following functions to the badge or tag a Normal Normal employee b Suspend All access for a particular tag is suspended c Blacklist The tag holder will be denied access to the site d Special Events 1 and 2 Button Tag holders are admitted for specific events such as a meeting or demonstration e Access Group The date when the tag will be activated YYYYMMDD Start Date The date when the tag will be activated YYYYMMDD
410. u have finished your modifications click on the button to save your settings Deleting a Schedule Rotation Template To delete a Schedule Rotation template select the desired Schedule Rotation template from the list and click on the button Locations Time Guardian Pro is designed for use with Amano MTX 5 MTX 10 MTX 15 MTX 20 and Hand Punch terminals For the terminals to communicate with your PC you must first configure them This is done in the Locations group in the Tree View Before a Location can be created a Bell Schedule and Terminal Validation must be set Bell Schedules A Bell schedule requires you to enter the Duration for the bell to ring the time of day for the bell to ring and the days of the week Multiple entries can be made for Bell Schedules with different duration and day assignments Bell Schedules are downloaded to the selected terminals by location in the Communications module To do so perform the following 1 Click on the Bell Schedules node within the Locations module in the Tree View see figure A Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA File Edit Help Si Today Setup Description JU Company 48 Users n Paycodes By Shifts bf Daily Rules Payclass Schedule D Locations SH Schedules i Terminal validation Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 113 2 Click on the button and the Bell Schedules window will appear General N
411. ue Oct 11 2006 Wed Oct 12 2006 Thu Daily Totals Period Totals Hours Dollars Cost Cost Total Billable Billable Total Togo y Hours Dollars Cost Cosl A The Adjustments Tab in the Timecard grid consists of the following columns that have to be displayed Zone Code assigned user defined for zone differentials Paycode user defined to be assigned to hours And the following additional user selectable columns that can be displayed Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Timecard Administration 7 7 Totals The Daily and Payperiod Totals for the employee are shown in the Timecard grid at the bottom of the screen to provide a quick view for the employee s Daily and Payperiod totals see figure Fe limecard 1002 Smith John DER a Stove smith soho AA 92906 101206 w O a ER aa el o Punches Overrides Adjustments Date Day Indicator TZ Day IN Punch IN Punch Day OUT Punch OUT Punch TotalHours Adjustment BreakHour Exceptions Schedule Joct3 2006 Tue EDT Tue 07 03 a Tue os ILI LO Mon 07 00 AM Tue 04 4 EDT Wed lor 56AM Wed 08 05 aM o0 IMP LEO Tue 07 00 AM Wed 04 Hloct 4 2006 Wed YO EDT Wed ssm i 8 ol ni f lt Daily Totals Period Totals Category Hours Dollars Cost Cost Total Billable Billable Total Category Hours Dollars Cost Cost Total Billable Billable Total I Total 08 00 126 0 f 8 89 00 100 00 1567
412. ue for Hours Dollars Bonus Paycode only and Comments Reason Use the dropdown lists for Labor Levels Zone Codes and Paycodes 13 12 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Interface Note Use the Insert button to insert a row in the Timecard grid at the appropriate location for an adjustment such using more than one Paycode i e hours defined as overtime When you have finished performing a Timecard adjustment click on the Save button to save your changes Time Guardian Setup Daily Activities Output Preferences Save Cancel Delete __ _ e a W 4 EMM 123457 Smith John linset Benefibalances _ _ _ oa wi Paype ods 10 3 2006 10 4 2005 10 5 2006 M 10 6 2006 10 7 2006 10 0 2006 10 9 2006 10 10 2006 Day Sat Adjustments Schedule Cost Conter 5 Home 3 OC w Home 3 0 w Home 35 OC w Heme 3 Cl e Heme 3 01 v Home 3 OL y Home 3 0 we Herne 3 CL w Home 3 CC v Dadan TN heme 3 00 e Departrnert Home 1 Wome 1 Home 1 Meme 1 Meme 1 Heme 1 tome Y Pime 1 ine AER A tome 1 Home 3 00 Hor C 10 11 2006 We C 10 12 2006 Home 3 0 Poma J C Pome 1 v w v v y n v w v a Welcome SYSDOBA Timecard VZVO6 1012 JORCLASS Home v Home 1 w LEVEL Horm Y Hom w Home v Horw se Hom v Home Y du lem v Horm v Hom E Doma v
413. ues shown A landscape type calendar like grid report that can be grouped Schedule Posting Report by one of the labor levels to post for the employees to see when they are scheduled to work beds Lanal A landscape format analysis report of scheduled time with l wages versus actual hours with variance Employee list showing balance of remaining yearly benefits AEA COUA SAAC RERAN i e vacation sick time holidays etc Deaccrual History Report Employee list showing eon of benefit use i e vacation sick time holidays etc Tips Report A report by employee om all paid tips for a period of time A from Reports are generated from Report Profiles which are created by selecting I the Output menu Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Configured Output 16 1 Creating a Report Profile Web 1 Select the Reports submenu from the Output menu and the following type of screen will appear Time Guardian gt Setup Daly ACIES Ej Preferences Wolcoma SS Tee Reports Name Description j 7 B Saeaceru al alar J Daai al History Oj O labrar An Lalo An lyriri i M corporate HQ Fros Timerards W Corperate HQ FYOS Timaranis 7 ET FOE Hurd l baay WA Sin Horum Summary Ada Copy H 12 AAA 19 rows wewmg 10 rows rows 1 Lo 10 page 1012 E IM Corporate HO MPG Esport Time Guardian setup Daily Activities Output Preferences WEICOma SY SL Reports Data Rampe Tille Sort Escmpli
414. ule each work week from one Cy Cc Yes No week to the next Do your employees work the same schedule each day Yes C No Do your employees start work on one day and end work on another day E g Start work on MON at 10 00 PM and end work on TUE at 7 00 AM There are 8 possible screens that will appear based on your answers to the previous schedule Setup questions Same schedule each day and schedule does not cross days Yes to question 1 and 2 and No to question 3 Enter the Start and End Times and select the days of the week the schedule will apply to When you have finished click on the Next D button Schedule Setup Start Time End Time Mon Fri Tue Sat wed Sun C Thu Different schedule for each day and schedule does not cross days Yes to question 1 and No to questions 2 and 3 Enter the Start and End Times for each day of the week and click on the Next button Schedule Setup Start Time End Time Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday Same schedule for each day and schedule does cross days Yes to all 3 questions Select the Start and End Days enter the Start and End Times for each day of the week the days of the week that the schedule will apply to and then click on the Next button 3 18 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Setup Wizard Schedule Setup Day Curr Y Day S
415. unch time of Actual Punches and Rounded Punches 13 For Audit Report Check the following option to include it on the report e Show full Audit history 14 In the Output Format section for all report types click on either PDF to generate the report in Adobe Acrobat PDF format or Excel to generate the report in an Excel worksheet 15 Click on the Date Range tab See the following illustration for an example Reports General Date Range Title Page Footer Sort Exception Date Selection Date Range Y From Date 12 14 2007 O Until O Forward Backward 1 Day s 16 In the Date Selection field select the date range for the report The choices are Today Yesterday Last Open Period Previous Open Period Current Week Previous Week Current Month Previous Month Last 2 Weeks Date Range Current Payperiod and Previous Payperiod Note When Current Payperiod and Previous Payperiod are selected the first Payclass in the Selected List on the Payclass tab will be used as the date range for the report 12 4 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Output 17 lf Date Range was chosen as the Date Selection you must enter the From Date and Until Date using the Calendar icon You also have the option of going forward or backward as many days weeks months or years from the From Date using the Forward and Backward options 18 Click on the Title Page Footer tab See the following illustration for an example he R
416. under or over Which is the amount of time that exceeds or is under the time allocated for the Regular break or Coffee break e Nothing Which is to deduct no time from the employee e Allowed and taken time Which will deduct the time allocated for Regular break or Coffee break plus the time taken for Regular break or Coffee break e Allowed break and amount under or over Which is the amount of time the employee is allocated for the Regular break or Coffee break and which is the amount of time that exceeds or is under the time allocated for the Regular break or Coffee break 11 Click on the Add button to create a Break window and enter the following Windows Hours To Work Length Penalty Penalty Length Paycode Apply Short Penalty 00 00 REG Schedule Start ist IN Punch h e Hours to Work The starting point of the break window The number of hours the employee must work after the From field setting before the break window begins e Length Length of window in which the employee must punch to be awarded the break e From Select the Schedule Start or 1st IN Punch Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 47 e Penalty Select this box to apply the penalty This applies when an employee is not able to take their assigned break for the day The employer is penalized e Penalty Length Enter the penalty window length If an employee takes their break during this window the penalty is the amount of time assigned
417. up Daily Activities Output Preferences Welcome SYSDBA H Template Schedules jl Auto Schedules Schedule Rotation If Schedules B gt Schedule Rotation p _ Description Relative Start Date Length In Days j laa Pater Password Py Son 20ff weekly schedule for 8am 5pm 12 4 2006 5 NJ Flex 4on 30ff new NJ Flex 10hr day 12 17 2007 4 Winter MFG Schedule 8 5 M F Schedule 1 7 2008 is Add gt gt gt oi 3 rows viewing 3 rows rows 1 to 3 page 1 of 1 2 Click on the button and the following Schedule Rotation window will appear 13 6 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Interface le apr E Schedule Rotation Setup Daily Activities Output Preferences Welcome SYSDBA Name INJ Flex 4on 3off new Description Nz Flex 10hr day Relative Start Date 12 17 2007 f Length In Days 4 Pattern 74 BQ 31 17 11 8 Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Mon 07 00 AM 4 Tue 07 00 AM 4 Wed 07 00 AM 4 Thu 07 00 AM 4 Mon 07 00 PM T Tue 07 00 PM fit Wed 07 00 PM TIT Thu 07 00 PM fi REG 12 00 REG 12 00 REG 12 00 REG 12 00 Apply Cancel Schedule Rotation iib Page Tools Ed Enter a name for the Schedule Rotation template in the Name field required field In the Description field enter a brief description of the template In the Relative Start Date field enter in the start date of the pattern in DDMMYYYY format or click on the button and the following Select Date dialog box will a
418. ups access levels Groups are specific levels of rights and accessibility privileges These levels are custom to your company s needs and are created in the Groups module which is beneath the Users module in the Tree View Groups must be created before Users can be assigned Groups Access privileges are set in the Groups selection of the Users module in the Tree View Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA File Edit Help S Today Nfuave 8 Setup Name Destription i JA Company Administrator Admini trators can atyess any module in the system a A Users Support Member of the supporgroup have read write access to all modules A lit Click on column heading gt Paycodes Filter tool for to sort by ascending or S Shifts Groups using descending order toggled H Name or Description BE Daily Rules x Payclass 5 A Schedule Secondary filter tool 9 Locations L Daily Activities 9 Output Note The Administrator and Support Groups are default groups and cannot be deleted User Groups can be initially filtered in ascending order by using a field with a dropdown list located on the top of the groups window see above illustration The choices in this list are Name or Description Additional filtering in ascending order can be accomplished by entering characters in a case sensitive field located to the right of the dropdown list see above illustration Click in the column headings anywhere to
419. urs from one Paycode to another For example 2 24 hour periods Monday Tuesday 12 00 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p 10 00 1 00 p 1 30 p 5 30 p 7 00 9 00 12 00 p 115p xX xX x X x x ic gt ic gt 3h Ah 2h 1 25 h 1st 24 hour period m 2nd 24 hour period The first 24 hour period last from 10 00 am on Monday to 10 00am on Tuesday The hours in this period will be broken up according to the levels set in the setup Worked Hours Hours that count MON 10 00 to 1 00p 3 hours MON 1 30p to 5 30p 4 hours TUES 7 00 to 9 00 2 hours for a total of 9 00 hours gt 24 hour period window The second 24 hour period last from 1 30 pm on Monday to 1 30pm on Tuesday The hours in this period will be broken up according to the levels set in the setup Hours that count MON 1 30p to 5 30p 2 hours TUES 7 00 to 9 00 2 hours TUES 12 00p to 1 15p 1 25 hours for atotal of 7 25 hours To create a Period Overtime template 1 Click on the Period Overtime node within the Shifts Module in the Tree View and the following type of screen will appear amp Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA File Edit Help E Today i P oo Description JA Company NJ Son Zoff Day shift OT NJ Son Zoff Day shift OT MFG perso 4 Users ea Paycodes Ej Shifts 154 Daily Rules 7 Daily Overtime on ra mee greriod Overtime Zone Differential 4 Payclass H Schedule gt Locations P Daily Activities
420. usis all the hours in a day across multplie shifts 1 00 p 1 30 p 5 30 p The 4h To qualify for the the zone window 10 00 to 12 00 the employee must Punch IN greater than 20 of the time before the employee s schedule including all paycodes and labor In the example the employee Punch IN 18 2 of the time before the schedule and therefore does not qualify for the zone The hours in the zone window 10 00 12 00 will be set to zone code 2 8 00 Fix Time 6 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 10 00 12 00 p 5 10 00 1 00p 1 30p 5 30 p 4h Schedule Punch After Qualify Example Value Labor Connector Type Condition Paycode Compare Schedule Punch After All Qualified Zone 4 Not Qudified Zone 2 gt 15 4 Fix Time 08 00 11 00 Schedule Start First IN Punch 8 00 Schedule Zone Window 10 00 12 00 p Fix Time 1 00 p 6 00 Hours to Qualify Th lt gt Worked Hours Percentage Punch time After Schedule Total Hours 1 5h 11 5h 13 NOTE Total housis all the hours in a 5 00 p day across multplie shifts 15h 1 30 p 530p 600p 6 30p To qualify for the the zone window 10 00to 12 00 the employee must Punch OUT greater than 15 of the time after the employee s schedule including all paycodes and labor In the example the employee Punch OUT 13 of the time after the schedule and therefore does not qualify for the
421. ustment Columns column vidt Date 75 Day Schedaly Cust Center Jobclass Levin LEVLLA LEVELS LEVELG The Adjustment amp Overrides Columns selections are used to set the user preferences properties of each of the columns in the Adjustments and Overrides tab view of the Timecard grid e Width Width of the Column To change the width of the desired Column enter in a number e Show The Column will be displayed in the grid if this field is checked Columns that are fixed cannot be deselected To restore the default settings of the Punches columns click on the button To save apply new settings for the Adjustment amp Overrides Columns click on the button The following is an example of the Overrides Columns which is set the same way as the Adjustment Columns 13 18 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Interface A ser Preferences Overrides Columna Microsalt internet Txplarei MA A foak hag EES j x pi e Sand hi Le Fates E El A Pg fe el ee A Time Guardian 0 Setup Daily Achvitige Output Preferarcas Welccme E DIA User Preferences Overrides Columns Column Width 5 Date 75 Day dl Schedule 125 Cost Center Jobo LEVEL LEVELA LEVELS LEVEL Pone Payruode Huurs Cora eau T Apply FeserDaimsha AMANO Amand Cunene los 40 Harmen Ave Peselend AW OUTES IJD A0 5 E 2550 oupyrall IWA A nunaa lnc A ghs ginei ho El El El El El z a ef x a Ex
422. ustments can also be made by selecting Adjustments from the Daily Activities menu Time Guardian PRO Daily Activities Preferences Welcome Smith John Insert Benefit balances Payperiods 9 29 06 10 12 06 Adjustments Date Schedule Cost Center Department JOBCLASS LEVEL4 Zone Code Paycode 9 29 2006 i Thu 07 00 AM Fri 04 C CC3 Default Default Default Zonel 9 29 2006 Fri Unscheduled ccs Default Default Default Zonel 9 29 2006 Fri Unscheduled ecs Default Default Default Zonet 9 29 2006 Fa Unscheduled Default Default Default A 9 30 2005 sat None ccs Default Defaut Defaut Zonel 1 Defaut v 1 Defaut 1 Defaut v Zonet 1 Default 1 Default 1 Default Zone1 1 Default v 1 Defaut Y 1 Defaut v Zonel Ol 10 4 2006 I 3 A 1 Defaut w 1 Defaut 4 1 Defaut Zonel O 10 5 2006 the 3 003 1 Defaut 1 Defaut 1 Defaut lt Zonel Y Zer v Note Click on the Benefit balances button to show the Benefit balances for the employee Totals Web The Payperiod Totals for an employee shown on the Web Time Sheet grid are displayed at the bottom of the Punches Overrides and Adjustments tab screens These totals provide for a quick view of an employee s payperiod totals by showing values for Category Hours Dollars Cost and Cost Total Hours Dollars Cost T
423. ution Payclass Order of Benefit Execution Initials ER OME le Order Priority of Benefits The execution order Priority of benefits can be set by selecting the benefit category and clicking on the up or down arrows to move the benefit up or down the list When you have finished click on the button to save your settings The Payclass will appear as a row in the Table View Viewing Holidays in a Payclass The Holidays assigned to a Payclass can be displayed in calendar format by clicking on the button This button is activated when at least one Holiday Group is assigned to the Payclass The Year field is used to view the current previous or following year s scheduled holidays Click on the icon too print the displayed Holiday calendar and to close the calendar click on the button 4 98 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro Editing a Payclass To edit a Payclass select the desired Payclass from the list and click on the button or double click on it When you have finished your modifications click on the button to save your settings Deleting a Payclass To delete a Payclass select the desired Payclass from the list and click on the button Schedule An employee s schedule is made up of template schedules and auto schedules Together these schedules form the weekly work pattern that can be applied to an employee Template Schedules A template schedule is a sc
424. utive or non consecutive days within a week or Payperiod and number of hours worked per day Consecutive days are days that are worked one right after another with no days off in between Up to 4 levels of Consecutive Overtime days can be created with each level assigned its own threshold limit to move the hours from one Paycode to another See the following table for an settings example pts Cd Additionally you can set the Paycodes that will count toward consecutive overtime level Creating a Consecutive Overtime Template 1 Click on the Consecutive Overtime node within the Payclass module in the tree view see the following figure A Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA File Edit Help E Today nie Sq Setup Description JA Company Overtime after 6th consecu Employee recieves overtime after the employee recieves overtime arte BA Users Amano Corporate Hq En Paycodes ej Shifts 184 Daily Rules H S Payclass s6 Weekly Overtime El Consecutive Overtime H Locations 4 Daily Activities 7 E 4 76 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 2 Click on the button and the Consecutive Overtime window will appear J Consecutive Overtime General Consecutive 1 Consecutive 2 Consecutive 3 Consecutive 4 Count Name Overtime after 6th consecutive d Description Employee recieves overtime h after the 6th consecutive day No minimum hours required
425. utton To remove employees highlight the desired employee in the Selected list and click on the button To remove all selected employees click on the button Click on the button to recalculate the selected employees hours and exit Verify the selected employee hours using the Timecard or Reports module 10 2 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Recalculate Chapter 11 Payperiods Using Payperiods Module The Payperiods module is used to close and or lock Payperiods within a selected Payclass This will only be enabled if you answered Yes to the Close Payperiods Preference Only Payperiods that have lapsed can be closed and the current Payperiod cannot be closed Once a Payperiod is closed it can only be viewed through reports Any Payperiod can be locked by a System Administrator or someone with Payperiod rights Once a Payperiod is locked it can not be modified e g punches until it is unlocked or someone with full rights accesses it To close and lock Payperiods within a Payclass 1 2 A Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA File Edit Help 0 Today 3 Setup ly Company DA Users En Paycodes Shifts 2 Daily Rules 0 Pay Class Beg Weekly Overtime a A Fae Consecutive Overtime 3 Range Overtime gt Holiday Group bah Schedule H Locations f Daily Activities Employees Eb Timecard i Individual Schedule con E Recalculate ERAS Inicahions Elem Name w Name test alaried Corporate HQ
426. utton see figure When you have finished click on the Save button in the toolbar to save your changes cunde PRO Setup Daily Activities Output Preferences Welcome SYSDBA Toggle row with checkmark for possible deletion Timecard Delete Insert Benefitbalances Individual Schedule Highlight punch and 123457 Smith John v Payperiods 9 29 06 10 12 06 w right click to select delete Day IN Punch IN Punch a h OUT Punch Total Hours Adjustment Break Hour Exception Fri 09 56 AM Sat 08 00 LI LO lie lx ela 10 1 2006 sun C 10 2 2006 C 10 3 2006 O 10 8 2006 O 10 5 2006 10 6 2006 O 10 7 2006 lt 05 15 PM UNSCH 08 00 LI LO BH Ag 05 02 PM z aelel LI LO KIR SAR 05 05 PM 08 00 LI LO Select All Sat e ERES IAEA Adding Editing and Deleting Employee Tips Adding Employee Tips Web To add an employee tip click on the desired Tip field and enter in the desired dollar amount When you have finished click on the Save button in the toolbar to save your changes Editing Tips Web To edit an employee tip click on the desired Tip field and enter the desired dollar amount When you have finished click on the Save button in the toolbar to save your changes Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Interface 13 21 Deleting Tips Web To delete an employee tip click on the desired Tip field highlight the tip right click and select delete
427. utton in the toolbar to save your changes Note f this schedule does not meet the schedule assignment rules set in the Payclass of the employee the employee will be unscheduled for this shift Punch Options If desired select the following punch options PAP Paid As Punch IN Punch DLS IN Punch Previous Shift IN Punch and Shift Override IN Punch or PAP OUT Punch DLS OUT Punch Previous Shit OUT Punch and Shift Override OUT Punch PAP CIN Punch DLS IN Punch Previous Shift IM Punch Shift Override IN Punch 7 16 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Timecard Administration PAP OUT Punch DLS OUT Punch Previous Shift OUT Punch Shift Override OUT Punch Overtime Authorization If overtime authorization was selected in the Overtime Authorization tab of the Payclass module you must place a check in the corresponding overtime column B Sch A Sch or U Sch for the employee to be awarded overtime hours Schedule Viewing Employee Benefit Balances To view the benefit balances for an employee click on the Benefit balances L icon on the toolbar of the employee s Timecard grid The following is an example of the Benefit balances screen that will appear Ee Benefit balances E Paycode Date Amount Taken Available Current SEE Dec 1 2007 10 00 Sep 29 2006 Sep 29 2006 Sep 23 2006 Sep 23 2006 BR Sep 29 2006 Authorizing Payroll Export To authorize hours for
428. ve illustration The choices in this list are Number Badge Number Payroll Last Name First Name or Middle Name Additional filtering in ascending order can be accomplished by entering characters in a case sensitive field located to the right of the dropdown list see above illustration Click in the column headings anywhere to further sort both columns Each click toggles between ascending or descending order To view employees punches in the Timecard grid click on the Timecard button or double click on the desired employee record To filter those employees with certain Exceptions click on the Exceptions list filter preferences El button and the following window will appear CA Exception Preferences Exceptions Date Range Available Selected El Earty In MPNT Meal Penalty EO Earty Out LI Late In ILO Late Out IMP Missing Punch ABS Absence jl LB Long Break Add All SB Short Break UNSCH Not Scheduled EIG Early In Grace j EOG Early Out Grace LB AE ILIG Late In Grace LOG Late Out Grace SCB Short Coffee Break e To select Exceptions highlight the desired Exceptions in the Available list and click on the Add button Meal Penalty exception now exists To select multiple Exceptions hold down the Shift key and or Ctrl keys Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Timecard Administration 7 1 e To select all Exceptions click on the Add All button e To remove Except
429. vels are assigned to each day of the rotation by any one of the following methods Existing Template Schedule and Labor Reference To add a template or auto schedule and labor category to a particular day a Select the desired day in the Pattern box b Select desired schedule from the Schedule list 4 110 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro c Select desired Labor Level subcategory from the Labor list or click on the button The Labor References window will appear S Labor References Labor Level 1 3 CC3 sy 3 1 1 1 1 1 9 1 6 0 1 1 Labor Level 2 4 Department Lab 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 4 6 0 1 1 Labor Level 3 6 JOBCLASS Labor vi Labor Level EEE 2470 14 Add d To add a labor category select a subcategory from each of the dropdown lists and click on the Add button The selected labor category will appear in the Selected window To remove a labor category select the desired category in the Selected window and click on the Delete button See above example screen e When you have finished click on the button to save your settings and return to the Schedule Rotation window f Click on the button The displayed schedule in the Schedule list and labor category in the Labor Reference list will be applied to the cell Manual To add a schedule manually a Double click on the desired cell in the rotation and the following window will appear E Schedule Rotation Type Fixed
430. vertime Template To El Shift Overtime template select a row from the list in the Table View and click A on the button or double click on the desired row When you have finished your modifications click on the button to save your settings Deleting an Outside Shift Overtime Template To delete an Outside Shift Overtime template select a template from the list in the Outside Shift Overtime window and click on the E button Creating A Shift Once Rounding Exception Note new Meal Penalty exception Meal Shift Overtime and Outside Shift Overtime templates have been set a shift can be created To do so perform the following 1 Click on the Shifts module in the Tree View see the following figure 4 54 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA TAR File Edit Help E Today Name 4 _ a i 14 Setup Name Description rh Company Son Zoff 7am 4pm Monday Friday standard NJ shift E S Users Holiday Shift Holiday Shift i NJ Corporate HQ Standard NJ Corporate HQ Standard MFG Shift shift shit Qui Paycodes GSE The Schedule Rules describes how to pay the employee For the day i m Meal Templates 3a Shift Overtime B Outside Shift Overtime ae Daily Rules Mo f Payclass fay Schedule H Locations H 4 Daily Activities 63 Output Shifts E 5 E General Mame Ni Corporate HO Standard MEG Shif
431. visor TARG PRR C Yes No authorization for payroll submission Click on the Next button The Payclass Setup screen will appear for day change setup If employees assigned to this Payclass work past 2 00 AM answer Yes to the question Enter the time in 24 hour format that your business day ends If before midnight is checked the punches will be applied to the previous day If after midnight is checked the punches will be applied to the next day If the employee shift is longer than 12 00 hours answer Yes to the question and then enter the maximum shift length an employee can work for This will allow lunch or break punches to be applied to the correct schedule Click on the Next button Payclass Setup This setting allows you to specify the time of day that the software will recognize a new day Day change occurs at 02 00 Before midnight After midnight Is an employee s shift longer than 12 00 hours Yes C No Enter the maximum shift length an employee can work for 12 59 If you wish an employee to be assigned a schedule based on their start and end times answer Yes to the question In the Before Scheduled Start field enter the amount of time that an employee s IN punch must occur in to be assigned to a schedule In the After Scheduled Start field enter the amount of time that an employee s IN punch must occur in to be assigned to a schedule Click on the Next button Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Setup
432. w Schedules Miscellaneous colors Y schedule Rotation Period Totals de Reset Password Punches Columns Dail nee Employees amp Certifications EP Individual Scheduler Reports Schedule Web An employee s schedule is made up of template schedules and auto schedules Together these schedules form the weekly work pattern that can be applied to an employee Template Schedules Web A template schedule is a schedule that an employee has for a particular day Sun Mon Tues Wed Thurs Fri or Sat For example Employee 1 will have a schedule setup as follows sn Ca The template schedule consists of start and end times Fixed type only which may span across multiple days this is limited by maximum shift length paycode shift rules and the days to apply the schedule Open schedules do not generate any exceptions on the punches for the day 13 2 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Interface To create a Template Schedule 1 Click on the Template Schedules menu selection from the Setup menu see figure ww E Template Schedules Time Guardian PrO Setup Daily Activities Output Preferences Welcome SYSDBA HE Template Schedules hs ki Auto Schedules Template Schedule fe Schedules E l A Schedule Rotation Type Start Day Start End Day End Shift Paycode A Reset Password ged l ha days before 07 00 AM Current Day 04 00 PM NJ Corporate HQ Standard MFG ShiftiREG
433. will appear in the Names List To delete a Labor Name select the labor name from the list and click on the button The Labor Name will be removed from the list om buttons to view other You can use the dropdown list in the Names list or the Lt Labor Names To modify a Labor Name select the desired Name from the active list and click on the Enanos button to view the Labor Names General tab window for that labor name change current labor name to new name and save your changes To add a new Labor Name make an inactive level active by clicking on the box alongside Active Click on the button to save your settings and return to the Labor Levels window After you have finished entering Labor Levels click on the button in the Labor Levels window to save your settings and return to the main tree view Wages To assign a Cost or Billable Rate for wages click on the button or check the Use Rate Template for Cost or Billable rate Labor Names JOBCLASS O 6d rar 4 nay 1 Default General Wages Cost rate Billable rate Use Rate Template Use Rate Template Template Standard Rate Rates Rate i 15 8 Effective Date 8 7 2006 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro 4 5 For Use Rate Template check the box Cost rate Template ji Rate 10 00 Effective Date jayeoy2005 Select the desired Rate Template from the list in the Template field To Add a
434. window 3 00p 5 00p will be set to zone code 2 See result below First IN Punch s40 Schedule 5 00 p zone Window 3 00p 5 00 p 10 00 1 00 p 430p 530p 600p 6 30p x x x xX KK y 5A 5h Zam 17 14 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Zone Window Examples Zone First In Punch After Zone Quality Example Type Zone Condition Paycode Compare Connector First In Punch After Zone Start gt Qualified Zone 4 Fix Time Not Qudified Zone 2 Fix Time 03 00 Schedule Start a First IN Punch 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p zone Window 6 00 p 1 00p 430p 5 30 p Hours to Qualify lt gt Worked Hours 3h gt 4h To qualify for the the zone window 9 00 to 6 00p the employee must be must punch in for the day at or atfer gt 0 mins after zone start zone window start including all paycodes and labor In the example the employee punched in for the day 1 hour after the zone window start and therefore qualifies for the zone The hours in the zone window 9 00 6 00p will be set to zone code 4 Fix Time 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 4 00 p Zone Last Out Before Zone End Qualify Example Type Condition Paycode Compare Value Labor Connector Zone Last Out Punch Before Zone End gt 0 20 Qualified Zone 4 Not Qudified Zone 2 Fix Time 00 00 03 00 Schedule Start First IN Punch Fix Time 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zon
435. y 1 days before or 1 days after AM is default for Start Time field 8 In the End box select the Day that the schedule will end and the time of the day that the schedule is to end The choices for End Day are Current Day 1 days after 2 days after or 3 days after 9 When you have finished configuring the template schedule click on the button to save your settings 10 Click on the button to exit without saving your settings and return to the main Individual Template screen A sy g pi Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Interface 13 3 Auto Schedules Web The Auto schedule is used when an employee can work any one of many different schedules The schedule that is used for the employee can be based upon the employee s IN punch OUT punch or both The auto schedule uses the template schedules A template schedule is assigned to an auto schedule with its own start before and after setting and end before and after setting To create an Auto Schedule 1 Click on the Auto Schedules menu selection from the Setup menu see figure we a Auto Schedules Time Guardian 3 Setup Daily Activities Output Preferences Welcome SYSDBA H Template Schedules a Auto Schedules Auto Schedule M Schedules 4 a ee aae _ Schedule Rotation Type Before After Before After Template P Start Start End End Schedule A Reset Password oe eea a Ea enon Re G To lt a pa AAA SOON IN and OUT punch 15 00 10 00
436. y a group or set and then assigned to a Shift To create a group or set of Exceptions template 1 Click on the Exception module within the Shifts module in the Tree Vie and the list of defined exceptions will appear A Time Guardian Pro SYSDBA File Edit Help Si Today Name v de Setup Name Description Y rh Company Track all exceptions System will generate all exceptions Gd Users 5on ZofF 7am 4pm Monday Friday standard NJ shift Holiday Shift Holiday Shift Ena Paycodes Ej Shifts P Rounding Templates ES Aoc YAY Meal Temp i Flags used to track employee deviations from assigned schedules work patterns a Shift Over 1 Outside Shift Overtime Be Daily Rules f 4 1 Payclass Pat Schedule 9 Locations Daily Activities y 69 Output m Exceptions General Exception Name Holiday shift Description Holiday Shift 3 Enter a name for the Exception set in the name field 4 Enter a description of the Exception set in the Description field Note l you wish to duplicate the properties of an existing Exceptions template for another Exceptions template select the desired Exceptions template open it enter in a new TO ES name and click on the Save As J button The new Exceptions template will appear in the Main View 5 Click on the Exception tab 4 34 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working W
437. ycodes and labor In the example the employee work 1 hour after the schedule and therefore does not qualify for the zone The hours in the zone window 10 00 12 00 will be set to zone code 2 Zone Window 10 00 12 00 p Fix Time 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p 530p 6 00p 630p Type Condition Paycode Compare Schedule Work Before All gt Qualified Zone 4 Not Qualified Zone 2 Fix Time 0 08 00 11 00 Schedule Start First IN Punch 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 10 00 12 00 p Fix Time an 6 00 E 1 00p 130p Hours to Qualify gt gt Worked Hours Value Labor Connector 20 Percentage Hours Before Schedule Total Hours 2h 11h 18 2 NOTE Total housis all the hours in a day acrossmultplie shifts 5 30 p To qualify for the the zone window 10 00 to 12 00 the employee must work greater than 20 of the hours before the employee s schedule including all paycodes and labor In the example the employee worked 18 2 the hours before the schedule and therefore does not qualify forthe zone The hours in the zone window 10 00 12 00 will be set to zone code 2 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 0 12 00 p Fix Time 6 00 10 00 1 00 p 1 30 p 5 30 p x xX x lt XK DI lt y 4h 2h 1h 4h a ee ee eo Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Zone Window Examples 17 5 Schedule Work Within Qualify Example Type Condition
438. yees Filtered list Click on the button to return to the Employees Filtered list without changing the Exceptions filter definition The default is all Exceptions filter criteria are selected Employee Global Edit Web 1 To global edit employees click on the Global Edit button and the following employee Global Edit window for Punch Hours and or Dollars will appear dad PRO Setup Daily Activities Output Preferences Welcome SYSDBA Global Edit Punch O Hours O Dollars Punch 08 00am Y DLS Y Paid As Punch Punch Type Transfer w Meal Type ClHome Labor Cost Center SS 3 CC3 w Department 1 Default JOBCLASS 1 Default LEVEL4 1 Default Comments Reason Apply Cancel Global Edit Utilizing Punch Information Web 15 4 In the Punch field enter the time i e 08 00 AM to edit employees In the DLS Daylight Saving box check the box if want to edit all employees for Punches after DLS In the Paid as Punch box check the box if want to edit all employees paid by punch time Select the Punch Type from the dropdown list The choices are Standard Transfer or Break Meal If Standard is selected Enter information into the Comments Reason field for all employees fitting the criteria If Transfer is selected Check the Home Labor box to bypass all labor levels and just use home labor category for all employees l Home Labor box not checked select the des
439. z Default 6 JOBCLASS Labor r Category 6 _ Default HEH Default m Default 1 Default 1 Default 1 Default 1 Default 6 JOBCLASS Labor r Category elo Standard Rate for M MFG w 1 Default rE Defau le i Defa ult L 1 Default EZ Default 1 Default 7 JOBCLASS Labor r Category 7 0 Standard Rate for MFG N 1 Default E Default AMANO Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Web Interface 1 Default O Standard Rate for MFG NJ 1 Default 1 Default d To define a labor category select a subcategory from each of the dropdown lists and click on the button The defined labor category will appear in the Labor References window e When you have finished click on the button to finish and return to the Schedule Rotation window 9 Click on the button to apply selected schedules and labor to the selected cells El Note Any schedule conflicts will be flagged with error message and marked with a red cell at this time see figure dan PRO Setup Daily Activities Output Preferences Welcome SYSDBA The current schedule settings are in conflict with one or more schedules Schedule Rotation Name Winter MFG Schedule Description 4on 30ff winter Relative Start Date 1 7 2008 FE Length In Days 4 Pattern i 3 74 m EL Sun E suea e m i 10 When you have finished click on the button to finish and return to the Schedule Rotation main window which list
440. ze Base size on Mumber of breaks Default break size 15 00 For breaks based on default size enter the number of breaks and the default break size in the fields provided Base size on Shift Break Size Is For breaks based on Shift break size click on the button The following Define Breaks window will appear Define Breaks Mumber of breaks based on shift length From Ta Break 00 00 Break size based on shift length From To Size To enter the Number of breaks based on shift length click on the Add button A row will appear Enter the From and To times of the shift and the number of breaks for that shift To enter the Break size based on shift length click on the Add button A row will appear Enter the From and To times of the shift and the size of each breaks for that shift When you have finished defining the number of breaks and break sizes click on the button to save your settings 9 In the Deduction for short break box configure how much time will be deducted from the employee when an employee punches out for a shorter period of time than they were allocated in the break a Enter in the amount of Threshold time HH MM before the action is to be taken 4 46 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Working With Time Guardian Pro b Set the conditions if the time taken for the break is either less or more than the threshold in the fields provided The choices are e Allowed break
441. zone The hours in the zone window 10 00 12 00 will be set to zone code 2 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 00 12 oop Fix Time y 6 00 2h 1h 4h 10 00 1 00 p 1 30 p 530p 600p 6 30p 17 8 Time Guardian Pro v3 7 Zone Window Examples Schedule Type Qualify Example Type Condition Paycode Schedule Schedule Type Qualified Zone 4 Not Qudified Zone 2 Compare Value Connector lt gt UnScheduled 10 00 1200 Fix Time 08 00 11 00 Schedule Start 05 00 05 00 First IN Punch 8 00 Schedule 5 00 p Zone Window 10 00 00 p Fix Time m 10 00 1 00 p 1 30 p 5 30 p x xo x x 3h 4h i lt gt worked Hours To quality tor the the zone window 10 00 to 12 00 the employee must not have hours assigned to an unscheduled schedule type Inthe example the employee worked 7 hours which all are assign to the fixed schedule 8 00 5 00p and therefore qualifies for the 7one The hours in the 7one window 10 00 12 00 will be set to zone code 4 OPEN SCHEDULE Zone Window 10 00 1 Fix Time Op 3h 4h lt gt Worked Hours To qualify for the the zone window 10 00 to 12 00 the employee must nol have hours assigned Lo an unscheduled schedule type In the example the employee worked 7 hours which all are assign Lo the Open schedule type and therefore qualifies for the zone The hours in the zone window 10 00 12 00 will be set to zone code 4 UNSCHEDULE

Time Guardian Pro v3.7

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents